CCI Revola Catalog 0813 by Custom Cupboards

Revola Simply Beautiful Completely Functional

www.CustomCupboards.com

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Index: Information Section Aging (Distressing)................................................................ 21

Jobsite Delivery Requirements............................................5

Angles / Formulas.................................................................26

Lead Times..................................................................................7

Cabinet Box Construction.................................................. 22

Lifetime Limited Warranty Form........................................ 11

Cabinet Care Suggestions................................................... 12

Memos / Forms........................................................................ 13

Classification of Orders..........................................................7

Ordering & Confirmation Procedures............................... 9

Co-Op Advertising............................................................ 14-15

Ordering Guidelines................................................................ 8

Credit Policy............................................................................... 4

Our Mission................................................................................. 4

Current Multiplier......................................................................7

Packaged & Aged Finishes.................................................. 21

Custom Cupboards & The Environment.........................16

Product Specification Policy.............................................. 13

Dealer Training.......................................................................... 6

Receipt of Product.................................................................. 6

Delivery.........................................................................................5

Returned Goods....................................................................... 6

Display Programs.................................................................... 13

Shelf Policy................................................................................ 12

Drawer Box & Guide Options............................................ 25

Touch-Up & Final Adjustment............................................ 12

Expedited Service Orders - ESOs.....................................10

Touch-Up Kits........................................................................... 21

Finishes................................................................................19-20

Unloading Time......................................................................... 6

Freight Charges.........................................................................5

Warranty..................................................................................... 12

Hazardous Materials................................................................ 6

Website....................................................................................... 13

Hinges and Overlays.............................................................24

Who Do I Contact?.............................................................. 2-3

Hours of Operation.................................................................. 4

Woods....................................................................................17-18

Interior Box Specifications................................................. 23

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-1-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Who Do I Contact? ACCOUNT MANAGERS / ORDER ENTRY: Call your AM for questions pertaining to delivery of your cabinets, questions about your order or ESOâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, entry, quotes & pricing, billing, and as a starting point for a warranty issue.

Cristen Burkhart Ext.124 Customer Service Manager cristen@customcupboards.com

Angel Ortiz Ext.162

Jessica Rein Ext.130

Kheva Edwards Ext.171

angel@customcupboards.com

jessica@customcupboards.com

Kheva@customcupboards.com.

Laura Hay Ext. 101

Lori Chism Ext.156

laura@customcupboards.com

lori@customcupboards.com

NATIONAL TRAINER

Melissa Palmer Ext.102

melissa@customcupboards.com

Hollie Everitt Ext.106

hollie@customcupboards.com

MARKETING DESIGNER

Cesar Cantu Ext.114

cesarc@customcupboards.com

Dealer Training

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-2-

Daniel Albert Ext.157 daniel@customcupboards.com

SALES ASSISTANT

Tina Blasi Ext.158

tinab@customcupboards.com

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Who Do I Contact? SALES REPRESENTATIVES: Call your Sales Rep for questions pertaining to training issues, product issues, or anything with the exception of the status of orders and accounting / billing questions.

Jerry Goldman (972) 743-7407

Kevin Geiger (303) 204-0718

Shane Jardine (812) 369-5200

Joe Tanner (510) 928-6880

djerrygoldman@yahoo.com

keving@customcupboards.com

shanej@customcupboards.com

a-r@mindspring.com

Richard Palen (316) 650-8725

Jef Pearce (864) 506-1123

richardp@customcupboards.com

jef.pearce@gmail.com

THE BARONET SALES GROUP Darryl Minch, (561) 262-5802 darrylm@customcupboards.com

Derek Minch, (904) 449-4527 derekm@customcupboards.com

Lester Minch, (904) 945-8495 lesterm@customcupboards.com

Gwen Andersen, (949) 233-3911 gandersen@customcupboards.com

OTHER IMPORTANT NUMBERS:

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

President Mael Hernandez Ext. 121

CFO / Accounting Chris Flickinger Ext. 152

maelh@customcupboards.com

chrisf@customcupboards.com

Dir. Research & Development Todd Johnson Ext. 110

V.P. of Sales Bill Speights Ext. 109

todd@customcupboards.com

bills@customcupboards.com

-3-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Our Mission Our mission is to continuously improve the value of our products, customer experience and dealer support.

Hours of Operation Customer Service 7:30 a.m.—5:00 p.m. C.S.T. (Mon.—Fri.) Phone: (316)529-3431 Fax: (316)529-1738 Sales & Marketing / Library 7:30 a.m.—5:00 p.m. C.S.T. (Mon.—Fri.) Phone: (316)529-3431 Fax: (316)219-2798 Accounting 8:00 a.m.—5:00 p.m. C.S.T. (Mon.—Fri.) Phone: (316)529-3431 Fax: (316)469-1028

Credit Policy Custom Cupboards Inc. requires prospective customers to complete our credit application, be approved for credit, and have a credit line established prior to marketing our products to their prospective customers. We reserve the right to request updated credit information at any time. Our normal credit terms require full payment within 30 days of the invoice date. A finance charge of 1.5% per month (APR of 18%) will be assessed on all invoices not paid within 30 days. The finance charge will appear on your monthly statement that is mailed at the end of each month. We strongly encourage you to review / reconcile your monthly statement upon receipt. Custom Cupboards Inc. reserves the right to place customers on credit hold for violations of the above credit policies. When a customer is placed on credit hold, any of the following actions will be considered: cancellation of ship windows; we may hold the shipment of orders; change credit terms; or exercise other options depending on the situation at the time.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-4-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Freight Charges Please contact your Account Manager or Sales Representative for your current freight rate and shipping arrangements.

Delivery Delivery will be on 53-foot trailers according to our freight rate charges. There is a minimum delivery charge of $75 net per order, $10 net per ESO, delivered along with Work Orders. There is an additional $175 net drop charge per order for jobsite deliveries. Switching delivery routing or changing into a customer pick-up within one week of departure date will result in an additional $75 net charge per order. All deliveries are one man tailgate deliveries, including jobsite deliveries. We cannot effectively deliver to a dealer if an after hours phone number is not provided. Breakdowns, traffic, etc. are unpredictable and considering the mileage that the drivers must drive every day, it is difficult to provide an exact time that we will be at your location. The initial delivery date, supplied during the confirmation process, will be the Friday of the week that we will deliver your kitchen. Approximately two weeks before delivery you will receive a fax with the exact delivery date.

Jobsite Delivery Requirements Failure to meet any of the following criteria may result in the loss of future jobsite privileges. In order to adequately schedule for a jobsite delivery, the full address must be given when the order is placed. It is mandatory that the dealer and/or sales person provide a detailed jobsite map, meet the driver at the showroom or other agreed upon, convenient location, and lead the driver to the jobsite. Deliveries more than 50 miles from your showroom must be pre-approved and are subject to additional freight charges. See the JS form provided in the Forms section. The dealer must evaluate the delivery route to the jobsite, insure accessibility, and notify local authorities if necessary. The jobsite must be able to accommodate a 53’ semi trailer with no dead ends or cul’de’sacs. The jobsite must meet local and state guidelines for delivery vehicles of this size. The evaluation is to include bridge weight limits of not less than 48,000 lbs. gross weight minimum, low hanging obstacles (overpasses, power lines, tree limbs, etc.) with a minimum height of 13 ½’ required. If the driver deems the jobsite undeliverable, due to failure to meet any one of the above requirements, or due to current weather and/or road conditions, the job will be delivered to the dealer’s warehouse or to the dealer’s truck. However, if a jobsite delivery is attempted, or if the order changes from a jobsite to a warehouse delivery, after the truck has been loaded, the jobsite fee will still apply. Failure to comply with these requirements will be justification for additional delivery charges which may consist of, but will not be limited to: hourly rate based on time of delay; fines from local authorities; and payment for damage to property or Kustom Karriers’ equipment.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-5-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Receipt of Product Each item should be checked by the dealer or an “authorized person” as it is unloaded from the truck. Any shortages or damages must be noted on the shipping receipt at the time of delivery. Please call your Account Manager (AM) or the Co Truck Shipping contact immediately. Any damages beyond the scope of field repair should be returned on the truck to be replaced (see Returned Goods Authorization). The dealer or the authorized person must sign the shipping papers. This signature acknowledges receipt of the product in an acceptable and complete manner. If the order is signed as delivered complete, the dealer will be responsible for any freight charges accrued to re-deliver any item that has been left on our truck. Any delivery made by any method other than company truck (Fed-Ex, UPS, Common Carrier, etc.) and is received damaged should be refused or noted at the time of delivery. If refused, the package will be returned to Custom Cupboards, Inc. for repair or replacement. If kept, please take pictures for the claim, keep your original packaging and contact the ESO manager at ext. 148 immediately.

Unloading Time The driver’s responsibility is primarily to move the product to the tailgate of the truck. The dealer is responsible for providing qualified personnel to move the product into the warehouse or jobsite. It is imperative that the product is unloaded in a reasonable amount of time (one hour is usually sufficient) in order for the driver to remain on schedule with the other deliveries on the route. If unnecessary delays occur, the dealer may be charged at the rate of $75 net per hour.

Returned Goods Any products that need to be returned to the factory for any reason must have prior authorization from the factory and must be accompanied with a Return Authorization Form. Please call your Account Manager to have a copy faxed to you. Custom Cupboards, Inc. takes no responsibility for items returned without appropriate documentation.

Hazardous Materials Hazardous materials can only be shipped via UPS Ground, UPS Priority Overnight or company truck, to a business address only. A substantial hazardous material fee plus additional standard freight charges will be assessed when shipping UPS Ground or UPS Priority Overnight. Some finishes will require multiple components be sent, this may increase the shipping fees. Please contact the ESO shipping department for further information or questions at ext.148 or by email at esoshipping@customcupboards.com.

Dealer Training We offer various types of dealer training. Whether it’s a one-on-one session at your dealership with your sales representative, training at our facility in Wichita, KS or a city near you, or one-on-one help from our Product Trainer, Melissa Palmer, we’re here to help. Melissa can be reached at Ext. 102 or by email at melissa@customcupboards.com. If you are looking for a specific type of training, such as focusing on design or 20/20, please contact your sales representative to let him / her know you are interested. If we have enough interest, we will definitely plan a special focus meeting. Please keep an eye out in our “Dealer’s Only” section on the website for upcoming training events.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-6-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Lead Times Our lead times are posted at all times on our website. Incomplete order will not receive the posted lead time, as posted lead times are for confirmed orders only. Monday dates are given, meaning the job will deliver no later than the Friday of the week posted. Please call your Account Manager if you have any questions.

Calendar in “DEALERS ONLY” section in website

Current Multiplier* *When price increases occur, the dealership is responsible for manually updating the multipliers on individual orders in the pricing program, as well as, verifying the correct multiplier in the pricing program (maintenance/utilities, edit system variables).

Your current pricing multiplier is: ______

Classification of Orders A Orders: No custom cabinets; no drawings; 2-4 working days to process; confirmation process. NOTE: This is only for the Heartland and Revola manufacturing lines B Orders: Custom drawings; 4-7 working days to process; confirmation process. Ordering a wood hood, mantel or work table other than what is in the catalog automatically makes the order a “B”. Some items in catalog will note it as “custom”, making the order a “B”. NOTE: This is only for the Heartland and Revola manufacturing lines C Orders: (Confirmed A Order) Allows an “A” order to utilize a quicker lead time. You will not get a confirmation to sign off, but will receive a final copy of the order. To take advantage of this option, please select Order type “C”. NOTE: This is only for the Heartland and Revola manufacturing lines D Orders: Discovery cabinets only; no drawings; you will not get a confirmation to sign off, but will receive a final copy of the order. NOTE: This is only for the Discovery manufacturing line

ESO: This is a quick ship item needed to finish up a job; ships approximately 2-3 weeks from receipt of the order depending on delivery method and availability of a company truck; maximum of 3 cabinets. Must have an original work order number provided with the order. All cabinet manufacturing lines available on an ESO. There is no surcharge for this option, this program is not meant for additional rooms. NOTE: If these items are missing, it will prevent you from receiving a window. 1. Job site maps 2. Serial # for sample doors 3. Floor plans 4. WT/Cutout forms 5. Drawings 6. Multiple questions

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-7-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Ordering Guidelines Please read the following instructions before placing an order, then use the checklist to ensure your order is complete. Please note that all orders should be final, not works in progress or a rough draft when submitted.

All orders must be entered using the Custom Cupboards pricing program. Orders must be sent in electronically. Submitting orders electronically will reduce re-entry errors. Handwritten orders will not be accepted. The first copy of our pricing program will be sent at no charge. Extra copies may incur a $119 list charge. Please call your Account Manager for more information.

List groups of cabinets together working clockwise around the kitchen. Wall cabinets first, followed by bases, vanities, talls, then moldings and miscellaneous items last.

Dimension / Measuring: All dimensions stated in this catalog are WIDTH by LENGTH. The length runs with the grain. Cabinets are measured across the front (the width) X the height X the depth.

Use correct nomenclature to avoid potential errors.

Layouts must be included with each order. Layouts are used throughout the inspection process and in the staging rooms. Layouts are not checked for accuracy.

Supply a drawing for any special cabinets. Make sure you note “See Drawing” in the description so we know to check the drawing. Drawings of special items should be faxed to the factory for a price quote prior to placing the initial order and must accompany the order once it’s placed to ensure you get the quoted price.

Include all oven & microwave cutouts, as well as all appliance panel sizes. Dimensions can be supplied in the line entry or use the forms provided in the “Forms” section of the catalog or download them from our website. Be sure to note on your order to reference the forms if used. Failure to supply these forms / dimensions will delay your order.

All cabinet ends are manufactured as unfinished, or “raw”, unless specified on the order. Specify by using Right, Left, or Both on the cabinet entry.

Include all moldings, valances, fillers, etc. Finished toe board must be ordered.

10. Moldings must be priced and ordered by the lineal foot in 8’ increments. Toe board and Solid Stock will be priced and ordered by the piece.

11. Use the Check Order button prior to submitting the order electronically. This tool can alert you to missing information, required forms & common issues that may delay your order. This feature of the pricing program is a knowledge base that will continue to grow with your comments and suggestions.

12. Make sure a complete delivery address is specified at the time you submit your order. If it is a jobsite, include after hours contact number and a job-site map. Failure to supply this form will delay your order.

13. Provide a copy of door label job was sold from OR send serial number on the back of the door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-8-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Ordering & Confirmation Procedures Ship window: Upon receipt of the electronic order an email receipt will be sent for your records. If there are questions or missing information you will receive a STOP ORDER first. Your ship window and grade will not be assigned until all missing information is received and ready to be confirmed. If you do not receive one of these two forms or the email receipt within 24 hours of submitting the order please call your Account Manager to assure the order was received. DO NOT RESUBMIT ORDER. Approval A & B Orders: Once we have reviewed your order you will be faxed a copy of it to approve. Orders are processed on a first in, first out basis. Average turnaround times on orders depend on their complexity and are graded according to the “Classification of Orders” listed previously in this section. Check the confirmation immediately upon receipt. You are given 48 hours from the time you receive the confirmation to send it back to us. Please keep in mind that if you make numerous changes, especially changes that affect custom drawings, your ship window is subject to being moved out. Although we check your order entry, it is your responsibility to verify that your order is correct. This acknowledgement is our legal interpretation of your order, please check it closely. Telephone orders and telephone changes cannot be accepted. When reviewing the confirmation, please remember to: •• Answer any questions on the front page & body of the order •• Clearly note additions or changes next to the line item •• Sign & return the entire order, including all drawings •• Mark whether or not you want a final copy •• Mark whether or not you want put on the “move up” list; there is no surcharge or guarantee for this option •• Be sure you sign it off before you fax it back to us Approval C Orders: Once we have reviewed your order you will be faxed a final copy for your records. Because there is no confirmation process on C orders it is important to closely review the order prior to electronic submission. The window for making changes on a C order is very small, therefore we cannot guarantee that it can be done. It is imperative to review your final copy upon receipt. Scheduling: After the order has been approved by you &/or confirmed in our system by the engineering department, the order will be scheduled for production and delivery. You will receive your final delivery date approximately three weeks before shipping. Changes and/or cancellation of an order can be made after the order has been confirmed but must be made before the parts are generated. Call your Account Manager to check the status or your order before assuming you can make any changes or cancellations. You will be charged a paperwork charge of $100 net for each change that is made and your changes must be faxed to us in writing. Cancelled orders will be charged $100 net; this includes ESO orders. Orders cannot be changed or cancelled once production has begun. Additions to an order that has been scheduled into production will not be allowed. Additions to existing orders must be made on a separate order and may be required to ship at a later date or can be submitted on an ESO if the item(s) fall within the guidelines of an ESO order. Accuracy and completeness of your order is beyond our control, therefore, we cannot guarantee that all orders received at the same time will be produced and/or shipped at the same time.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-9-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Expedited Service Orders—ESOs The ESO program is a quick ship service used to assist dealers in finishing up their orders. These job completion orders are limited to 3 cabinets or less and are placed on an ESO form or by submitting through the pricing program. You can find this form in the FORMS section of this catalog. Although there is no surcharge for parts ordered through this system, to ensure a timely delivery of your parts, only the appropriate items should be ordered and must be accompanied with the original work order number. ESOs will be entered and acknowledged daily but do not require a confirmation, however, if you do find an error, please call ESO Order Entry immediately and the order will be corrected. If you realize that you have ordered the item incorrectly, call the ESO Account Manager to see if the item can still be changed. If the order has already gone into production, it will be too late for any changes. If a change is made, you will be subject to a $100 net paperwork charge. ESOs typically ship approximately 3 weeks from receipt of the order, depending on truck availability. Warranty items are separated from charge items and run under a separate order. Warranty orders list the replacement costs but you will not be invoiced. Your payment terms should state WARRANTY__. Warranty items are usually shipped via company truck, unless specified differently. We will make every effort to find a truck heading in your direction and we will cover any “add stop” fees. If a truck is not available, you will receive a call to go over your options. If you request 2nd day or Next day UPS shipping, you will be required to pay the difference. ESO wood & finish upcharges: A Wood & Finish Upcharge will be assessed to all finished wooden accessories that are not upcharged on a typical work order. This surcharge multiplies the finish & wood upcharge times the total list price of the finished accessories. If you are using the ESO form to submit ESOs, you will need to manually account for these upcharges. Shipping: The majority of items will be shipped via company truck. You may request alternate shipping options. If you do not have a truck scheduled, you will be charged $75 net plus additional mileage (call for a quote) for us to add a stop. If you do have a stop scheduled, the cabinet will be dropped at that stop and you will be charged a minimum of $10 for freight. If using the pricing program for ESOs, you must add additional charges for other carriers such as UPS. All tall cabinets and 48 x 96 panels MUST be shipped via company truck, NO EXCEPTIONS. If you do not have a company truck scheduled in this case, you will be contacted. All samples, library doors, door store doors, and sales aides will be shipped via UPS. Additional Shipping Options: UPS Ground (GND) = UPS 3 Day Select (3DS) = UPS 2nd Day Air (2DA) = UPS 2nd Day Air A.M. (2DM) = UPS Next Day Air Saver (1DP) = UPS Next Day Air (1DA) = UPS Next Day Air Early A.M. (1DM) = FedEx Freight =

Standard transit times Guaranteed 3 days (Good for AZ & CA only) Guaranteed 2 day delivery 2 day delivery by 10:30 a.m. Next day delivery by 3:00 p.m. Next day delivery by 10:30 a.m. Next day delivery by 8:00 a.m. Used to ship larger items

PLEASE REMEMBER THAT EXPRESS SHIPPING IS COSTLY, CALL THE ESO MANAGER FOR QUOTES!!! Handling charges: The following additional HANDLING charges will apply to all packages shipped UPS, USPS, or common carrier: 1 small package (UPS/USPS) = $10 net charge. The residential fee for common carrier is $78. This charge is in addition to the standard shipping charge. There is also a lift gate service charge of $135 if a lift gate is needed during a common carrier delivery. Contact the ESO organizer at extension 148 or the ESO shipping tech at esoshipping@customcupboards.com for estimated freight rates.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-10-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY Custom Cupboards, Inc. (CCI) warrants all of its cabinetry to be free of defects in material and/or workmanship when subject to normal use for as long as the original purchaser owns it. Subject to the provisions that follow, provided that the original purchaser retains ownership and is able to establish the date of purchase and the original cost of the defective product to CCI’s reasonable satisfaction, Custom Cupboards, Inc. will at its sole option elect to either repair or replace, at its discretion, the defective material or components, free of charge.

Our warranty does not cover expansion or contraction defects and/or joint separations that occur as a result of low (below 25%) or high (above 55%) humidity or moisture conditions or exposure to extremes of temperature. The color of the wood and finish may change during the lifetime of the product due to exposure to direct or indirect sunlight or other factors. The color change, known as mellowing, occurs in both the finish and the wood itself and is part of the natural aging process. This process is not to be considered a defect in material or workmanship.

The lifetime coverage offered by this warranty automatically ends upon the sale of the property or the death of the last original homeowner at the time of purchase of the product.

No dealer or other person(s) or entity is authorized to modify the foregoing warranty or to make any other warranty on behalf of Custom Cupboards, Inc.

The lifetime coverage in this warranty applies only to individual homeowners.

To file a warranty claim, the purchaser should contact their local authorized Custom Cupboards dealer/distributor. The dealer/distributor will then obtain the information necessary to make the claim decision and forward such information in writing to Custom Cupboards for action on the claim. Warranty claims must include a complete description of the defect.

Custom Cupboards Inc. also warrants its dovetail drawer box, hinges, and drawer suspension system to be free from defects in material and/or workmanship under normal usage to the original purchaser for the lifetime of the cabinets. This is a parts warranty only and excludes labor for removal or replacement of defective parts.

ITED LIM

This warranty shall not apply to cabinetry ordered unfinished, nor to cabinetry or parts of our cabinetry that have been subjected to alterations, abuse, misuse, negligence, or improper installation, storage and handling.

LIFETIME

RAN

Dealership

Street Address

City

Original Work Order

State Zip

PO#

Custom Cupboards, Inc. ▪ 3778 South Norman, Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T 316.529.3431 F 316.219.2798 ▪ www.CustomCupboards.com

LimitedLifetimeWarranty0611 Effective June ‘11

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-11-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Warranty When submitting a warranty request, use the form (found in the forms section of the catalog & on the website) or submit electronically using the Pricing Program. The original work order number assigned by Custom Cupboards, as well as any other relevant information must be included. Warranty orders are processed as ESO orders. Warranty orders show replacement cost but are not invoiced to the dealer. The payment terms should state WARRANTY__. Finish: Complaints about finish require inspection by a representative of the factory. Issues dealing with color may require that both the sample that was sold from and an example from the job in question be submitted to the factory for review. Defective materials and/or workmanship: Replacement of cabinets and/or accessories will be done on a priority basis (ESO program). In most instances, you will be required to return the defective item at your expense. If the item was damaged in shipping, call the ESO manager to make arrangements for the carrier to pick up the item. Credit will then be issued after verification by the claims inspector. Slight variations of grain patterns and color are natural characteristics of wood products and are not acceptable reasons for replacement. Variations in color that fall within a window of acceptability between the sample and the job will also not be warrantable. Repair / Replacement: Custom Cupboards reserves the right to field repair or request that you return any cabinet or accessories to the factory for repair and/or replacement. If a field repair is possible, an accurate estimate of the cost must be obtained in writing and approved by the factory before any work is done. Custom Cupboards will not cover any expense involved in removing, reinstalling, or shipping the cabinet and/or accessory.

Shelf Policy Shelves over 36” long are not covered against deflection / sagging.

Touch-Up & Final Adjustment Touch up, the final adjustment of doors and drawers, and the correction of minor shipping damage is the dealer’s responsibility. If there is a customer complaint regarding damage, it is the dealer’s responsibility to investigate the complaint. If, after an initial visit, the complaint seems appropriate, contact your Custom Cupboards Sales Representative to determine further action.

Cabinet Care Suggestions DUSTING Use a soft lint-free cloth SPILLS Excess moisture can damage any cabinet finish; therefore, it’s important to clean spills immediately. Areas around the sink, dishwasher and cabinet baseboards are more susceptible. We recommend that excess moisture and spills be cleaned up with a soft cloth and mild soap if necessary. Wipe dry with a clean soft towel. GENERAL CLEANING Simply wipe surface of cabinet with water and mild soap if needed. Be sure to dry thoroughly. CAUTION • Do not use cleaners which contain abrasives • Do not use cleaners which contain ammonia - they may discolor • It is always recommended that a small, inconspicuous area be tested when using any cleaner • Avoid bearing down as this may cause burnishing CARE We understand that cabinets are going to get scratched and/or dented, especially if you live in your kitchen. We recommend using Tibet Almond stick (available online) for minor scratches. As this won’t “fix” the scratch, it helps in blending making it less noticeable. For significant scratches or damage, we recommend that a professional re-finisher be hired or visit the dealership in which your Custom Cupboards cabinets were purchased. Doing any “self repair” could void your warranty.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-12-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Memos / Forms All of our memos from the past year are posted on our website. You will also find our forms on our website. To access any of these items please follow these directions:

•• •• ••

Log on to our website at www.customcupboards.com Go to “For the Pros” then click on “Dealers Only” Type in Username: ____________ and Password: _____________

Website

www.customcupboards.com

Please feel free to send your customers to our website. Our LOC is accessible on our site. It is also a valuable tool for you as you can order sales aides and Door Store doors, download forms, view past newsletters and take a look at the past year’s memos. Your username should be your dealer code + your first and last name. You will need to register on your first visit. (Ex. ABC001JoeSmith). Please contact Tina Blasi at ext. 158 if you have trouble logging in. Your Username:__________________________ Your Password:__________________________

Display Programs The following guidelines apply to all displays:

A Request for Display Approval, using the Discount Request Form, must be submitted with your order. Sales & Marketing must approve the display, in writing, before the order is processed. This form can be found in the Forms section of our website and catalog.

A floor plan must be submitted at the time of request for approval.

Approved displays must be installed in your dealership showroom… no other locations will qualify.

Your showroom must be open to the general public during normal business hours with adequate sales personnel present.

Custom Cupboards has the right to question or not allow your choice of style or finish.

ESO’s, sample doors & literature do not qualify for this program.

The following two display programs are available: 5% rebate program: The cost of the display will be paid back to the dealer by issuing a 5% rebate on each order processed after the display has been invoiced, NO EXCEPTIONS. This 5% rebate will apply to all orders invoiced within a one year period or until the display cost has been recovered, whichever comes first. 15% flat discount program: A one time 15% discount will be taken off the display invoice. If you have any further questions concerning these two programs, please call your Account Manager.

Product Specifications Policy All product specifications shown in this catalog are subject to change without notice. If you have any questions, please contact the Head of Research & Development, Todd Johnson, at extension 110 or by email at todd@customcupboards.com.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-13-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Co-Op Advertising The purpose of this Co-Op Advertising program is to help you develop and plan strategies to improve the effectiveness of your advertising while increasing your sales. Our goal is to support your efforts and help you successfully market and advertise Custom Cupboards Inc. How Co-Op is Earned Your Co-op consists of ½ of 1% of your previous fiscal year’s invoiced sales. No Carryover. Our fiscal year runs from May 1st – April 30th. Please note that your Co-op balance does not accrue throughout the year. General Guidelines •• A Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep or the Marketing Assistant, Wendy Hay, must approve all advertising before funds can be used - no exceptions. Please use our Co-Op Advertising Claim Form, found in the Forms section. •• The Custom Cupboards logo must appear on all ads. •• Your account must be current and in good standing. •• With receipt of paid, pre-approved ads, CCI will credit your account with funds earned from previous sales. Approved Media •• Newspaper •• Magazines •• Television / Radio commercials •• Billboards •• Direct mail •• Open Houses / In-House Promotions / Home Shows •• Literature & Sales Aids Any media other than the above (such as tournament involvement or special events, etc.) must be approved in advance by the V.P. of Sales & Marketing. Newspaper or Magazine Advertisements •• The CCI logo must be shown, along with your logo or name, on any size ad space. Your showroom location and phone number must also be included in the advertisement. •• A full-page tear sheet showing the publication name and date must be submitted for approval. If the same ad runs more than one time, you only need to submit one tear sheet per request as long as the invoice clearly states how many days the ad ran. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice for the ad(s) must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Open House / In House Promotion / Home Shows •• Custom Cupboards cabinetry must be displayed in at least an 8 foot run, or other pre-authorized configuration. •• Items such as T-shirts, hats, brochures will be co-op’d at 50% if the funds are available. •• Documentation must include: •• Photographs of the event or CCI representation •• Photographs of your display •• Copy of paid invoices for event items •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included.

Billboards •• The CCI logo must be shown, along with your logo or name, on any size ad space. Your showroom location and phone number must also be included in the advertisement. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice showing the date the sign was installed must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Direct Mail •• The CCI logo must be shown, along with your logo or name, on any size ad space. Your showroom location and phone number must also be included in the advertisement. •• The direct mail piece must contain an identifiable photograph of Custom Cupboards cabinetry. •• A copy of the direct mail piece, a copy of the paid invoice for printing, postage costs, and certification of mailing, showing quantity, date and type of mail must be submitted. Production charges such as typography, layout, paste up, and artwork are not eligible. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-14-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Co-Op Advertising Television •• The words “Custom Cupboards” must be included in the first or second sentence of the audio portion. One additional time in a 30-second spot, or two (2) additional times in a 60-second spot. •• The video portion must contain identifiable Custom Cupboards cabinetry. •• The CCI logo must be shown in conjunction with your dealership name or logo, address and phone number in the video portions of the ad. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice showing the net amount of the ad(s) and the dates and times it aired must be submitted. •• A video tape of the ad must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included.

Radio

••

The words “Custom Cupboards” must be included in the first or second sentence of the audio portion. One additional time in a 30-second spot, or two (2) additional times in a 60-second spot. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice showing the net amount of the ad, the dates and times aired must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included.

Sales Aids/Literature •• A copy of the paid invoice must be faxed to the Sales & Marketing Manager at 316-219-2798. Custom Cupboards will cover literature & all sales aids including starter kits, sample doors, brochures, etc. •• Reimbursement will be 25% of the invoice, excluding freight. Reimbursement •• Custom Cupboards will reimburse your dealership for half of the ad cost in the form of a credit to your account, unless other company logos are included. In this case, Custom Cupboards’ participation will be pro-rated as follows: •• Our logo only – We pay 1/2 Your ad costs $300 We pay $150 You pay $150 •• Our logo and one other (any company) – We pay 1/3 Your ad costs $300 We pay $100 •• Our logo and two others (any companies) – We pay 1/4 Your ad costs $300 We pay $75 •• Sales Aids/Literature - We pay 25% of total invoice cost Accounts are reviewed and credits are issued within 30 days of receipt of the copy of your invoice. Credits will not be issued if the advertisement was not pre-approved. Submitting Claims •• Complete the Co-Op Advertising Claim Form. This form can be downloaded from the “Forms” section of our website. •• Incomplete forms could result in delay or rejection of reimbursement. •• The completed claim and all required documentation should submitted by mail, email or fax to: Custom Cupboards, Inc. Attn: Sales & Marketing 3738 S. Norman Wichita, KS 67215 tinab@customcupboards.com fax: 316-219-2798 •• To be considered for co-op reimbursement and ensure prompt processing, all co-op claims must be submitted within 45 days of the date of advertising or invoice date. •• Claims will not be held until total claim amount is available. The current funds available will be applied and the claim will be closed.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-15-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Custom Cupboards & The Environment

CUSTOM CUPBOARDS HAS EARNED ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP CERTIFICATION ADMINISTERED BY KCMA CUSTOM CUPBOARDS ENVIRONMENTAL MISSION STATEMENT Our goal is to foster partnerships that will enhance our local economy using environmental improvements that create cleaner and safer neighborhoods. Custom Cupboards will accomplish this by making a pledge to use sustainable forest products and manage current and future recycling programs to display our commitment to environmental awareness and reclaimable business practices. ESP CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: AIR QUALITY: Custom Cupboards uses low formaldehyde emitting raw materials to minimize hazardous air pollutants PRODUCT RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Custom Cupboards, in conjunction with our business partners, strives to purchase materials which have been recycled, recovered, and recognized through sustainable forestry programs. PROCESS RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Custom Cupboards participates in active recycling programs and incorporates by-products as alternative energy sources. ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP: Custom Cupboards encourages our employees and business partners to commit to environmental quality and awareness. COMMUNITY RELATIONS: Custom Cupboards demonstrates community involvement through charitable organizations, schools, and local businesses. We hope that our participation in the Environmental Stewardship Program, along with other certified cabinet manufacturers, will promote the importance of commitment to the environment and sustainability of natural resources.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-16-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Woods Custom Cupboards offers a “clear” and “rustic or knotty” variation on most species. Although each set of cabinetry passes through multiple inspection stations and hand-sorts, we cannot control the frequency and where knots, sapwood, streaks, or other irregularities may fall. Because this is a product of nature, each kitchen will have its own unique characteristics. CLEAR (All Woods): Small pin knots (under 1/4” diameter) may be visible on the front, especially on Alder. Larger, unfilled knots are permitted on the backs of doors and drawer fronts. Pinholes, gum pockets, light mineral streaking, and flecks of grey (in Beech) and brown (in Cherry) may also be visible. “Clean” varieties are selected for minimal natural character marks, although some may make it through our hand-selection process. RUSTIC (Cherry, Beech): Rustic varieties will include a light and random distribution of open and secure knots of various sizes, bird pecks, or equivalent gum pockets. Open knots that can be completely seen through will be partially filled with epoxy resin. Every rustic door will include mineral streaks, sapwood (heartwood on maple) and other naturally occurring characteristics that are unique to the species, however, not every door will have knots; they are simply less frequently occurring on rustic species. Beech will also include heavy mineral coloring and streaking. KNOTTY (Alder, Red Oak): Includes larger, open, secure knots than clear varieties. Open knots that can be seen through are partially filled from the back with black epoxy resin as a means of securing the knot. In general, we strive for at least one knot per door, and in most instances, multiple knots per door. Knots in faceframes and finished ends are typically less frequent and cannot be considered a defect unless it compromises the integrity of the frame. Knots in plywood panels sometimes expose the tinted core of the plywood. This cannot be considered a defect due to the thin veneer and the brittleness of knots.

Alder

Knotty Alder

Reddish-brown to pale yellow wood with soft, straight grain, even texture, and a subtle figure. Alder can have small knots, under ¼” diameter, pin holes, and up to 1/2” oblong knots on the front. Larger, unfilled knots are permitted on the backs of doors and drawer fronts. Plywood will have closed knots of various sizes with up to two 3/4” diameter knots per 4 x 8 sheet; may be more visible with lighter stains. Alder lightens with age and exposure to light.

Same as Alder PLUS larger, open, secure knots. Open knots are partially filled from the back with black epoxy resin, only if they can be completely seen through or as a means of securing the knot. Plywood can have large, open, secure knots of various sizes with up to six 3/4” diameter knots per 4 x 8 sheet. No attempt is made to evenly distribute the knots. Knotty Alder lightens with age and exposure to light. Order as “K Alder SP”

Beech

Rustic Beech

Whitish to pale brown, straight-grained wood with small grey flecks and light mineral coloring & streaking. Beech is a strong wood with a density that is similar to maple. Light mineral streaking on the front is allowed. Plywood may have some light mineral streaks.

Same as Beech PLUS Rustic will include repaired knots of various sizes and heavy mineral coloring & streaking. No effort will be made to evenly distribute knots or those characteristics deemed “rustic” and their occurrence would be described as “random”. Plywood will have rustic characteristics.

Cherry

Rustic Cherry

Durable, moderately-strong hardwood with reddishbrown hue, straight grain, & fine texture. Cherry may have brown flecks, gum pockets, and pin holes. On light colors sapwood is NOT allowed on the face, unlike dark colors where some sapwood is acceptable. Plywood may have gum pockets. Cherry darkens with age and exposure to light.

The hard wood used in doors, drawer fronts and RPEs will allow all the natural color variations of cherry as stated for Clear Cherry. In addition, both open and secure knots, bird pecks or equivalent gum pockets are allowable. Open knots will be partially filled with epoxy resin only if they can be completely seen through. No effort will be made to evenly distribute knots or those characteristics deemed “rustic” and their occurrence would be described as “random”. Plywood will have gum pockets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-17-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Woods

Hickory

Maple

A dense, tough, coarse-textured wood with white sapwood and reddish-brown heartwood. The color and graining patterns will have variations from black to brown in the heartwood to yellow in the sapwood. Certain stains will amplify this effect. The finished look of a hickory kitchen is usually described as “Rustic”, “Wild”, or “Natural”.

Hard Maple (Sugar Maple) is a heavy, straightgrained wood with a fine texture. The sapwood is white and selected for its light color, maple does not generally take dark colors well and may appear blotchy. On light colors occasional mineral streaks up to 1/4” wide by 2” long my be present. On dark colors, mineral streaks can be 1/2” wide and 4” long. Plywood may have light mineral streaks.

MDF Paint Paintgrade Paint-grade hardwood (typically Maple) face frames, door rails and stiles; Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) center panels and slab drawer fronts with paint grade hardwood veneer cabinet ends. Used on painted finishes without aging (distressing).

Paint-grade hardwood (typically Maple) face frames, door rails, stiles, and center panels; paint grade hardwood veneer cabinet ends. Used with opaque finishes with burn-thru or any aging (distressing).

Craftwood Also known as, Medium Density Fiberboard, or MDF. Craftwood is an engineered wood product formed by breaking down softwood into fibers, often in a defibrator, combining it with wax and resin, and forming panels by applying high temperature and pressure. The advantage of using Craftwood for painted finishes is that it is less likely to shrink or expand. All Craftwood paints come standard with a STANDARD 21-25 degree sheen, but can be ordered with a FLAT/MATTE 6-10 degree sheen. Glaze, Aging (Distressing), Crackle or Fly Speck are not available. The #13, #60, #66 & #67 door edges are not available on Craftwood. Available only in one-piece door styles and their matching drawer fronts. Available door styles: #300-1 pc, 301-1 pc, 503-1 pc, 7001 pc, 701-1 pc, 707-1 pc, 708-1 pc, 900-1 pc & 901-1 pc

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-18-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Finishes A world class finish starts with a quality base. Custom Cupboards uses only the finest, hand-selected hardwoods in their cabinet construction. Those hardwoods then go through a rigorous, seven step, automated sanding process to ensure a uniform grain pattern and stain application. Each piece is then hand-stained and rubbed to accentuate the natural beauty of the wood. Multiple coats of finish are then applied to seal in the color and protect the wood. Only the finest finishes are used to beautify and protect Customer Cupboards products. These UV inhibited finishes and conversion varnishes meet stringent AWI/ASTM standards and provide a hard and durable surface that resists abrasions, water staining, body oils, and household chemicals. Custom Cupboards spares no expense in providing quality products that retain their beauty over a lifetime of service. Standard Topcoat: Satin, 22-27º sheen, UV inhibited conversion varnish, seal, clear topcoat. Flat Topcoat: Matte, 8-12º sheen, UV inhibited conversion varnish. A lower sheen can result in a color difference. Please view a sample before ordering. Standard Finishes: Finishes without formulation numbers, such as Pecan, can be modified by adding any of our standard glazes, aging (distressing), or flat topcoat. Modifying standard finishes in this way will dramatically change the look of the finish and will require a new sample be made and approved. Packaged Finishes: Finishes with formulation numbers such as “A-001”, will include all of the processes listed on the formulation sheets. These processes may include, but are not limited to, glazing, aging (distressing), flat or standard topcoat, or any additional special processes. If any of these processes are modified they must be specifically called out on the order and will require prior approval. Adding or changing glaze, topcoat, aging (distressing), or crackle may dramatically change the look of a finish and will require a new sample be made and approved. Some packaged finishes have custom aging (distressing) that may look similar to, but are not the same as, our standard 1-10. Please call your Account Manager for specifications and upcharges. Crackle and Fly-specking are not considered aging (distressing). Painted Finishes: Our opaque finishes do not allow the wood grain to show through. Depending on the type of paint ordered your cabinets will receive one or two coats of primer, a coat of paint, and a topcoat. Semi-Opaque Finishes Our semi-opaque finishes vary from Paints and Opaque Finishes in that a certain degree of the wood’s natural beauty is designed to be visible. In most cases nail holes, joints, and minor surface defects are not puttied in order to allow the texture of the wood to show through and create an aged look. The amount of visible grain is affected by the texture of the wood and may not exactly match the sample you have viewed. Unfinished Cabinetry: Because the finishing process is outside of our control, warranty is limited to hardware only. On unfinished cabinetry, interior components, such as beech dovetail drawer boxes, will be finished natural; the box interior will not be finishable material unless finished interior is ordered. See the Consumer Information Form in the Forms section of the catalog. Custom Paint Match Program: All topcoats will come standard Flat unless specified as satin.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-19-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Finishes Glazes: Standard Glaze, highlighting, is applied to the entire surface of the cabinet and doors and then wiped off leaving hang-up in the recessed areas. Brushed Glazing is a special technique that leaves brush streaks over the entire surface. Glaze, in any application, will vary slightly from cabinet to cabinet. Glazing is a hand applied, artistic process and, like paintings, no two cabinets will be identical. See the Consumer Information Form disclaimer on glaze in the Forms section of the catalog. Four standard glazes are available over any of our standard stains or paints. Pewter (PTG) – Burgundy (BURG) – Van Dyke Brown (VDB) – Midnight Frost (MFG) –

pewter-grey deep reddish-brown chocolate brown black

When ordering Natural with a glaze, the “Natural deduct” does not apply. Heavy, light, or any other special glaze hang-up is not available as a request. Our glaze is hand-applied so what is heavy to one person may be considered standard to another. Custom Finishes: If you cannot find a color you like, Custom Cupboards will custom match virtually any finish. A color swatch or sample must be sent for evaluation & approval. You will be charged a Sample Door Color Development Fee (SDCDF) which includes one sample door. Because we never know how many matches we’ll have at one time, or how long each match will take, the lead time may vary anywhere from 2-6 weeks. We cannot give you the estimated upcharge for the match until the process is complete. CALL YOUR ACCOUNT MANAGER FOR AVAILABILITY OF CUSTOM MATCHES. Expired Samples: Custom Cupboards will not match expired samples. A new sample must be viewed and approved by the customer prior to the order process. Any expired sample doors sent in will be retained at the factory. Two Toned Cabinets: Please call your Account Manager for a quote on any two-toned cabinet request. Important Note: Many of our finishes will be toned on the back of the door to more closely resemble the color on the front. In some instances there is a noticeable difference. Please be sure to make your customer aware of this by showing them a sample door representation of the color they have chosen. We will not glaze or age (distress) the backs of the doors, but rather tone them to resemble the front. Crackle & Fly Specking: These Artistic Processes are used on some packaged finishes. Crackle is a non-controllable finishing process that can range from very subtle to a very heavy and extreme cracking appearance. Custom Cupboards cannot guarantee the consistency of this process, therefore, inconsistency in the size, shape and amount of crackle is not cause for replacement. Fly Specking is used to create a paint spattered look. These processes are not applied to the backs of the doors and drawer fronts. Crackle & Fly Specking are not considered aging (distressing). If you wish to delete either of these from a packaged finish, you must specify “no crackle” or “no fly speck”. These processes can dramatically change the appearance of the finish when added or deleted.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-20-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Aging (Distressing) Ten types of aging (distressing) are available in a variety of combinations. If you wish to modify the aging (distressing) in any way you must contact your Account Manager for a quote. Aging (Distressing) is a hand-made, artistic process and, like any fine art, no two pieces will be identical. Not all levels of aging (distressing) are available on all wood species. Aging (distressing) #6, #7, #9, & #10 will not appear on the faceframe edges, finished ends or on 3/4” plywood.

#1 WORM HOLES: Random ice-pick marks in small clusters #6 EASED EDGES/CORNERS: Worn edges, before stain #2 CRACKS: Simulated cracks of varied lengths

#7 SCREWED EDGES: Simulated saw marks on edges

#3 WIRE BRUSH HOLES: Very tiny, lightly patterened holes

#8 WIRE BRUSH SCRATCHES: Tiny scratches in a tight pattern

#4 DENTS: Random placement of shallow dents

#9 BURN THRU: Wear through, after stain;before glaze/ topcoat

#5 GRAVEL: Random dents of various size; deeper; more widespread

#10 KNIFE OUTS: Tear outs along the edges

#11 ALL OF THE ABOVE DISTRESSINGS

Packaged & Aged Finishes Packaged finishes are priced by quote and are subject to approval by the Custom Cupboards Finish Department. On all packaged finishes, Custom Cupboards must have a copy of the customer-approved sample label before the order will be approved for production. Packaged finishes are denoted by a formulation number (A-001, etc.) This formula is specific to the wood species and number. Packaged finishes include all processes in the total finish upcharge.

••

Packaged finishes will require a photocopy of the label on the back of the sample. Due to liability, shipping, and field application issues, we will not supply some of our packaged finishes for field use.

••

Adding or removing the aging (distressing) will alter the hang-up of glazes on Aged finishes, therefore changing the appearance.

••

Custom Cupboards will not use customer-supplied finishing materials.

••

For every job that goes through our shop, a retained sample is generated. This retained sample is kept at the factory for any future rework or warranty issues. We hold these samples for 6-9 months. If you have a warranty or ESO job after this time period, you will be asked to send in a sample to match. •• Crackle and fly specking are not considered aging (distressing). These processes dramatically change the appearance of the door when added or deleted. Custom Cupboards will not match age if job exceeds 18 months. A current color must then be selected instead.

Touch-Up Kits These kits consist of a wax crayon and a felt-tipped marker containing matching stain or paint, a second marker containing matching glaze will be included on standard colors that include a glaze. One is available at no charge on orders consisting of 3 cabinets or more. Test finishing a similar scrap of material before completing touch-up or finishing large quantities of material is recommended. Touch-up kits are available for every color in the LOC, due to the uniqueness of packaged finishes some components may not be included. Check for availability on any other packaged or custom finishes.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-21-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Cabinet Box Construction

11 11

9 1

11 8

8 5

BASE 11

1 3

7 3

WALL Frameless Revola Box Construction 1. 2.

Wood veneer edge tape. 10 3/8” deep x 3/4” thick adjustable shelves in wall cabinets. MDF used in Revola Ply & particle board used in Revola PB. 3. 3/4” Ply or Particle Board cabinet box construction. 4. Polyurethane coated natural maple print material on flush top and bottom. 5. Polyurethane coated natural maple print interior surfaces. White is also offered. 6. More dowels used in wall bottoms and tops for added stability. 7. 4” hang-rails. 8. 1/4” MDF, fully captured back. 9. Solid beech dovetail drawer box on Solo or Blumotion undermount guides. 10. 2/3 depth adjustable base shelf. 11. 4” wide stretchers, toeboard and hang-rails. 12. More dowels used in base deck for strength.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Features

• • • • •

-22-

Cabinet joints are doweled and glued for maximum strength. No charge to reduce width, depth or height. Wood edge banding which allows for endless color choices. 13” deep wall cabinets. 4” high x 3 1/4” deep toe space.

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Interior Box Specifications Custom Cupboards does not recommend building any cabinets in Revola over the widths offered. As a custom cabinet company, we will build to the width you request, but neither the cabinet nor the shelves will be covered under warranty if it exceeds our maximum width offered. The interior box percentage will be applied to the Cabinet list price only.

REVOLA PLY Features: Smooth, light beige, polyurethane coated maple print overlay interior surfaces. Sides: 3/4” Plywood sides. Unfinished ends will be polyurethane coated maple print overlay. Finished ends are wood veneer. Exposed Edges: Wood veneer edge tape will be used on all finishes with the exception of Paint White, Antique White & the Craftwood Collection paints; these finishes will receive PVC edge tape. Tops & Bottoms: 3/4” Plywood fastened to the end panels by wood dowels. Shelves: Fully adjustable 3/4” MDF; the front of all shelves & stretchers are edge-banded with wood veneer edge tape. Base & vanity are 2/3 depth; walls are 10 3/8” deep (11 5/8” on finished interior walls) & talls are full depth unless otherwise noted. Backs: 1/4” MDF core; fully captured, mechanically fastened & secured with hot-melt adhesive.

REVOLA PLY WHITE Only available with solid paints Features: Smooth, stark white polyurethane coated overlay interior surfaces. Sides: 3/4” Plywood sides. Unfinished ends will be polyurethane coated white print overlay. Finished ends are wood veneer. Exposed Edges: Wood veneer edge tape will be used on all finishes. Tops & Bottoms: 3/4” Plywood fastened to the end panels by wood dowels. Shelves: Fully adjustable 3/4” MDF; the front of all shelves & stretchers are edge-banded with wood veneer edge tape. Base & vanity are 2/3 depth; walls are 10 3/8” deep (11 5/8” on finished interior walls) & talls are full depth unless otherwise noted. Backs: 1/4” MDF core; fully captured, mechanically fastened & secured with hot-melt adhesive.

REVOLA PB Features: Smooth, light beige, polyurethane coated maple print overlay interior surfaces. Sides: 3/4” Particle Board sides. Unfinished ends will be polyurethane coated maple print overlay. 3/4” Plywood w/ wood veneer will be used for finished ends which will result in a higher finished end upcharge. Exposed Edges: Wood veneer edge tape will be used on all finishes with the exception of Paint White, Antique White & the Craftwood Collection paints; these finishes will receive PVC edge tape. Tops & Bottoms: 3/4” Particle Board fastened to the end panels by wood dowels. Shelves: Fully adjustable 3/4” Particle Board;the front of all shelves & stretchers are edge-banded with wood veneer edge tape. Base & vanity are 2/3 depth; walls are 10 3/8” deep (11 5/8” on finished interior walls) & talls are full depth unless otherwise noted. Backs: 1/4” MDF core; fully captured, mechanically fastened & secured with hot-melt adhesive.

REVOLA PB WHITE

Only available with solid paints

Features: Smooth, stark white, polyurethane coated overlay interior surfaces. Sides: 3/4” Particle Board sides. Unfinished ends will be polyurethane coated white print overlay. 3/4” Plywood w/ wood veneer will be used for finished ends which will result in a higher finished end upcharge. Exposed Edges: Wood veneer edge tape will be used on all finishes. Tops & Bottoms: 3/4” Particle Board fastened to the end panels by wood dowels. Shelves: Fully adjustable 3/4” Particle Board;the front of all shelves & stretchers are edge-banded with wood veneer edge tape. Base & vanity are 2/3 depth; walls are 10 3/8” deep (11 5/8” on finished interior walls) & talls are full depth unless otherwise noted. Backs: 1/4” MDF core; fully captured, mechanically fastened & secured with hot-melt adhesive. Finished interior cabinets and finished ends will be constructed of 3/4” Plywood & will be priced accordingly when ordered on a Revola PB order. A no finished interior (NO FI) modification is available on these cabinets; when used, this modification reverts the box construction to Particle Board & applies a deduct to the cabinet list price that will reflect Revola PB pricing. A finished interior (FI PB) modification for the particle board line is available; when used, this modification will revert the box construction & cabinet pricing to Plywood.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-23-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Hinge and Overlay Frameless Overlay: Horizontal reveals are 3/16”, Vertical reveals are 3/32”, and the gap between butt door is 1/8”.

FRAMELESS Features: Blum Inserta Clip 120˚, 6-way adjustable hinge; metal cap covers available upon request. Soft-close Option: Mechanism can be added to the hinge for additional charges per door. Choose FRAMELESS SC in the hinge type. For loose doors hinged: add FHINGE as a modification Loose: add FHINGE SS as an accessory

FORMULAS FORCALCULATINGDOOR/DRAWER

FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING DOOR/DRAWER FRONT SIZES

FORMULAS FORCALCULATIN GDOOOVERLAY R/DRAWER WITH FRAMELESS FRO N T FRONTSIZES WITHREVOLASIZES WITHREVOLA

3 16

SingleDoor Cabinet Widthless 3/16" =Door Width 3 less 3/8" =Door Height Cabinet Height

3 32

32 3

Wall Cabinet

1 8

Butt Doors 1/2 Cabinet Width less 5/32" =Door Width CFront abinet Height less 3/8" =Door Height 1/2 Cabinet Width less 5/32" =Drawer Width

1 8

Top draw erfront height =57/8" Butt Doors Door =24 1/16" 1/2height Cabinet Width - 5/32”” = Door Size Width

3 32

Butt Doors

3 1/2 Cabinet Width less 5/32" =Door Width 16

Base

Top Drawer 3 Front = 5 7/8” 16 Cabinet Width - 3/16” = Drawer Front Width

3 16

Butt Drawer Fronts

3 3 32

TopDrawer1Front =5 7/8" Tall 1/2 C abinet 8 C2nd abinetor Width 3/16" =DrawerFront W idth Width less 5/32" =Drawer Front Width 3rdless Drawer

Topdrawerfront height =57/8"

Asorshown, Drawer Front Height = 11 15/16” 2nd 3rd DrawMiddle er Door As shown, Middle Drawer Front Height =11height 15/16" =24 1/16"

3 16

3 Bottom Drawer 3 Front Height = 11 15/16” 16 BottomDrawer Front 32Height =11 15/16" Butt Doors

1/2 Cabinet Width less 5/32" =Door Width

Base

B_D3

3 16

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

SingleDoor Cabinet Widthless 3/16" =Door Width Cabinet Height less 3/8" =Door Height

8 Butt Drawer Fronts 1/2 Cabinet Width - 5/32”” = Drawer Front Width 3 Standard Top3Drawer Front Height = 5 7/8” Base Height = 24 1/16” 16Butt DrawDoor er Fronts 32

3 16

3 32

Door or Drawer Front

3 16Cabinet Height less 3/8" =Door Height 3 32

3 16

3 32

Butt Doors 1/2 Cabinet Width less 5/32" =Door Width

3 32

3 16

1 8

16 32 Butt Doors 1/2 Cabinet Width - 5/32”” = Door Size Width Cabinet Height - 3/8” = Door Size Height

3 16

3 32

3 4

1 8

3 32

3 16

3 4

Single Door Cabinet Width - 3/16”Door = orDoor Size Width Drawer Front 3 Cabinet Height - 3 3/8” 32 = Door Size Height

3 16

3 32

End Panel

Wall Cabinet Wall Cabinet Wall Cabinet

3 32

3 16 3 32

TopDrawerFront =5 7/8" Tall Cabinet Width less 3/16" =DrawerFront Width

-24-

2nd or 3rd Drawer

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Drawer Box & Guide Options Pull-Out Shelves are not specific to the drawer box or guide options that have been specified on the Order Info tab on the pricing program. POS will be added as a modification to the individual cabinet line item, therefore you can opt for a different guide or box.

BIRCH DRAWER BOX

Nomenclature

STANDARD DOVETAIL

Features: • Made from 5/8” birch hardwood pre-finished material • 1/4” thick captured traditions bottom recessed 1/2”, laminated wood grain MDF • Dovetails are not sanded or finished • Maximum depth is 21” • Comes in 4 standard heights: - 2 1/2” pull-outs - 3 1/2” all standard top drawers - 6” standard bottom drawers of a D4 Cabinet - 8” middle & bottom drawers of a D3 Cabinet

“YOUR LOGO”

Guide Type: Works with both Tandem Bluemotion full extension and Solo undermount drawer guides Pull-Out Shelves: POS STND (Solo undermount) or POS STND BM (Blumotion undermount)

BEECH DOVETAIL

LOGO ENGRAVING AVAILABLE Additional Cost

Nomenclature

Features: • Dovetails are sanded and finished • 5/8” solid beech dovetail drawer box with a natural finish • 1/4” captive bottom recessed 1/2”, wood veneered MDF • Boxes over 23” in width will have reinforced bottoms • Maximum depth is 21” • Material can include pin knots, closed tight knots, and heavy mineral coloring • Comes in 6 standard heights: - 3” pullouts, - 4” All standard top drawers - 6” standard bottom drawers of a D4 Cabinet - 8 1/4” middle & bottom drawer on D3, - 10 1/4” file drawer, - 13” largest available. Guide Type: Works with both Tandem Bluemotion full extension and Solo undermount drawer guides

BEECH DOVETAIL

“YOUR LOGO”

LOGO ENGRAVING AVAILABLE Additional Cost

Pull-Out Shelves: POS (Solo Undermount) or POSTUFEBM (Blumotion undermount) The following guide options are available in our Revola line. The minimum recommended opening width for all guides is 6” and the minimum cabinet depth is 11”. If cabinet depth is below 11” an apothecary type drawer will be used. Cabinets can be increased up to 32” deep but drawer box will not be more than 21” deep due to guide availability. Each guide features a 75 lb. dynamic, in motion, capacity and a 100 lb. static, at rest, capacity. All references to the optional drawer guides also apply to optional pull-out shelves (POS). See POS upgrades and pricing in the Accessories & Modifications section of this catalog.

SOLO UNDERMOUNT Features: White epoxy coated, 3/4 extension undermount guide. Loose: Price = list cost per set

TANDEM BLUMOTION Features: Zinc coated steel, full extension undermount guide. Smooth and silent, Blumotion engages when the drawer is two inches from closing & applies resistance to the self-closing mechanism on the runner. Loose: Price = list cost per set w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-25-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Angles / Formulas Fraction to Decimal Conversion Chart

1/32

0.03125

17/32

0.53125

1/16

0.0625

9/16

0.5625

3/32

0.09375

19/32

0.59375

1/8

0.125

5/8

0.625

5/32

0.15625

21/32

0.65625

3/16

0.1875

11/16

0.6875

7/32

0.21875

23/32

0.71875

1/4

0.25

3/4

0.75

9/32

0.28125

25/32

0.78125

5/16

0.3125

13/16

0.8125

11/32

0.34375

27/32

0.84375

3/8

0.375

7/8

0.875

13/32

0.40625

29/32

0.90625

7/16

0.4375

15/16

0.9375

15/32

0.46875

31/32

0.96875

1/2

0.5

Formula for figuring cubes (for freight) W x H x D / 1728 w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-26-

Information REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

IMAGES / DESIGNS • • • • •

Patterns and textures - Shapes, artistic patterns, or repeatable elegant patterns. Artwork - Fine art, art deco, modern, vintage, contemporary, etc. Photography - images of people, landscapes, skylines, etc. Typography - poems, names, logos, etc Your Art - create your own custom piece using photos or custom drawings.

FILE RESOLUTION AND SIZES The higher the resolution the better your Facets project will look. The optimum resolution for pixel based images is 150dpi at 100% of the final printed size, but it can be as low as 72dpi at 100%. Vector based files are resolution independent and can be resized without image quality being affected.

NOMENCLATURE FACETS

Cabinets and paneling ( 1 image applied from Facets library) ( 1 sample included )

FACETS MS

Multiple images on a single cabinet

FACETS MM

Multiple images on multiple cabinets

FACETS SM

Single image on multiple cabinets

FACETS OI

User supplied image ( image evaluation and preparation ) *

FACETS DI

Custom design services ( 1 hr minimum )

FACETS SAMPLE

Additional Samples ( Actual Size 11 3/4” X 11 3/4” )

Every cabinet or part with Facets will at minimum have the FACETS nomenclature entered as a point number. The product the customer is placing an image on will determine whether or not further nomenclatures are needed. For pricing questions, contact Custom Cupboards Customer Service.

COMPONENTS THAT CAN RECEIVE FACETS • • •

Doors & Drawer Fronts – #50200 slab door Exterior Finished Backs Interior Finished Backs - A simple finished back - A 3/16” beadboard back - A finished “plank-cut” back - A 3/8” solid stock beadboard back

• • •

WOOD SPECIES 1/4” End Skins Loose Panels Solid Stock

Paints

Maple

Alder

Cherry

OTHER DETAILS • • •

Only available with Revola frameless and Designer overlays on framed cabinets. Images can be color or black and white. Colors – the printing process is applied to the natural wood/paint veneers of a plywood panel or the solid stock piece the customer specifies. This means the printing is applied directly to the wood and to any paint…no stain, no primer, no sealer, just the wood/paint and the application of the image.

MAXIMUM SINGLE PART SIZE The maximum size that can receive Facets printing is 48”W X 96”L X 2”T. No exceptions!

*COPYRIGHT LAWS - We abide by all copyright laws and cannot use images without proof of release (or receipt if purchased from a stock image website) for user-supplied images. We cannot produce merchandise bearing the trademarks of collegiate institutions, professional sports teams, brand names, logos, slogans, celebrity images and other copyrighted or licensed images.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-27-

Information

ARTISAN COLLECTION

STANDARD STAINS & PAINTS

REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

ALDER BEECH CHERRY MAPLE OAK HICKORY QSO

Bark Butter Pecan Bittersweet CafĂŠ Calico Canyon Sunset Caramel Apple Cinnamon Cracked Pepper Cranbrook Early Autumn Espresso Bean French Press London Fog Mocha Natural Pitch Black River Rock Root Beer Sienna

Not available on wood specie

Spiced Cider Spiced Rum Sweet Mist Tudor Brown Vermont White Wash

Chambray

French Silk

Sea Cliff Heights

Sandstone

Cotton

Soft Clay

Boulder

Potters Clay

Chalk White

Velour

Paint White

Antique White

Dolphin Grey

Havana Grey

Winter White

Charcoal Slate

Harbor Grey

Sea Salt Blue

Artisan Collection finishes come with FLAT TOPCOAT as standard. Satin topcoat available.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-28-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-1-

Index: Door & Drawer Style Section 1/4” Plywood Panel Door Guidelines........................................................................................................................................................................4 1/4” Plywood Panel Door Series....................................................................................................................................................................... 29-30 Applied Molding Door Guidelines..............................................................................................................................................................................4 Applied Molding Series........................................................................................................................................................................................ 52-64 Applied Moldings............................................................................................................................................................................................................12 Beadboard Drawer Front Guidelines........................................................................................................................................................................3 Beadboard Panel Door Series.............................................................................................................................................................................31-34 Beaded Raised Panel Door Series...................................................................................................................................................................40-45 Butt Door Policy...............................................................................................................................................................................................................3 Classic Raised Panel Door Series......................................................................................................................................................................35-39 Door Edge Profiles.........................................................................................................................................................................................................12 Door and Drawer Front Style information and page location................................................................................................................... 6-9 Drawer Front Information.............................................................................................................................................................................................5 Drawer Front Rail & Stile Profiles.............................................................................................................................................................................. 11 Five-Piece Applied Molding Drawer Fronts.........................................................................................................................................................74 Five-Piece Beadboard Panel Drawer Fronts........................................................................................................................................................ 71 Five-Piece Beaded Raised Panel Drawer Fronts................................................................................................................................................72 Five-Piece Flat Panel Drawer Fronts.............................................................................................................................................................. 69-70 Five-Piece Mitered Drawer Fronts...........................................................................................................................................................................73 Five-Piece Raised Panel Drawer Fronts................................................................................................................................................................72 Flat Panel Door Series............................................................................................................................................................................................18-28 Maximum Door Size Guidelines..................................................................................................................................................................................3 Minimum Door Size Guidelines...................................................................................................................................................................................3 Mitered Door Guidelines................................................................................................................................................................................................4 Mitered Door Series................................................................................................................................................................................................45-51 Mortise & Tenoned Door Guidelines.........................................................................................................................................................................3 Narrow Rail 5-Piece Drawer Fronts...........................................................................................................................................................................3 One-Piece MDF Door & Drawer Front Guidelines...............................................................................................................................................4 One-Piece MDF Drawer Fronts......................................................................................................................................................................... 68-69 One-Piece MDF Series............................................................................................................................................................................................14-18 Panel Profiles.................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 11 Solid Slab Drawer Fronts........................................................................................................................................................................................... 67 Specialty Door & Drawer Fronts................................................................................................................................................................................5 Stile & Rail Profiles.....................................................................................................................................................................................................10-11 Veneer Slab Door Series.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 13 Veneer Slab Drawer Front Series............................................................................................................................................................................ 68 Warped Door Policy........................................................................................................................................................................................................5

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Mortise & Tenoned Doors Door, Drawer Front styles, and building techniques are subject to change without notice. Please read each door description for further details. Not all styles are available in all woods, finishes, heights or widths. Frame and panel doors are mortise & tenoned, glued & fastened. Panels are pinned and buffered to allow for normal expansion.

Maximum Door Sizes Width: Maximum single panel width is 24”. Doors over 24” will become double paneled in width (NA on arched doors). To override this size constraint, use SDPW (single door panel width). No warranty on doors over 24”. Single panel arched doors cannot be built wider than 24”. These include: #40000, #45000, #47500, etc. Height: Maximum single panel height is 42”. Doors over 42” tall will become double paneled in height, this includes glass, mullion, & lattice doors. To override this size constraint, use SDPH (single door panel height), this modification will void the warranty on the door. Double paneled doors over 57 3/4” tall will not be covered under warranty. Doors 39 3/4” & up will receive 3 hinges per door unless MBD, GD, or LDI, then 4 hinges per door. The largest standard wall cabinet with a single panel door is a 42” tall wall cabinet.

Minimum Door Sizes Minimum door sizes are listed on the page showing the door style. On many doors you will notice two minimum sizes listed, this feature is offered to take into consideration the tall, narrow cabinets such as the W1236 & the wide, short cabinets such as the W3612. Sizes that fall under the minimum width will have the stiles cut down if possible, otherwise they will be built as slab doors. Rails cannot be cut down to keep 5-piece door style. These substitutions will not be replaced under warranty. Doors and drawer fronts falling under the minimum will still be charged the door/ drawer front upcharge. These minimums are designed to allow our employees to safely produce your products.

Butt Door Policy Butt Doors will have an 1/8” gap between the doors & no center stile. When selecting butt doors on the Order Info tab on the pricing program, butt doors & drawer fronts will be added to all base, wall, & vanity cabinets 27”- 45” wide. Butt doors will be standard on Tall Broom cabinets 27” – 39” wide. See individual cabinet descriptions for BD options on sizes beyond these standards. Butt drawer fronts will keep the center stile for drawer guide function. To order a full width drawer front and/or drawer add FF or SD to the end of the cabinet nomenclature. (Ex. SB36FF or B36SD) When ordering wall, base and vanity cabinets that are under 24” wide & need butt doors, order the cabinet as the 24” BD equivalent and reduce the width.

Beadboard Drawer Fronts 76, 703, 720, 920, 921, & 994 drawer fronts feature a 720-beadboard center panel with vertical beads & graining. We make no attempt to line the beads up between the doors and drawer fronts. When ordering, consider using the MFD (Multi-Drawer Front) option. Due to their extreme panel width, drawer fronts over 24” wide will not be covered under warranty for warping and split panels.

Narrow Rail 5-Piece Drawer Fronts Drawer fronts with narrow rails can be modified to increase the height of the top & bottom rail to 2 1/4”, 2 3/4” or 3 1/2” on larger drawer fronts by using the MDFSB, MDFSM or MDFST modification. Drawer fronts will be subject to the minimum door size when using these modifications. See the Accessories & Modifications section for more details. Drawer fronts with narrow 1 1/4” rails, such as the #80, cannot be used in conjunction with the #35, #66 or #67 edge profiles. Due to the size of the rail only one peg or nail per corner can be applied on this style.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-3-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

One-Piece Door & Drawer Fronts Available in selected styles only; see the One-Piece MDF door & drawer front series sections. These doors and fronts are made of MDF and are available in the solid painted finishes only can also add glazes; shown in the LOC book. Not available with applied moldings or the #13, #60, #66 or #67 door edges. When using glass, mullion or lattice doors, the door frame will be built like its 5-piece counterpart. This will result in seams at the rail & stile joints.

1/4” Plywood Panel Doors #10000, #11100, & #17000 doors are not as stable as solid panel doors and may warp up to ¼”. Plywood panels also tend to stain differently than solid wood panels and the veneer seams may show through on painted finishes. The backs of the panels may have large unfilled knots. If these doors are ordered in Knotty or Rustic wood the center panels will not have the Knotty/Rustic characteristics. These are not warrantable situations. 1/4” plywood paneled doors are NOT available in painted finishes, or unfinished on Paintgrade or MDF wood.

Mitered Doors Our mitered doors are available in all wood species with the exception of Hickory & Craftwood One-Piece MDF. These door styles come with a special edge that cannot be altered. Mitered doors are fastened using a doweled finger joint and panels are buffered to allow for expansion. Doors can be attached to a 3/4” panel substrate or finished cabinet end to be used in place of a loose or intergrated “wainscot” RPB panel.

Applied Molding Doors & Drawer Fronts ••

The applied molding upcharge is per door & drawer front and is included in the door & drawer front upcharge when using an applied molding style listed in the catalog such as the #30001 or #9303. Any doors or drawer fronts that fall below minimum will still incur the applied molding door charge.

••

The last two digits of the five digit door or four digit drawer front number signify the applied molding style. For example, the #30001 is the #30000 door including AM1 & #9303 is the #93 drawer front including AM3.

••

Applied moldings are not available on raised panel valances, or arched doors.

••

AM1, AM2, AM3, AM12 & AM14, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, making the door over 1” thick, will not work on pocket doors. If ordered, pocket doors will be built without the applied molding & the charges will still apply.

••

AM1, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, will not work when ordered with 5-piece style drawer fronts that have narrow 1 ¼” wide rails with a #15, #35, #66, #67 or #70 edge treatment.

••

AM2, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, will not work when ordered with 5-piece style drawer fronts that have narrow 1 ¼” wide rails with a #35, #66 or #67 edge treatment.

••

AM3, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, will not work when ordered with 5-piece style drawer fronts that have 2 1/4” wide rails with a #35 edge treatment.

••

AM2 is designed to be used with a raised panel door style.

••

AM4 includes nail pegs in corners of molding and knife cuts at joints of rails & stiles. See sample before ordering.

••

AM7 are soft maple. Due to their smaller size they tend to match most colors on most woods. Order at your discretion.

••

AM4, & AM7 or any applied molding that sits on a center panel and is prepped for glass or has MBDs will be shipped loose. The Applied Molding will be cut to size but will not be installed at the factory.

••

In some cases fillers should be used in conjunction with applied molding doors to ensure doors and/or drawers can clear adjacent cabinets or walls.

••

To add applied molding to doors not shown or listed, please call your Account Manager for availability.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-4-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Drawer Front Information All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick with the exception of some Applied Molding Series fronts and the #25 slab front.

Warped Door Policy Doors that are warped ¼” or less must be adjusted at the hinge. Doors that are warped over ¼” must be adjusted as much as possible and allowed to undergo one heating and cooling cycle before replacement will be considered. If cabinetry is delivered in cool weather, it must be given sufficient time to acclimate to a warm house, and vice versa. Over time, some cabinets will warp due to extremes in temperature and humidity. Custom Cupboards requires a relative humidity level of 25% to 55% be maintained in the residence to avoid these problems. In most situations, the door will return to its normal position after going through the heating/cooling cycle. When requesting a replacement, check to ensure that the door is warped instead of the cabinet being racked out of square during installation. In the interim, solid brass ball catches will be provided at no charge to pull the door tight against the cabinet. The catch has an adjustable tension feature, is easy to install, and is designed for use on all doors.

Specialty Doors & Drawer Fronts Specialty doors & fronts are available from outside sources with prior engineering approval. Call for pricing and availability. Expect extended lead times and limitations to the warranty of the doors.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-5-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

DOOR #

DOOR NAME

PANEL

RAIL

STILE

10000

Hamilton

100

300

PAGE 30

1/4” Plywood Panel

DOOR SERIES

11100

Harrison

100

301

710C

1/4” Plywood Panel

17000

Washington

100

700

1/4” Plywood Panel

300-1pc

1-pc Chisholm Classic

300

One-Piece MDF Classic Raised Panel

30000

Chisholm Classic

300

30001

Chisholm Classic w/ AM1

300

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

301-1pc

1-pc Lexington

300

301

One-Piece MDF

30100

Lexington

300

301

Classic Raised Panel

30103

Lexington w/ AM3

300

301

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

30200

Valley Forge Raised

300

701

Classic Raised Panel

30202

Valley Forge Raised w/ AM2

300

701

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

30400

Valley Forge Beaded

375

701

Beaded Raised Panel

30402

Valley Forge Beaded w/ AM2

375

701

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

30600

Arlington Beaded

375

301

300

Beaded Raised Panel

30700

Arlington Flat

700

301

300

Flat Panel

31000

Providence

300

301

700

Classic Raised Panel

31100

Richmond

300

301

710C

Classic Raised Panel

31200

Covington

375

301

710C

Beaded Raised Panel

31300

Concord

375

301

700

Beaded Raised Panel

31600

Wilson

300

316

Classic Raised Panel

31700

Savoy

700

316

Flat Panel

37400

Charleston

375

301

Beaded Raised Panel

37401

Charleston w/ AM1

375

301

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

37403

Charleston w/ AM3

375

301

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

37500

Chisholm Beaded

375

300

Beaded Raised Panel

37501

Chisholm Beaded w/ AM1

375

300

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

38100

Timberline

380

301

710B

Beaded Raised Panel

38300

Delano

380

383

Beaded Raised Panel Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

38301

Delano w/ AM1

380

383

38400

Tuscan

384

Beaded Raised Panel

38500

Tuscan Flat

700

384

Flat Panel

40000

Vienna Classic

300

400/300

300

Classic Raised Panel

45000

Windsor Classic

300

450/300

300

Classic Raised Panel

46000

Windsor Beaded

375

450/300

300

Beaded Raised Panel

46600

Windsor Beadboard

720

450/300

300

Beadboard Panel

47500

Brentwood Classic

300

475/300

300

Classic Raised Panel

50100

Contempo I

Veneer Slab

50200

Contempo II

Veneer Slab

50300

Contempo III

One-Piece MDF

700-1pc

1-pc Shaker

700

One-Piece MDF

70000

Shaker

700

Flat Panel

70001

Shaker w/ AM1

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70003

Shaker w/ AM3

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70004

Shaker w/ AM4

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70014

Shaker w/ AM14

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

701-1pc

1-pc Valley Forge

700

701

One-Piece MDF

70100

Valley Forge

700

701

Flat Panel

70104

Valley Forge w/ AM4

700

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70112

Valley Forge w/ AM12

700

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70114

Valley Forge w/AM14

700

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70300

Mesa Beadboard

720

706

Beadboard Panel

70500

Grooved Shaker

705

700

Beadboard Panel

70600

Mesa Flat

700

706

Flat Panel

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-6-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

DOOR #

DOOR NAME

PANEL

RAIL

STILE

PAGE

DOOR SERIES

707-1pc

1-pc Vallejo Mission

700

707

One-Piece MDF

70700

Vallejo Mission

700

707

Flat Panel

708-1pc

1-pc Modesto Mission

700

708

One-Piece MDF

70800

Modesto Mission

700

708

Flat Panel

71000

Penbrook

700

710C

Flat Panel

71100

Huntington

700

301

710C

Flat Panel

71200

Brighton

700

301

700

Flat Panel

71400

Belmont

700

701

700

Flat Panel

71404

Belmont w/ AM4

700

701

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel Flat Panel

71600

Craftsman

700

716

71700

Santiago Mission

700

717

Flat Panel

72000

Beadboard Shaker

720

700

Beadboard Panel

72001

Beadboard Shaker w/ AM1

720

700

Applied Molding - Beadboard Panel

72004

Beadboard Shaker w/ AM4

720

700

Applied Molding - Beadboard Panel Applied Molding - Beadboard Panel

72014

Beadboard Shaker w/ AM14

720

700

72100

Huntington Beadboard

720

301

710C

Beadboard Panel

75000

Country Shaker

700X2

700

700X3

Flat Panel

73000

Taos 2 1/4

700

730

700

Flat Panel

73100

Taos 2 3/4

700

731

716

Flat Panel

73200

Taos 3 1/2

700

732

701

Flat Panel

77600

Heritage Beaded

375

700

Beaded Raised Panel

77602

Heritage Beaded w/ AM2

375

700

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

77800

Heritage Classic

300

700

Classic Raised Panel

77802

Heritage Classic w/ AM2

300

700

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

900-1pc

1-pc Stafford

700

300

One-Piece MDF

90000

Stafford

700

300

Flat Panel

90001

Stafford w/ AM1

700

300

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

901-1pc

1-pc Salem

700

301

One-Piece MDF

90100

Salem

700

301

Flat Panel

90101

Salem w/ AM1

700

301

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

90103

Salem w/ AM3

700

301

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

90500

Cambria

700

383

Flat Panel

91500

Windsor Flat

700

450/300

300

Flat Panel

92000

Stafford Beadboard

720

300

Beadboard Panel

92100

Salem Beadboard

720

301

Beadboard Panel

94000

940

Mitered

94500

Sterling Raised Panel Sterling Raised Panel w/ AM7 Sterling Flat Panel

95000

Stanton Raised Panel

940

950

Mitered

95500

Stanton Flat Panel

700

950

Mitered

98000

Clairmont

980

Mitered

98100

Bradford

981

Mitered

98400

Soho

700

984

Mitered

99000

Chelmsford

990

Mitered

99100

Alcott

940

991

Mitered

99200

Alcott Flat

700

991

Mitered

94007

940

Applied Molding - Mitered

700

940

Mitered

99300

Ralston Flat

700

993

Mitered

99400

Ralston Beadboard

720

993

Mitered

99500

Stonewall

700

995

Mitered

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-7-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

DRAWER DRAWER FRONT NAME FRONT # 10 Ogee Slab 12

Chelmsford Slab

PANEL

RAIL

STILE

PAGE

DRAWER FRONT SERIES

Solid Slab

Reverse Bead Slab

Solid Slab

Soho Slab

Solid Slab

Beaded Slab

Solid Slab

Raised Bead Slab

Solid Slab

Double-Cut Slab

Solid Slab

3-Piece Front 33

Solid Slab

3-Piece Front 34

Solid Slab

316

Wilson Raised

300

80DF

316

Classic Raised Panel

317

Savoy Flat

700

300

316

Flat Panel

Designer Slab

Solid Slab

383

Delano Flat

700

383DF

383

Flat Panel

38301

Delano Flat w/ AM1

700

383DF

383

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

384

Tuscan Flat

384

Beaded Raised Panel

501

Contempo I Vertical Grain Slab

Veneer Slab

502

Contempo II Vertical Grain Slab

Veneer Slab

Square Slab

Solid Slab

Contempo II Horizontal Grain Slab

Veneer Slab

Contempo I Horizontal Grain Slab

Veneer Slab

1/8” Round-Over Slab

Solid Slab

Double-Round Slab

Solid Slab

Decor Slab

Solid Slab Solid Slab

Beveled Slab

703

Mesa Beadboard

720

706DF

706

Beadboard Panel

706

Mesa Flat

700

706DF

706

Flat Panel

716

Craftsman

700

716

Flat Panel

717

Santiago Mission

700

707

717

Flat Panel

720

Beadboard Shaker

720

700

Beadboard Panel

730

Taos 2 1/4”

700

730

700

Flat Panel

731

Taos 2 3/4”

700

731

716

Flat Panel

732

Taos 3 1/2”

700

732

701

Flat Panel

3-Piece Front 74

Solid Slab

Mixed Beadboard

720

300

700

Beadboard Panel

77-1pc

1-pc Vallejo Mission

700

707

One-Piece MDF

Vallejo Mission

700

707

Flat Panel

78-1pc

1-pc Modesto Mission

700

707

708

One-Piece MDF

Modesto Mission

700

707

708

Flat Panel

80-1pc

1-pc Classic Raised

300

80DF

300

One-Piece MDF

Classic Raised

300

80DF

300

Classic Raised Panel

8001

Classic Raised w/ AM1

300

80DF

300

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

Beaded Raised

375

80DF

300

Beaded Raised Panel

8101

Beaded Raised w/ AM1

375

80DF

300

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

Mixed Classic Raised

300

80DF

700

Classic Raised Panel

Mixed Beaded Raised

375

80DF

700

Beaded Raised Panel

Shaker Beaded Raised

375

84DF

700

Beaded Raised Panel

8402

Shaker Beaded Raised w/ AM2

375

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

Shaker Classic Raised

300

84DF

700

Classic Raised Panel

8602

Shaker Classic Raised w/ AM2

300

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-8-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

DRAWER DRAWER FRONT NAME FRONT #

PANEL

RAIL

STILE

PAGE

DRAWER FRONT SERIES

87-1pc

1-pc Wide Stile Classic Raised

300

80DF

301

One-Piece MDF

Wide Stile Classic Raised

300

80DF

301

Classic Raised Panel

Wide Stile Beaded Raised

375

80DF

301

Beaded Raised Panel

89-1pc

1-pc Special Shaker

700

84DF

701

One-Piece MDF

Special Shaker

700

84DF

701

Flat Panel

8904

Special Shaker w/ AM4

700

84DF

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

8912

Special Shaker w/ AM12

700

84DF

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

8914

Special Shaker w/ AM14

700

84DF

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

90-1pc

1-pc Shaker

700

One-Piece MDF

Shaker

700

Flat Panel

9003

Shaker w/ AM3

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

Shaker w/ Cove

700

710C

700

Flat Panel

92-1pc

1-pc Wide Stile Shaker

700

701

One-Piece MDF

Wide Stile Shaker

700

701

Flat Panel

920

Stafford Beadboard

720

300

Beadboard Panel

9201

Wide Stile Shaker w/ AM1

700

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

921

Salem Beadboard

720

300

301

Beadboard Panel

9214

Wide Stile Shaker w/ AM14

700

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

93-1pc

1-pc Wide Stile Flat

700

300

301

One-Piece MDF

Wide Stile Flat

700

300

301

Flat Panel

9301

Wide Stile Flat w/ AM1

700

300

301

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

9303

Wide Stile Flat w/ AM3

700

300

301

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

Mixed Flat

700

300

700

Flat Panel

940

Sterling Raised Panel

940

940DF

Mitered

94007

Sterling Raised Panel w/ AM7

940

940DF

Applied Molding - Mitered

945

Sterling Flat Panel

700

940DF

Mitered

95-1pc

1-pc Flat Panel

700

300

One-Piece MDF

Flat Panel

700

300

Flat Panel Mitered

950

Stanton Raised Panel

940

950DF

9501

Flat Panel w/ AM1

700

300

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

955

Stanton Flat Panel

700

950DF

Mitered

96-1pc

1-pc Narrow Rail Shaker

700

84DF

700

One-Piece MDF

Narrow Rail Shaker

700

84DF

700

Flat Panel

9601

Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM1

700

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

9604

Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM4

700

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

9606

Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM6

700

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

9614

Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM14

700

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

980

Clairmont

700

980DF

Mitered

Combo Classic Raised

300

84DF

701

Classic Raised Panel

9802

Combo Classic Raised

300

84DF

701

Classic Raised Panel

981

Bradford

700

981DF

Mitered Mitered

984

Soho Flat

700

984DF

Combo Beaded Raised

375

84DF

701

Beaded Raised Panel

990

Chelmsford

990

990DF

Mitered

9902

Combo Beaded Raised w/ AM2

375

84DF

701

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

992

Alcott Flat

700

991DF

Mitered

993

Ralston Flat

700

993DF

Mitered

994

Ralston Beadboard

720

993DF

Mitered

995

Stonewall

700

995

Mitered

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-9-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Stile & Rail Profiles #300 #300

#316 #316

#301 #301

3 1/2 2 3/4 2 1/4

#383 #383

#700 #700

#384 #384

3 1/2

3 2 1/4

#701 #701

#707 #707

#706 #706

3 1/2

3 1/2 2 1/4

#716 #716

#710B #710B

#710C #710C

BEVEL

COVE

2 3/4 2 1/4

#730

2 1/4

#731

#732

#980 #980

#981 #981

2 1/4

#950 #950

3 2 9/16

2 9/16

#984 #984

#991 #991

#990 #990

3 2 1/4

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-10-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

#993 #993

2 1/4” at center

#450 #450

#995 #995

RAILS ONLY

2 1/2

2 1/4

Also applicable on 400 & 475

Drawer Front Rail & Stile Profiles 80DF

80DF

84DF 84DF

383DF 383DF

2 1/4

384DF 384DF

2 1/4

1 1/4

706DF

730DF

731DF

732DF

950DF 950DF

980DF 980DF

981DF 981DF

2 1/4

940DF

1 1/2

1 9/16

984DF

990DF 990DF

2 1/4

991DF 991DF

1 1/2

2 1/2

1 1/2

993DF 993DF

1 3/4

Panel Profiles 100 1/4"Plywood plywood 100 1/4”

384 Tuscan Beaded Raised Raised 384 Tuscan Beaded

Mitered Raised 940940 Mitered Raised

300 Classic Raised 300 Classic Raised

7/16" flat panel Panel 700 700 7/16” Flat

980981Clairmont Bradford

375 Beaded Raised 375 Beaded Raised

720 Beadboard

981 981Bradford Bradford

Grooves are 1-1/2" O.C.

380 Flat Raised Bead 380 Flat Raised Bead

705 V-groove

705 V-Groove

Grooves are 3" O.C.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-11-

Chelmsford 990990Chelmsford

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Door Edge Profiles #10 #10

#11 #11

5/16

#12 #12

9/32

3/16

The #11 edge profile is specific to the #99500 mitered door style & is not available for use on other doors or as a slab front.

#13 #13

The #12 edge profile is specific to the #99000 mitered door style & is not available for use on other doors.

#14 #14

5/16

#15 #15

1 9/32

1/2

The #14 edge profile is specific to the #98400 mitered door style & is not available for use on other doors.

#35 #35

#65 #65

#60 #60

3/16 1

On Designer Overlay, doors with the #60 & 65 edge profile will require an 1/8” fill on cabinets that butt into a wall or deeper cabinets. .

#66 #66

#67 #67

#70 #70

25/32

5/8

25/32

Applied Moldings Applied to Doors & Drawer Fronts. The left side of the moldings face the outside edges of the doors. Some moldings are available loose, see accessories and modifications section.

AM1

AM2

AM3

AM4

1/2” wide X 1/4” tall All wood species available.

5/8” wide X 7/16” tall All wood species available.

1-1/16” wide X 5/8” tall All wood species available.

5/16” wide X 13/16” tall (with nail pegs in corners). All wood species available.

AM7

AM12

AM14

5/32” wide X 1/8” tall Available is soft maple only.

Stile Mold: 1/2” wide X 7/16” tall Rail Mold: 1/2” wide X 9/16” tall All wood species available

15/16” wide X 9/16” tall. All wood species except Craftwood.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-12-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Veneer Slab Door Series CONTEMPO I

#50100

CONTEMPO II

#50200 TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

3 3/8 x 7 -or- 7 x 3 3/8

Minimum Size

3 3/8 x 7 -or- 7 x 3 3/8

Stile / Rail Size

Wood Species

All but Craftwood, Paintgrade, MDF Paint, Knotty or Rustic

Wood Species

All but Craftwood, Paintgrade, MDF Paint, Knotty or Rustic

Slab Drawer Fronts

#63 or #501

Slab Drawer Fronts

#62 or #502

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

Edge Profile

#65 only

Edge Profile

#60 only

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

MDF core

•

Solid Wood 3/16” edgebanding.

•

Edgebanding will run through on the left & right side of the doors and drawer fronts.

• • • •

•

No Paints or Aging Aging (Distressing)

•

Overlay fillers will be solid wood & will not include 3/16” edgebanding.

•

• •

Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. Grain direction & potential color difference may be an issue.

#70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. Grain direction & potential color difference may be an issue.

•

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay. Top selling door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•

-13-

MDF core Standard veneer edgebanding. No Paints or Aging Aging (Distressing) Overlay fillers will be solid wood & will not include veneer edgebanding. Finger slots are not available on this door style.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc CHISHOLM CLASSIC #300-1pc

1-pc LEXINGTON

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

Craftwood

Wood Species

Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#80-1pc

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#87-1pc or #93-1pc

Edge Profile

See below

Edge Profile

See below

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

• • •

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #80-1pc not available. #30000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• • • •

-14-

#301-1pc

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #87-1pc not available. #30100 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

One-Piece MDF Series CONTEMPO III

1-pc SHAKER

#50300

#700-1pc

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

3 3/8 x 7 -or- 7 x 3 3/8

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

Craftwood & MDF Paint Only

Wood Species

Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#90-1pc or #96-1pc

Edge Profile

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96-1pc & #60

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• • •

-15-

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #96-1pc not available. #70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc VALLEY FORGE

#701-1pc

1-pc VALLEJO MISSION #707-1pc

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

Craftwood

Wood Species

Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#89-1pc or #92-1pc

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#77-1pc

Edge Profile

See below

Edge Profile

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

• • •

•

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #89-1pc not available. #70100 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• •

-16-

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70700 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc MODESTO MISSION #708-1pc

1-pc STAFFORD

#900-1pc

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

Craftwood

Wood Species

Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#78-1pc

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#95-1pc

Edge Profile

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Edge Profile

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70800 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• •

-17-

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #90000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc SALEM

Flat Panel Door Series

#901-1pc

ARLINGTON FLAT

#30700

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#93-1pc

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#95

Edge Profile

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #90100 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-18-

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Flat Panel Door Series SAVOY #31700

TUSCAN FLAT #38500

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

8 1/2 x 11 1/2 or 11 1/2 x 8 1/2

Minimum Size

10 X 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 3/4 rails and stiles

Stile / Rail Size

3x3

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#317

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#384

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Cononial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland) Door Plant: APE_ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

• •

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-19-

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish without Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Watch out for door minimums. On BLS, BLSS 33” cabinets, this door will revert to slab doors.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Flat Panel Door Series SHAKER #70000 TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#90 or #96

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM1, AM3, AM4, AM6 & AM14

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions • • • •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1, AM3 & AM14 This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #700-1pc. Top selling door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-20-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Flat Panel Door Series VALLEY FORGE

#70100

MESA FLAT

#70600

TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#89 or #92

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#706

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #89

Edge Profile

#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM4, AM12 & AM14

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

• • • •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM12 & AM14 This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #7011pc. Watch out for door minimums. Top selling door

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• •

-21-

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Micro-Bevel on rail & stile. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Flat Panel Door Series VALLEJO MISSION

#70700

MODESTO MISSION

#70800

TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All

Wood Species

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#77

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#78

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #707-1pc. Top selling door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•

-22-

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #708-1pc. Watch our for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Flat Panel Door Series PENBROOK #71000

HUNTINGTON #71100

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#91

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#91 or #94

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

• •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-23-

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Flat Panel Door Series BRIGHTON #71200

BELMONT #71400

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#94

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#90 or #96

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

AM4

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-24-

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Flat Panel Door Series SANTIAGO MISSION

CRAFTSMAN #71600

#71700

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

8 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 8 1/2

Minimum Size

8 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 8 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 3/4 x 2 3/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 3/4 x 2 3/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#716

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#717

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

OPTION

Pocket Doors Notes / Cautions

Notes / Cautions

• •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-25-

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Flat Panel Door Series TAOS 2 1/4

#73000

TAOS 2 3/4 #73100

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 and 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

8 1/2 x 11 1/2 and 11 1/2 x 8 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 rails and stiles

Stile / Rail Size

2 3/4 rails and stiles

Wood Species

ALL except Craftwood

Wood Species

ALL except Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#730

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#731

Edge Profile

All door edges/slab fronts

Edge Profile

All door edges/slab fronts

Mullions

Colonial and Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial and Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes

Pocket Doors

Yes

Notes / Cautions

•

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-26-

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Flat Panel Door Series TAOS 3 1/2

COUNTRY SHAKER

#73200

#75000

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 and 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 1/2 x 13 -or- 13 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 rails and stiles

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

ALL except Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#730

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#90 or #96

Edge Profile

All door edges/slab fronts

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96

Mullions

Colonial and Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Use #70000 style door

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), No (Discovery) Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

• • •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-27-

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums. If below minimum, this door will revert to #70000 door style and minimum.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Flat Panel Door Series STAFFORD #90000

SALEM #90100 TOP SELLING DOOR

TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All

Wood Species

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#95

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#93

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM1

Applied Moldings

AM1 & AM3

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • •

•

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #900-1pc. Top selling door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• •

-28-

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1 & AM3. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #901-1pc. Watch out for door minimums. Top selling door.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Flat Panel Door Series CAMBRIA #90500

WINDSOR FLAT

#91500

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 x 12 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#383

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#95

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

• • • •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-29-

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Maximum door width is 24” The lower door style to compliment this is #90000. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

1/4” Plywood Panel Door Series HAMILTON #10000

HARRISON #11100

1/4” Ply

1/4” Ply 1/4" Ply

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 x 10 -or- 10 x 7

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood, MDF or Paintgrade

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola) Yes for raised panels

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola) Yes for raised panels

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • •

• •

1/4” plywood center panel. See #90000 door style for a solid wood center panel. Not available in Painted finishes, or Paintgrade/MDF Paint (even when ordered unfinished). If knotty or rustic wood is ordered, the center panels will not have knots, but may contain mineral streaks. See door information at the beginning of this section for more details.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• •

-30-

1/4” plywood center panel. See #71100 door style for a solid wood center panel. Not available in Painted finishes, or Paintgrade/MDF Paint (even when ordered unfinished). If knotty or rustic wood is ordered, the center panels will not have knots, but may contain mineral streaks. See door information at the beginning of this section for more details.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

1/4” Plywood Panel Door Series Washington

#17000

1/4” Ply

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 x 10 -or- 10 x 7

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood, MDF or Paintgrade

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions • • • • •

1/4” plywood center panel. See #70000 door style for a solid wood center panel. Not available in Painted finishes, or Paintgrade/MDF Paint (even when ordered unfinished). If knotty or rustic wood is ordered, the center panels will not have knots, but may contain mineral streaks. See door information at the beginning of this section for more details.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-31-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Beadboard Panel Door Series WINDSOR BEADBOARD #46600

MESA BEADBOARD

#70300

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 x 12 1/4

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#920 or #95

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#703

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65

Mullions

Colonial

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • •

• • •

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. The lower door style to compliment this is #92000. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-32-

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Micro-Bevel on rail & stile. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Beadboard Panel Door Series GROOVED SHAKER

BEADBOARD SHAKER #72000

#70500

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#90 or #96

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#720, #90 or #96

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

AM1, AM4 & AM14

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

OPTION

Notes / Cautions

•

• •

Grooves are 3” on center.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-33-

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1& AM14

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Beadboard Panel Door Series STAFFORD BEADBOARD #92000

HUNTINGTON BEADBOARD #72100

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#76, #91 or #94

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#920 or #95

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-34-

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Beadboard Panel Door Series SALEM BEADBOARD

#92100

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#921 or #93

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions • •

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-35-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Classic Raised Panel Door Series CHISHOLM CLASSIC

LEXINGTON #30100

#30000 TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All

Wood Species

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#80

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#87 or #93

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #87

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM1

Applied Moldings

AM3

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #300-1pc. Top selling door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•

-36-

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM3 This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #301-1pc. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Classic Raised Panel Door Series PROVIDENCE #31000

VALLEY FORGE RAISED #30200

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#89, #92 or #98

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#82 or #94

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #89 & #98

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #82

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM2

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-37-

Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Classic Raised Panel Door Series VIENNA CLASSIC

RICHMOND #31100

#40000

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Minimum Size

10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#82 or #94

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#80

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #82

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

• • •

Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-38-

The lower door style to compliment this is #30000. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Classic Raised Panel Door Series WINDSOR CLASSIC

BRENTWOOD CLASSIC

#45000

#47500

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4

Minimum Size

10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#80

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#80

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80

Mullions

Colonial

Mullions

Colonial

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • •

• • • •

The lower door style to compliment this is #30000. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-39-

The lower door style to compliment this is #30000. Maximum door width is 24” Doors below 12” wide will resemble the #40000 door. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Classic Raised Panel Door Series HERITAGE CLASSIC

#77800

WILSON #31600

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

8 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 8 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 3/4 rail and stiles

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#86, #90 or #96

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#316

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #86 & #96

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66, #67 or #316

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door plant; APE_ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM2 & AM6

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•

-40-

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Beaded Raised Panel Door Series VALLEY FORGE BEADED #30400

ARLINGTON BEADED

#30600

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#92 or #99

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#81

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #99

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #81

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM2

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2 Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-41-

Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Beaded Raised Panel Door Series COVINGTON #31200

CONCORD #31300

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#83

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#83

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #83

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #83

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-42-

Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Beaded Raised Panel Door Series CHARLESTON #37400

CHISHOLM BEADED

#37500

TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#88 or #93

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#81

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #88

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #81

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM1 & AM3

Applied Moldings

AM1

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • •

• •

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1 & AM3 Watch out for door minimums. Top selling door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-43-

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1. Top selling door.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Beaded Raised Panel Door Series TIMBERLINE #38100

DELANO #38300

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

11 3/4 x 11 1/4 -or- 8 3/4 x 14 1/4

Minimum Size

11 1/4 x 14 1/4 -or- 14 1/4 x 11 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#94

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#383

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

• •

•

#65 door edge recommended when using the #25 drawer front with this door. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-44-

Watch out for door minimums. If below minimum, door will revert to the #90500 style and minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Beaded Raised Panel Door Series WINDSOR BEADED

TUSCAN #38400

#46000

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3x3

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#384

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#81

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #81

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert?????

Mullions

Colonial

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

• • •

Watch out for door minimums. On BLS, BLSS 33” cabinets, this door will revert to slab doors.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-45-

The lower door style to compliment this is #37500. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Beaded Raised Panel Door Series HERITAGE BEADED

#77600

Mitered Door Series SOHO #98400

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3” rail and stiles

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All except Hickory and Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

#14

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#84

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#984

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #84

Edge Profile

#14

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM2 & AM6

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

• •

•

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2

• •

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-46-

7/16” Thick solid wood center panels Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2 An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Design Overlay

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Mitered Door Series STERLING RAISED

#94000

STERLING FLAT

#94500

7/16" Solid Wood

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 9/16 x 2 9/16

Stile / Rail Size

2 9/16 x 2 9/16

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#940

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#945

Edge Profile

#65

Edge Profile

#65

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Applied Moldings

AM7

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

•

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-47-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Mitered Door Series STANTON RAISED

#95000

STANTON FLAT

#95500

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 9/16 x 2 9/16

Stile / Rail Size

2 9/16 x 2 9/16

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#950

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#955

Edge Profile

#65

Edge Profile

#65

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM7

Applied Moldings

AM7

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into

•

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer

•

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-48-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Mitered Door Series CLAIRMONT #98000

BRADFORD #98100

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16

Minimum Size

10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16

Stile / Rail Size

3x3

Stile / Rail Size

2 9/16 x 2 9/16

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#980

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#981

Edge Profile

#65

Edge Profile

#65

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Applied Moldings Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

•

Pocket doors not available on this door style due to panel rise. Watch out for door minimums.

•

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

•

• •

•

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-49-

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola) None Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay. WARNING: Should be sold with glaze packages only.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Mitered Door Series CHELMSFORD #99000

ALCOTT #99100

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

8 3/4 x 11 3/4 -or- 11 3/4 x 8 3/4

Minimum Size

10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3x3

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#12

Slab Drawer Fronts

#13

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#990

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#992

Edge Profile

#12 only available on this door

Edge Profile

#13

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola) NA (Discovery)

None

Applied Moldings

None

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Raised Panel Ends Applied Moldings Pocket Doors Notes / Cautions

Notes / Cautions

•

Watch out for door minimums.

•

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

• •

#990 drawer front will not work on standard overlay top drawers due to 6 1/4” minimum height. Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-50-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Mitered Door Series ALCOTT FLAT

#99200

RALSTON FLAT

#99300

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16

Minimum Size

8 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 8

Stile / Rail Size

3x3

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/2 x 2 1/2

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#13

Slab Drawer Fronts

#60

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#992

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#993

Edge Profile

#13

Edge Profile

#60

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

• •

•

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

•

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•

-51-

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Mitered Door Series RALSTON BEADBOARD #99400

STONEWALL #99500

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

8 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 8

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/2 x 2 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#60

Slab Drawer Fronts

None

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#994

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#995

Edge Profile

#60

Edge Profile

#11 only available on this door

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center.

•

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

• •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. This door will be available with a 5-piece drawer front. Any fronts that fall below minimum will be slab with a 3/16” 45º bevel.

•

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-52-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series CHISHOLM CLASSIC w/ AM1

#30001

LEXINGTON #30103 w/ AM3

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8001

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9303

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8001

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9303

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM3

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

•

• • •

•

#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #8001 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-53-

#35 edge profile not available on #9303 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series VALLEY FORGE RAISED #30202 w/ AM2

VALLEY FORGE BEADED #30402 w/ AM2

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9802

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9902

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9802

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9902

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM2

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM2

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

•

• •

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9802 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• •

-54-

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9902 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series CHARLESTON w/ AM1

#37401

CHARLESTON #37403 w/ AM3

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9301

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9303

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9303

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM3

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

•

• •

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• • •

-55-

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). #35 edge profile not available on #9303 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series CHISHOLM BEADED w/ AM1

#37501

DELANO w/ AM1

#38301

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

11 1/4 x 14 1/4 -or- 14 1/4 x 11 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8101

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#38301

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8101

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), No (Discovery) Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions • •

Notes / Cautions

#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #8101 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• •

-56-

Watch out for door minimums. If below minimum, door will revert to the #90500 style and minimums.?????

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series SHAKER #70003 w/ AM3

SHAKER #70001 w/ AM1

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9601

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9003

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9601

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM3

Pocket Doors

No Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions • •

Notes / Cautions

#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #9601 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

• •

•

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-57-

#35 edge profile not available on #9003 front & #70003 door. This door style has 2 1/4” rails & stiles, the AM3 molding is 1 1/16” wide which leaves only 1 3/16” exposed; larger door edges may not be pleasing to the overall appearance. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series SHAKER #70004 w/ AM4

SHAKER #70014 w/ AM14

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9604

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9614

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9604

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9614

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM4

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM14

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

•

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9604 front. Micro bevel on rails and stiles

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•

-58-

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on the #9614 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series VALLEY FORGE w/ AM4

#70104

VALLEY FORGE w/ AM12

#70112

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x10

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8904

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8912

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8904

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8912

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM4 Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM12

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

•

• •

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8904 front. Watch out for door minimums. Micro bevel on rails and stiles.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• •

-59-

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8912 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series VALLEY FORGE w/ AM14

#70114

BELMONT #71404 w/ AM4

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8914 & #9214

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9604

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8914

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9604

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM4

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM14

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

Notes / Cautions • • • •

•

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8914 front. The minimum size on the #9214 front is 6 1/4” x 11 1/2”, fronts below minimum will revert to the #8914. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

• •

-60-

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9604 front. Watch out for door minimums. Micro bevel on rails and stiles.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series BEADBOARD SHAKER w/ AM1

BEADBOARD SHAKER w/ AM4

#72001

#72004

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9601

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9604

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9601

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9604

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM4

Pocket Doors

No Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions • •

Notes / Cautions

#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #9601 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

• •

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-61-

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9604 front. Micro bevel on rails and stiles.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series BEADBOARD SHAKER w/ AM14

#72014

HERITAGE BEADED w/ AM2

#77602

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9614

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8402

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9614

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8402

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM14

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM2

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

•

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9614 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•

-62-

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8402 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series HERITAGE CLASSIC w/ AM2

STAFFORD #90001 w/ AM1

#77802

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8602

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9501

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8602

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM2

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

•

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8602 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-63-

Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series SALEM w/ AM1

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9301

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

SALEM #90103 w/ AM3

#90101

Colonial or Prairie Style

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9303

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9303

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM3

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• •

Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-64-

#35 edge profile not available on #9303 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Molding Series STERLING #94007 w/ AM7

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/2 x 2 1/2

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#94007

Edge Profile

#65

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM7

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions •

AM7 is available in soft maple only

•

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-65-

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick*

Solid Slab Drawer Fronts

OGEE SLAB

#10

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7

CHELMSFORD SLAB

#12

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7

REVERSED BEAD SLAB

#13

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7

Only available with the #99000 door

SOHO SLAB

#14

Minimum Size: 4 3/4 X 7

BEADED SLAB

#15

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7

DOUBLE-CUT SLAB

#30

DESIGNER SLAB Minimum Size: 4 3/4 x 7

Recommended w/ raised panel door w/ #10 edge. Reverts to #10 edge if below minimum.

Recommended w/ wide rail & stile doors. Reverts to #10 edge if below minimum.

1/8” ROUND-OVER SLAB

#65

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7

BEVELED SLAB

DOUBLE-ROUND SLAB

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

#35

SQUARE SLAB

#66

DECOR SLAB Minimum Size: 4 x 7

Reverts to #10 edge if below minimum.

Reverts to #65 edge if below minimum.

#70

-66-

#60

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 X 7

Minimum Size: 4 x 7

Minimum Size: 3 X 7

#25

Recommended w/ the #38100 door w/ #65 edge. Reverts to #65 edge if below minimum. *7/8” thick

Only available with the #98400 door. Reverts to #65 edge if below minimum.

Minimum Size: 4 3/4 X 7

RAISED BEAD SLAB Minimum Size: 4 3/4 x 7

#67

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick*

Veneer Slab Drawer Fronts

CONTEMPO II HOR. GRAIN

#62

Minimum Size: 3 3/8 X 7

CONTEMPO II VER. GRAIN #502 Minimum Size: 4 3/4 X 7

3-PIECE FRONT

#74

Minimum Size: 4 x 9 3/4 Stiles: 3 1/2” with micro-bevel

CONTEMPO I HOR. GRAIN

#63

CONTEMPO I VER. GRAIN

#501

Minimum Size: 3 3/8 X 7

3/16” EDGEBANDING TO MATCH #50100 DOOR

ALL 3 OF THESE DRAWER FRONTS ARE AVAILABLE AS TOP DRAWER FRONTS ONLY. PLEASE NOTE SOMEWHERE, NEED TO ORDER DFSM/B ON DEEPER DRAWERS

3-PIECE FRONT

#33

Minimum Size: 4 x 7 Stiles: 2 1/4”

3-PIECE FRONT

#34

Minimum Size: 4 x 9 3/4 Stiles: 3 1/2”

One-Piece MDF Drawer Fronts

1-PC VALLEJO MISSION #77-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

1-PC WIDE STILE CLASSIC RAISED #87-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” 1/2” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

1-PC MODESTO MISSION #78-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

1-PC SPECIAL SHAKER #89-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

-67-

1-PC CLASSIC RAISED

#80-1PC

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

1-PC SHAKER

#90-1PC

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

Door & Drawer Styles All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick*

REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

One-Piece MDF Drawer Fronts

1-PC WIDE STILE SHAKER #92-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

1-PC WIDE STILE SHAKER #93-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

1-PC FLAT PANEL

#95-1PC

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

1-PC NARROW RAIL SHAKER #96-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

Five-Piece Flat Panel Drawer Fronts

SAVOY FLAT

#317

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S

MESA FLAT

#706

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

DELANO FLAT

#383

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

CRAFTSMAN FLAT • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S

TUSCAN FLAT

#716

SANTIAGO MISSION • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-68-

#384

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3” S

#717

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick*

Five-Piece Flat Panel Drawer Fronts

VALLEJO MISSION

#77

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

SHAKER #90 • Minimum Size: 5 ¾ x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

WIDE STILE FLAT

#93

#96

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

TAOS 3 1/2

#78

SHAKER WITH COVE

MIXED FLAT

#91

#94

TAOS 2 1/4

#730

WIDE STILE SHAKER

FLAT PANEL

TAOS 2 3/4 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-69-

#92

#95

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#732

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO: 11 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

#89

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” FO:10 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO: 11 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

SPECIAL SHAKER • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” FO:12” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

NARROW RAIL SHAKER

MODESTO MISSION • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

#731

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick*

Five-Piece Beadboard Panel Drawer Fronts

MIXED BEADBOARD

#76

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

STAFFORD BEADBOARD • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

MESA BEADBOARD

#703

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

#920

SALEM BEADBOARD

SHAKER BEADBOARD • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#921

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 X 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

Beadboard drawer fronts will not line up w/ beadboord doors when used with a super drawer

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-70-

#720

Door & Drawer Styles REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick*

Five-Piece Raised Panel Drawer Fronts

CLASSIC RAISED

#80

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

MIXED CLASSIC RAISED

#82

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

WIDE STILE CLASSIC RAISED #87 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

COMBO CLASSIC RAISED

SHAKER CLASSIC RAISED

#86

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#98

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

WILSON RAISED

#316

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 12 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:14 1/2” DO:12 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S

Five-Piece Beaded Raised Panel Drawer Fronts

BEADED RAISED

#81

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

WIDE STILE BEADED RAISED #88 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

MIXED BEADED RAISED

#83

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

COMBO BEADED RAISED

SHAKER BEADED RAISED • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#99

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-71-

#84

Door & Drawer Styles All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick*

REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Five-Piece Mitered Drawer Fronts

STERLING RAISED

#940

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S

STANTON FLAT

#955

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S

SOHO FLAT

#984

RALSTON FLAT

#945

CLAIRMONT #980

CHELMSFORD #990

Use caution when ordering the #990 front, due to larger minimum requirement top & some middle fronts may result in slabs.

RALSTON BEADBOARD • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 9 • Min. Cab Width: SO:11” DO: 9 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¾” R, 1 ¾” S

BRADFORD #981

#994

Beadboard DF will not line up w/ beadboard doors.

ALCOTT FLAT

-72-

#992

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

STONEWALL #995 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

#950

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ½” R, 1 ½” S

• Minimum Size: 6 1/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#993

STANTON RAISED • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO:10 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 9 • Min. Cab Width: SO:11” DO: 9 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¾” R, 1 ¾” S

STERLING FLAT • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S

Door & Drawer Styles All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick*

REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Five-Piece Applied Molding Drawer Fronts

DELANO FLAT W/AM1

#38301

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

SHAKER BEADED RAISED W/AM2 #8402 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

SPECIAL SHAKER W/AM12

#8912

WIDE STILE SHAKER W/AM1 #9201

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

#8001

SHAKER CLASSIC RAISED W/AM2 #8602 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

CLASSIC RAISED W/AM1

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

SPECIAL SHAKER W/AM14 #8914 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

WIDE STILE SHAKER W/AM14 #9214 • Minimum Size: 6 1/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

Use caution when ordering the #9214 front, due to larger minimum requirement top & some middle fronts may revert to the #8914 or slab front.

-73-

BEADED RAISED W/AM1

#8101

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

SPECIAL SHAKER W/AM4

#8904

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

SHAKER W/AM3

#9003

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

WIDE STILE FLAT W/AM1 #9301 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

Door & Drawer Styles All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick*

REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Five-Piece Applied Molding Drawer Fronts

WIDE STILE FLAT W/AM3 #9303 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/AM1 #9601 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

COMBO CLASSIC RAISED W/AM2 #9802 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” 1/2” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

STERLING RAISED W/AM7 #94007 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cabinet Width: SO:9” DO:9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S

NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/AM4 #9604 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

FLAT PANEL W/AM1

NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/AM14 #9614 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

COMBO BEADED RAISED W/AM2 #9902 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” 1/2” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-74-

#9501

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Index: Wall Section Wall Cabinet Information...................................................10 24” Deep Refrigerator Wall...................................................... 15 Angle End Wall Cabinet............................................................35 Appliance Garage.......................................................................20 Appliance Garage Diagonal....................................................30 Blind Corner Wall Cabinets..................................................... 32 Blind Corner Wall Peninsula....................................................34 Combination Wall Cabinets......................................................18 Corner Microwave........................................................................ 31 Diagonal Corner Cabinet Information................................. 27 Extended Wall Angle Cabinet................................................35 Microwave Built-In...................................................................... 23 Microwave Built-In with Appliance Garage....................... 23 Microwave Countertop..............................................................24 Microwave Wall............................................................................ 22 Recessed Medicine Cabinet.................................................... 37 Standard Wall Cabinets 12” - 21”............................................. 11 Standard Wall Cabinets 24” - 27”.......................................... 12 Standard Wall Cabinets 30” - 36”.......................................... 13 Standard Wall Cabinets 39” - 48”..........................................14 Standard Wall Cabinets 54” - 60”......................................... 15 Surface Mount Medicine Cabinet.......................................... 37 Three-Door Wall...........................................................................18 Wall Angle Cabinet.....................................................................35 Wall Apothecary Cabinet w/ Exposed Dovetails............39 Wall Apothecary Cabinet w/ Standard Drawers.............38

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Wall Apothecary Unit w/ Exposed Dovetails.................. 40 Wall Apothecary Unit w/ Standard Drawers................... 40 Wall Bath Cabinet.......................................................................36 Wall Bath Open Shelf.................................................................36 Wall Blind Cabinet Information.............................................. 27 Wall Bottom Open Shelf Cabinet........................................... 17 Wall Box Filler.............................................................................. 44 Wall Cabinet Construction...................................................... 1-9 Wall Cabinet Information..........................................................10 Wall Cabinet w/ Cubbies...........................................................41 Wall Cabinet w/ Doors Hinged at Top................................24 Wall Corner Diagonal.................................................................28 Wall Corner Diagonal w/Appliance Garage......................30 Wall Cubby Unit Horizontal.....................................................42 Wall Cubby Unit Vertical..........................................................42 Wall Drawer Cabinets.................................................................16 Wall Easy Reach Cabinet.........................................................26 Wall Lazy Susan...........................................................................28 Wall Lazy Susan Cabinets w/ APG.......................................29 Wall Panel Filler...........................................................................43 Wall Peninsula........................................................................ 20-21 Wall Plate Racks.......................................................................... 25 Wall Spice Pull-Out.....................................................................26 Wall Top Open Shelf Cabinet................................................... 17 Wall Wine Holder........................................................................43

-1-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL CABINETS

19 1/2" ON 21" 16 1/2" ON 18"

22 1/2" ON 24"

13 1/2" ON 15" 10 1/2" ON 12" 34 1/2" ON 36" 31 1/2" ON 33"

40 1/2" ON 42" 37 1/2" ON 39"

28 1/2" ON 30" 25 1/2" ON 27"

W_12-21 W_24

58 1/2" ON 60" 52 1/2" ON 54" 46 1/2" ON 48"

W_27-36

W_39-42 17 3/4 28 1/2

W_48-60

WBC_30

WBC__30OS 1 9 2 5 /3 2

1 6 2 5 /3 2

1 3 2 5 /3 2

1 0 2 5 /3 2

3 7 3 1 /3 2 3 4 3 1 /3 2 3 1 3 1 /3 2 2 8 3 1 /3 2

CWC1D_42 CWC2D_42

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

CWC1D_48 CWC2D_48

CWC1D_54 CWC2D_54

-2-

CWC1D_60 CWC2D_60

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL CABINETS

30 24 14 29/32 15 29/32 16 29/32

FOR 48" FOR 51" FOR 54"

30 27/32

14 29/32

32 27/32

15 29/32

34 27/32

16 29/32

FOR 48" FOR 51" FOR 54"

W48243D L/R W51243D L/R W54243D L/R

15 29/32 16 29/32

FOR 48" FOR 51" FOR 54"

22 1/2" ON 24" 28 1/2" ON 30" 34 1/2" ON 36" 40 1/2" ON 42"

30 27/32 32 27/32 34 27/32

1 ADJ. 2 ADJ. 2 ADJ. 3 ADJ.

W48363D L/R W51363D L/R W54363D L/R OPENING EQUALS CABINET WIDTH - 14 1/2

XW_ 42

14 29/32 15 29/32 16 29/32

FOR 48" FOR 51" FOR 54"

30 27/32 32 27/32 34 27/32

W48423D L/R W51423D L/R W54423D L/R

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

34 27/32

W48303D L/R W51303D L/R W54303D L/R

14 29/32

30 27/32 32 27/32

-3-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL DRAWER CABINETS

REVOLA WALL APPLIANCE GARAGE CABINETS

28 1/2 34 1/2

40 1/2

40 23/32 46 23/32 52 23/32

3" 15 3/4 3" 5 1/32 15 3/4

WD_48

W_48AG

5 1/32

15 3/4

WD_54

W_54AG

5 1/32

WD_60

W_60AG

REVOLA WALL SPECIALTY CABINETS

VALANCE

12 15 3/4 ON 30 21 3/4 ON 36 27 3/4 ON 42

10 7/8" ON 24" 13 7/8" ON 30"

13 3/4" ON 30" 19 3/4" ON 36" 25 3/4" ON 42"

15 3/4 ON 30 21 3/4 ON 36 27 3/4 ON 42

8 1/2" ON 30" 14 1/2" ON 36" 20 1/2" ON 42"

28 1/2" ON 30" 34 1/2" ON 36" 40 1/2" ON 42"

10 7/8" ON 24" 13 7/8" ON 30"

WHDT__ WBO___

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

WTO___

-4-

PRC__OS PRC__WD

PRC__

WSPO__

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL APPLIANCE CABINETS 2 1/4" APRON

13 3/4 ON 34 19 3/4 ON 40 25 3/4 ON 46

DOOR VARIES

15 3/4

DOOR VARIES

APG_17 APG_17D APG_17DL/R

CLEARANCE 17 1/4

TOHH

TOHH 18

MW_34 MW_40 MW_46

TOHH

MWB_34 MWB_40 MWB_46

TOHH

MWCD_34 MWCD_40 MWCD_46

1 5 3 /4

5 1 /3 2

MWB_60AG MWB_60AGD

MWCT_48 MWCT_54 MWCT_60

REVOLA WALL CORNER DIAGONAL / WALL LAZY SUSAN

28 25/32

28 25/32 34 25/32

34 25/32

40 25/32

2 1/2"

15 1/2

17 23/32

2 1/2"

17 23/32

15 1/2

WCD_ 48AG WLS_48AG

WCD_48AGD WLS_48AGD

15 1/2

WCD_ 54AG WLS_54AG

WCD_54AGD WLS_54AGD WCD_ 60AG WLS_60AG

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

17 23/32

-5-

WCD_60AGD WLS_60AGD

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL SPECIALTY CABINETS 36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48"

4 7/2

4 31/32

6 3/8

4 31/32

36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48"

6 3/8

4 5/16

4 31/32

W18WC

W15WC

W12WC

4 31/32

4 1/8

36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48"

4 5/8

4 31/32

W33WC 36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48"

4 1/32

4 31/32

W39WC

W36WC w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

W24WC

36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

4 31/32

W21WC

W30WC

W27WC

4 9/32

3 29/32

-6-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL SPECIALTY CABINETS 30" = NO ADJ. 36" = 1 ADJ. 42",48",54",60" = 2 ADJ.

30" = NO ADJ. 36" = 1 ADJ. 42",48",54",60" = 2 ADJ.

22 25/32" ON 30" 28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48" 46 25/32" ON 54" 52 25/32" ON 60"

4 7/8

4 31/32

W12AS W12AD

4 31/32

3 29/32

22 25/32" ON 30" 28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48" 46 25/32" ON 54" 52 25/32" ON 60"

4 31/32

4 1/8

W30AS W30AD

30" = NO ADJ. 36" = 1 ADJ. 42",48",54",60" = 2 ADJ.

36" = 1 ADJ. 42",48",54",60" = 2 ADJ.

22 25/32" ON 30" 28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48" 46 25/32" ON 54" 52 25/32" ON 60"

4 1/32

4 31/32

W39AS W39AD

W36AS W36AD

13 25/32

WINEHOLDER

13 31/32

WWH__30

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

4 31/32

W24AS W24AD

W18AS W18AD

30" = NO ADJ.

4 9/32

30" = NO ADJ. 36" = 1 ADJ. 42",48",54",60" = 2 ADJ.

-7-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL SPECIALTY CABINETS WCUH12

WCUH15

4 1/2

4 7/8

4 1/2

WCUH18

4 1/2

WCUH21

4 1/2

4 5/16

WCUH24

4 1/2

3 39/32

WCUH27

4 1/2

WCUH30

4 1/2

WCUH33

4 1/2

WCUH36

4 1/2

WCUH39

4 1/2

4 1/8

4 5/8

4 9/32

4 1/2

4 1/32

4 1/2

4 1/8

4 9/32

4 13/32

4 1/2

4 9/16

4 5/8

WAU6S WAU6D

REVOLA WALL ANGLE CABINETS

65˚

140˚

2 1/

EWA24__

13 17/ 32

1/3

65˚

WA13__ 65˚

1/3

115˚

AETB13 AETL13

17 3/16 1 1/2” 1”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-8-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL CORNER CABINETS 27

WER2424 30 36 42

WER2724 30 36 42

11 12

11 15 27

WCD, WLS & WLSS2724 30 36 42 WCD, WLS & WLSS2748 54 60AG/AGD

WCD, WLS & WLSS2424 30 36 42 WCD, WLS & WLSS2448 54 60AG/AGD

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

MWCD3334 40 46

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-9-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Cabinet Information Important Note About Material

Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA PB interior deduct will not apply. This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends will be plywood construction. Helpful Notes About Wall Cabinet Section • 13” Deep Wall Cabinets; take this into consideration when designing with blind cabinets, staggering cabinet depths & using crown molding. • Maximum width is 39” wide. Cabinets may be ordered wider than 39” by adding CW (change width) as a modification, but will not be covered under warranty. • All wall cabinets come with 10 5/8” deep (11 5/8” on finished interior cabinets) adjustable shelves, unless stated otherwise. • Bottoms of wall cabinets are flush polyurethane coated maple material; same as the interior. The bottoms of the cabinets sides are edgebanded on the raw edge. • Flip-up pocket door is available on a single door appliance garage. This requires a minimum 18” deep cabinet and the cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOMWALL then add PD & HDT as a modification. • HDT is available on the lower portion of the appliance garage cabinet; the door will not retract like it would on a pocket door. The cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOMWALL then add HDT as a modification. Minimum Door Sizes

Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab. Minimum Cabinet Sizes for Wide Rail & Stile Doors (Stile not trimmed down); Minimum Door Size 13” W x 10” T

• •

26 5/16” W x 10 3/8” T for a double door cabinet 13 3/16” W x 10 3/8” T for a single door cabinet

Minimum Cabinet Sizes for Wide Rail & Stile Doors (Stile not trimmed down); Minimum Door Size 10”W X 13” T

• •

20 5/16” W x 13 3/8” T for a double door cabinet 10 3/16” W x 13 3/8” T for a single door cabinet

Revola Cabinet Yoke & Cut-Outs

• • • • • • • •

All appliance openings will have a yoke The edge of the yoke will match the door edge; in some instances when maximum cutout is used, the complementary edge will be used. Keep in mind, the edge may interfere with the trim kit overlay, depending on the style The top & bottom rails are fixed at 2” The left & right stiles are determined by the cut-out width and cabinet size The maximum cut-out width is 2” less than the overall cabinet width The yoke is held in place with pocket screws and is removable Please specify ALL requested dimensions

3/32" Reveal 3/32” Reveal

3/32" Reveal1/8” 3/32" Reveal 3/32” 3/32” Between 1/8" Between ButtDoors Doors Reveal Reveal Butt

3/32" Reveal 3/32” Reveal

3/16"Reveal Reveal 3/16”

3/16”Reveal Reveal 3/16"

Captive Back 4” Stretchers

13 3/16"Reveal Reveal 3/16”

3/16" 3/16” Reveal Reveal

Single Door Cabinet w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Double Door Cabinet

-10-

13”

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Standard Wall Cabinets 12”-21” Tall 12” Tall Wall Cabinets

Shelves

Doors

W1212

W1512

W1812

W2112 W2412 W2412BD

0 0 0

1 1 2

W2712

W3012

W3312

W3612

W3912

15” Tall Wall Cabinets

Shelves

Doors

W1215

W1515

W1815

W2115

W2415

W2415BD

W2715

W3015

W3315

W3615

W3915

Shelves

Doors

W1218

W1518

W1818

W2118

W2418

W2418BD

18” Tall Wall Cabinets

•• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No shelf included on 12”-21” tall. Hinge placement on 12” tall wall cabinet doors will be 2 1/2” from the end to the center. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width & height cabinets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-11-

W2718

W3018

W3318

W3618

W3918

Shelves

Doors

W1221

W1521

W1821

W2121

W2421

21” Tall Wall Cabinets

W2421BD

W2721

W3021

W3321

W3621

W3921

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Standard Wall Cabinets 24”- 27” 24” Tall Wall Cabinets Shelves 1

W1224

W1524

W1824

W2124

W2424

W2424BD

W2724

W3024

W3324

W3624

W3924

27” Tall Wall Cabinets Shelves

W1521R shown

W2727 shown

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. One adjustable shelf on 24” tall & two adjustable shelves on 27” tall. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-12-

Doors

W924

2 Doors

W927

W1227

W1527

W1827

W2127

W2427

W2427BD

W2727

W3027

W3327

W3627

W3927

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Standard Wall Cabinets 30”-36” Tall 30” Tall Wall Cabinets Shelves

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with two adjustable shelves on 30”-36” tall. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-13-

Doors

W930

W1230

W1530

W1830

W2130

W2430

W2430BD

W2730

W3030

W3330

W3630

W3930

33” Tall Wall Cabinets

Shelves

Doors

W933

W1233

W1533

W1833

W2133

W2433

W2433BD

W2733

W3033

W3333

W3633

W3933

36” Tall Wall Cabinets

Shelves

Doors

W936

W1236

W1536

W1836

W2136

W2436

W2436BD

W2736

W3036

W3336

W3636

W3936

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Standard Wall Cabinets 39”-48” Tall 39” Tall Wall Cabinets

Shelves

Doors

W939

W1239

W1539

W1839

W2139

W2439

W2439BD

W2739

W3039

W3339

W3639

W3939

42” Tall Wall Cabinets W2739 shown with butt doors

Shelves

Doors

W942

W1242

W1542

W1842

W2142

W2442

W2442BD

W2742

W3042

W3342

W3642

W3942

48” Tall Wall Cabinets

W2748 shown with butt doors Notice doors become double panel in height

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with three adjustable shelves on 39”-42” tall; Four adjustable shelves on 48” tall. Doors 39 3/4” T & up come with 3 hinges per door unless mullion, glass or lattice door inserts are used, then 4 hinges per door. Standard Wall cabinets over 42” tall will receive double panel doors. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets. If mullions are ordered, on the 48” tall wall cabinet will have 8 lights. As a result, 1 adj. shelf is deleted from 48” tall wall cabinets. This results in the most pleasing spacing for mullion grids.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-14-

Shelves

Doors

W948

W1248

W1548

W1848

W2148

W2448

W2448BD

W2748

W3048

W3348

W3648

W3948

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Standard Wall Cabinets 54"-60" Tall 54” Tall Wall Cabinets

W1254

W1554

W1854

W2154

W2454

W2454BD

W2754

W3054

W3354

W3654

W3954 60” Tall Wall Cabinets

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with four adjustable shelves on 54”-60” tall. Comes with 3 hinges per door on 54”-60” tall unless mullion, glass or lattice door inserts are used, then 4 hinges per door. Standard Wall cabinets over 42” tall will receive double panel doors. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

•• ••

Shelves Doors

W954

Shelves Doors

W960

W1260

W1560

W1860

W2160

W2460

W2460BD

W2760

W3060

W3360

W3660

W3960

24” Deep Refrigerator Wall

•• •• •• ••

Additional wall cabinets are available in the 24” deep configuration by adding a change depth (CD) modification charge to the cabinet. If a wider cabinet is needed, use change width (CW) as a modification. This will result in no warranty on the cabinet. No shelf unless opening is 21” tall or greater. Watch out for door minimums on smaller height cabinets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-15-

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

W331224

W361224

W391224

W331524

W361524

W391524

W331824

W361824

W391824

W332124

W362124

W392124

W332424

W362424

W392424

W332724

W362724

W392724

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Drawer Cabinets 48” tall (recommended for 84” tall applications) WD1248

WD1548

WD1848

WD2148

WD2448

WD2448BD

WD2748

WD3048

WD3348

WD3648 54” tall (recommended for 90” tall applications) WD1254

•• ••

Shelves Doors 3

WD1554

WD1854

WD2154

WD2454

WD2454BD

WD2754

WD3054

WD3354

WD3654 60” tall (recommended for 96” tall applications) WD1260

•• •• •• •• ••

Shelves Doors

Shelves Doors 3

WD1560

WD1860

WD2160

WD2460

WD2460BD

WD2760

WD3060

WD3360

WD3660

One full width drawer with a 5 7/8” tall front. Additional drawers may be ordered and will reduce the door opening height. To order additional drawers under the existing drawer, add DRAWER at $125 each. Please state the total number of drawers (WD DRAWER QTY) If you want drawers side by side, cabinet must be entered as CUSTOMWALL (adds $200 to the cabinet list price), then add DRAWER as a modification. Door height is over 42” on the 54” & 60” tall units. Door will become double panel in height, split equally. If depth is less than 11”, cabinet will not have drawer guides.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-16-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Top Open Shelf Cabinet

Doors overlap 9/32” onto mid-shelf

•• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WTO2730

WTO3030

WTO3330

WTO3630

WTO3930

WTO2736

WTO3036

WTO3336

WTO3636

WTO3936

WTO2742

WTO3042

WTO3342

WTO3642

WTO3942

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

Entire cabinet is finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Top opening is 12” tall . RH (reduce height) will affect the door opening height. Add WTO MODIFY as a modification to change the top opening height

Wall Bottom Open Shelf Cabinet

Doors overlap 9/32” onto mid-shelf

•• •• •• •• ••

Entire cabinet is finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Bottom opening is 12” tall . RH (reduce height) will affect the door opening. Add WBO MODIFY as a modification to change bottom opening height.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-17-

WBO2730

WBO3030

WBO3330

WBO3630

WBO3930

WBO2736

WBO3036

WBO3336

WBO3636

WBO3936

WBO2742

WBO3042

WBO3342

WBO3642

WBO3942

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Combination Wall Cabinets

•• •• •• ••

Shelves

Doors

CWC1D954

CWC1D1254

CWC1D1554

CWC1D1854

CWC1D2142

CWC1D2154

CWC1D2442

CWC1D2454

CWC2D2742

CWC2D2754

CWC2D3042

CWC2D3054

CWC2D3342

CWC2D3354

CWC2D3642

CWC2D3654

CWC2D3942

CWC2D3954

CWC2D4254

CWC2D4554

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

CWC1D942

CWC1D1242

CWC1D1542

CWC1D1842

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

Shelves

Doors

CWC1D948

CWC1D960

CWC1D1248

CWC1D1260

CWC1D1548

CWC1D1560

CWC1D1848

CWC1D1860

CWC1D2148

CWC1D2160

CWC1D2448

CWC1D2460

CWC2D2748

CWC2D2760

CWC2D3048

CWC2D3060

CWC2D3348

CWC2D3360

CWC2D3648

CWC2D3660

CWC2D3948

CWC2D3960

CWC2D4248

CWC2D4260

CWC2D4548

CWC2D4560

Changes in height will affect the bottom opening. 3/4” fixed shelf between top & bottom openings. Top opening is 10 25/32”, bottom opening is 28 31/32” for a 42” tall cabinet. CWC MODIFY can be added as a modification to change the top opening of this cabinet.

•STOP • Watch out for door minimums on upper section & smaller width cabinets.

•STOP • Top doors align with a 12” tall cabinet on 42”,

15” tall cabinet on 48”, 18” on a 54” 21” on a 60”, but bottom doors DO NOT align with any tall cabinet due to reveals.

Three-Door Wall Cabinet •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Cabinet consists of a single door and a pair of doors. Hinge direction notates single door side. 3/4” partition is between the single & double doors. No shelf unless opening is 21” tall or greater.

-18-

Cabinet

Shelves

W48243D

Doors 3

W48303D

W48363D

W48423D

W51243D

W51303D

W51363D

W51423D

W54243D

W54303D

W54363D

W54423D

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall with Appliance Garage Appliance Garage with Tambour

W2754AG

W1848_AG

W2148_AG

W2448_AG

W2448AGBD

W2748AG

W3048AG

W3348AG

W3648AG

W1854_AG

W2154_AG

W2454_AG

W2454AGBD

W2754AG

W3054AG

W3354AG

W3654AG

W1860_AG

W2160_AG

W2460_AG

W2460AGBD

W2760AG

W3060AG

W3360AG

W3660AG

Appliance Garage with Doors

W2754AGD

•• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on 18"-24" wide single door cabinets. Cabinet available with tambour or hinged doors. Finished ends must be specified Appliance garage opening 15 3/4” tall. Use APGOH to modify the appliance garage opening height. Allow 1 ½” clearance for tambour handle (14 1/4” opening w/ tambour). •• To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR as a modification. •• The cabinet with tambour is completely finished interior due to construction process & always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. •• The track for the tambour is routed into the side of the cabinet box. •• See the ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS section for notes about the tambour material. •• Watch out for door minimums in lower section on smaller width cabinets. •STOP • See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-19-

Shelves Doors

W1848_AGD

W2148_AGD

W2448_AGD

W2448AGDBD

W2748AGD

W3048AGD

W3348AGD

W3648AGD

W1854_AGD

W2154_AGD

W2454_AGD

W2454AGDBD

W2754AGD

W3054AGD

W3354AGD

4 4

W3654AGD

W1860_AGD

W2160_AGD

W2460_AGD

W2460AGDBD

W2760AGD

W3060AGD

W3360AGD

W3660GD

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Appliance Garage

APG1517DL

APG1517

APG1517D

•• •• •• ••

18” high by 13” deep. Fits under wall cabinet. Both ends always finished plywood. The cabinet with tambour is completely finished interior due to construction process & always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. •• Tambour cabinet opening is 14 1/4” •• Cabinet with door opening is 15 3/4” •• Watch out for door minimums on smaller cabinets. •• See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section STOP for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.

With Tambour

Shelves

Doors

APG1517

APG1817

APG2117

APG2417

APG2717

APG3017

APG3317

APG3617

With Doors

Shelves

Doors

APG1517D

APG1817D

APG2117D

APG2417D

APG2717D

APG3017D

APG3317D

APG3617D

With 1 Door

Shelves

Doors

APG1517DL/R

APG1817DL/R

APG2117DL/R

APG2417DL/R

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WP1221

WP1521

WP1821

WP2121

WP2421

WP2721

WP3021

4 4

Wall Peninsula 3" Stringer Centered in Cabinet Box Front to Back.

WP3321

WP3621

WP3921

30”

•• •• •• •• ••

13” 13

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-20-

Specify hinge direction on 12” - 24” wide cabinets. Single door cabinets always hinged on same side. 3” stringer centered in cabinet box front to back; for support. This cabinet must be attached to a wall or adjacent cabinet for stability. No shelf included on 21” tall

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Peninsula Continued... 3" Stringer Centered in Cabinet Box Front to Back.

30”

13” 13

WP2130

WP2736

•• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-21-

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WP1224

WP1524

WP1824

WP2124 WP2424 WP2724

1 1 1

2 2 4

WP3024

WP3324

WP3624

WP3924

WP1230

WP1530

WP1830

WP2130

WP2430

WP2730

WP3030

WP3330

WP3630

WP3930

WP1236

WP1536

WP1836

WP2136

WP2436

WP2736

WP3036

WP3336

WP3636

WP3936

WP1242

WP1542

WP1842

WP2142

WP2442

WP2742

WP3042

WP3342

WP3642

WP3942

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Microwave Wall

••

MW2734

4” stretcher Captive back

Shelves

Doors

MW3034

MW3334

MW2740

MW3040

MW3340

MW2746

MW3046

MW3346

13” deep with an 18” deep protruding shelf (3/4” with CTE2 edge). •• Cut-out height can be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclature as a modification. •• Microwave opening width is 1 1/2” less than the cabinet (this cannot be modified) x 17 1/4" high unless otherwise specified. •• If specifying cut-out height, allow 3/4” in height for the thickness of the protruding shelf. •• Cutout nomenclature for this cabinet is TOHH •• Entire cabinet is finished interior & has a 1/4” captive back. •• Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. •• Door overlaps mid-shelf 9/32”. •• If you change the depth to 18” or deeper you will not get a protruding shelf. •STOP • See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding yokes (cutouts). •STOP • Wide rail & stile doors may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your CSR for options to keep the 5 piece door.

18” Deep protruding shelf

18” from bottom to mid-shelf

13”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Cabinet MW2734

-22-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Microwave Built-In

MWB2734

Yoke included

•• •• •• ••

Yoke Cabinet is 21” deep but you canincluded change depth to 24” for no charge by adding CDNC as a modification. Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH Opening is not finished interior, has a 1/4” back and requires the use of a trim kit.

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

MWB2734

MWB3034

MWB3334

MWB3634

MWB2740

MWB3040

MWB3340

MWB3640

MWB2746

MWB3046

MWB3346

MWB3646

••

Will receive an adjustable shelf in the upper section only if the opening height is 21” or greater. •STOP • See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding yokes (cutouts). •STOP • Wide rail & stile doors may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your CSR for options to keep the 5 piece door.

Microwave Built-In Cabinet with APG Cabinet w/ Tambour Shelves

Yoke included

MWB2760AG

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

MWB2760AG

MWB3060AG

MWB3660AG

Cabinet w/ Doors

Shelves

Doors

MWB2760AGD

MWB3060AGD

MWB3660AGD

Yoke included

MWB2760AGD

Cabinet is 21” deep x 60" tall; change depth to 24” for no charge by adding CDNC as a modification. Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH The cabinet with tambour is completely finished interior due to construction process & always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. The tambour track is routed into the side of the cabinet. Cabinet has a 1/4” back and requires the use of a trim kit due to pocket screw visibility. Will receive an adjustable shelf in the upper section only

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Doors

if the opening height is 21” or greater. Tambour opening is 14 1/4” or APG door opening is 15 3/4”; adjustable by using APGOH as a modification. •• To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR •• See the ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS section for notes about the tambour material. •• See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of STOP this section for helpful information regarding yokes cutouts) & optional flip up pocket door. •STOP • Wide rail & stile doors may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your CSR for options to keep the 5 piece door.

••

-23-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Microwave Countertop Cabinet

Drawers

Doors

MWCT2748

MWCT3048

MWCT2754

MWCT3054

MWCT2760

MWCT3060

MWCT2748

••

Yoke included

•• ••

Cabinet is 21” deep but you can change depth to 24” for no charge by adding CDNC as a modification. Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications.

Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH •• Entire cabinet is finished interior & has a 1/4” back. Use of a trim kit is optional. Skins cover pocket screws in MW opening. •• Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. •• Drawer front is 5 7/8" tall. •• Will receive an adjustable shelf in the upper section only if the opening height is 21” or greater. •STOP • See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding yoke (cutouts). •STOP • Wide rail & stile doors may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your CSR for options to keep the 5 piece door.

Wall Cabinet with Doors Hinged at Top 24” Tall Cabinets Shelves 0

WHDT1824

WHDT2124

WHDT2424

WHDT2724

WHDT3024

WHDT3324

WHDT3624

WHDT3924

30” Tall Cabinets Shelves WHDT1524

•• •• •• •• ••

Doors will be double panel in width on 27"-39". SDPW (single door panel width) can be added as a modification. There is no warranty when using SDPW. Door stays are included. Equal openings. Arched doors not available on this cabinet.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-24-

Doors

WHDT1524

2 Doors

WHDT1530

WHDT1830

WHDT2130

WHDT2430

WHDT2730

WHDT3030

WHDT3330

WHDT3630

WHDT3930

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Plate Racks WITH STANDARD ARCHED VALANCE

Shown with roman arched valance, Other valance options can be specified.

PRC2430

Shown with roman arched valance, Other valance options can be specified.

Cabinet

# of Plates

PRC2430

PRC2730

PRC3030

PRC3330

PRC3630

PRC2436

PRC2736

PRC3036

PRC3336

PRC3636

PRC2442

PRC2742

PRC3042

PRC3342

PRC3642

WITH OPEN SHELF Cabinet PRC2430OS

PRC2430OS

# of Plates 10

PRC2730OS

PRC3030OS

PRC3330OS

PRC3630OS

PRC2436OS

PRC2736OS

PRC3036OS

PRC3336OS

PRC3636OS

PRC2442OS

PRC2742OS

PRC3042OS

PRC3342OS

PRC3642OS

WITH DOORS (NO VALANCE) Cabinet PRC2430WD(BD)

PRC2430WDBD

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

13” deep. Both openings have finished interior, including the PRC__WD. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. The lower portion has wooden dowel plate racks spaced on 2” centers. Lower opening is 14” tall. Wooden dowels are removable for cleaning. RH will affect the upper opening. To add plate racks to other cabinets, see the Accessories & Modifications section.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-25-

# of Plates/Doors 10/1(2)

PRC2730WD

12/2

PRC3030WD

14/2

PRC3330WD

16/2

PRC3630WD

16/2

PRC2436WD(BD)

10/1(2)

PRC2736WD

12/2

PRC3036WD

14/2

PRC3336WD

16/2

PRC3636WD PRC2442WD(BD)

16/2 10/1(2)

PRC2742WD

12/2

PRC3042WD

14/2

PRC3342WD

16/2

PRC3642WD

16/2

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Spice Pull-Out Cabinet

•• •• •• •• •• •• WSPO930

••

Cabinet

Doors

WSPO930

WSPO936

WSPO942

WSPO1230

WSPO1236

WSPO1242

Three shelf spice rack mounts to door and pulls out on full extension drawer guides. Soft close guides are not available. Rack is 1” less than opening. Chrome Rails. NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authorization Shelf placement can be changed by adding an OM-SP as a modification. Watch out for door minimums.

Wall Easy Reach Cabinet 24”W x 24”D with 13” sides

Shelves

Doors

WER2424 WER2430 WER2436 WER2442

1 2 2 3

2 2 2 2

27”W x 27”D with 15” sides

Shelves

Doors

WER2724 WER2730 WER2736 WER2742

1 2 2 3

2 2 2 2

WER2424

•• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction. Comes standard with pie-cut hinge in center and 170 degree hinge on the cabinet box. Bi-pass doors available upon request and recommended when increasing the width & depth, which result in a door opening larger than 12 x 12. 27” x 27” should be considered the maximum and is the limit under the warranty.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•• •• ••

-26-

To increase the width on one back leg (or wall), add 1 ½ change width (CW) charges. To change both back legs equally, add 1 CW charge. May reduce depth of one side only by using RD and specifying “left only” or “right only”. 24" wide has 13" deep sides; 27" wide has 15" deep sides.

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Diagonal Corner Cabinet Information •• •• •• ••

Frameless diagonal corner cabinets incorporate the use of transition molding on the left and right side panels This allows the box to be used in any application including 1) open on one or both ends, 2) closed on one or both ends, 3) the use of a filler on one or both ends 4) or any combination of the above. Doors, drawer fronts, yokes and face frames will be bracketed by the transition molding attached to each side panel (see below). Diagonal corner cabinets with either a cut-out or appliance garage with tambour will have yoke or faceframe attached using frameless mounting rail.

Frameless mounting rail

Predrill & screw

Staple

Faceframe

Cabinet side panel

Transition molding

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-27-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Corner Diagonal 24”W x 24”D with 13” Sides

Shelves

Doors

WCD2424

WCD2430

WCD2436

WCD2442

27”W x 27”D with 15” Sides

Shelves

Doors

WCD2724

WCD2730

WCD2736

WCD2742

•• ••

WCD2724

Specify hinge direction. Use WCD TWO DOOR as a modification to modify to butt doors. •• 24” wide has 13” deep sides; 27” wide has 15” deep sides. •• Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. •STOP • Front angle must remain 45°. Backs and sides must remain equal to one another.

Wall Lazy Susan Cabinet 24”W x 24”D with 13” sides WLS2424

WLS2430

WLS2436

WLS2442

WLSS2424

WLSS2430

WLSS2436

WLSS2442

27”W x 27”D with 15” sides

WLS2424R

•• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

••

# Turns Doors

WLS2724

WLS2730

WLS2736

WLS2742

WLSS2724

WLSS2730

WLSS2736

WLSS2742

Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. •STOP • If width or depth reductions are needed use the WCD cabinet as these modifications may eliminate the rounds. •• Front angle must remain 45 degrees. Backs and sides STOP must remain equal to one another.

-28-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Lazy Susan Cabinets w/ APG 24”W x 24”D with 13” sides w/ Tambour WLS2448_AG

WLS2424RAG shown

WLS2424RAGD shown

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction. Wall Lazy Susans (WLS__) use 20” diameter revolving plastic trays with a center post. Wall Lazy Super Susans (WLSS__) use 20” diameter revolving wooden trays attached to adjustable shelves (no center post). Tambour opening is 14 1/4” or APG door opening is 15 3/4”; adjustable by using APGOH as a modification. Change height will affect upper opening. To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR. Add WCD TWO DOOR as a modification to modify to butt doors. Both ends are always finished plywood construction; charges apply. 24” wide has 13” deep sides; 27” wide has 15” deep sides. Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

••

# Turns

Doors

WLS2454_AG

WLS2460_AG

WLSS2448_AG

WLSS2454_AG

WLSS2460_AG

24”W x 24”D with 13” sides w/ Doors

#Turns

Doors

WLS2448_AGD

WLS2454_AGD

WLS2460_AGD

WLSS2448_AGD

WLSS2454_AGD

WLSS2460_AGD 27”W x 27”D with 15” sides w/ Tambour WLS2748_AG

#Turns

Doors

WLS2754_AG

WLS2760_AG

WLSS2748_AG

WLSS2754_AG

WLSS2760_AG 27”W x 27”D with 15” sides w/ Doors WLS2748_AGD

#Turns

Doors

WLS2754_AGD

WLS2760_AGD

WLSS2748_AGD

WLSS2754_AGD

WLSS2760_AGD

APG section will have a yoke attached when ordered with tambour. •• Watch out for door minimums in lower section. •• 48” unit lines up w/ 30” tall wall; used in 84” tall applications •• 54” unit lines up w/ 36” tall wall; used in 90” tall applications •• 60” unit lines up w/ 42” tall wall; used in 96” tall applications •STOP • If width or depth reductions are needed use the WCD w/ APG cabinet as these modifications may eliminate the rounds. •• Front angle must remain 45 degrees. Backs and sides STOP must remain equal to one another. •• See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of STOP this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.

-29-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Corner Diagonal w/ APG With Tambour WCD2448_AG

•• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction. Tambour opening is 14 1/4” or APG door opening is 15 3/4”; adjustable by using APGOH as a modification. Change height will affect upper opening. To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR. Add WCD TWO DOOR as a modification to modify to butt doors. Both ends are always finished plywood construction; charges apply. Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. APG section will have a yoke attached when ordered with tambour.

1 1

WCD2454_AG

WCD2460_AG

WCD2748_AG

WCD2754_AG

WCD2760_AG

With Doors

•• ••

Shelves Doors

WCD2448_AGD

WCD2454_AGD

WCD2460_AGD

WCD2748_AGD

WCD2754_AGD

WCD2760_AGD

••

48” unit lines up w/ 30” tall wall; used in 84” tall applications •• 54” unit lines up w/ 36” tall wall; used in 90” tall applications •• 60” unit lines up w/ 42” tall wall; used in 96” tall applications •• 24” wide has 13” deep sides; 27” wide has 15” deep sides. •• Watch out for door minimums in lower section. •STOP • Front angle must remain 45 degrees. Backs and sides must remain equal to one another. •STOP • See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.

Appliance Garage Diagonal

•• •• •• •• •• ••

24” W & 27” W units are 18” H and fit under a WCD, WLS, or WLSS. 33” W unit is 14” H and fits under the MWCD33__ diagonal microwave cabinet. Side panels are 13” deep. To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR as a modification. See ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS for notes about the tambour material. Both ends are always finished plywood construction;

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

APGD w/ Tambour

Doors

Clearance

APGD2418

14 1/4” tall

APGD2718

14 1/4” tall

APGD3314

10 1/4” tall

APGD w/ Doors

Doors

Clearance

APGD2418D

15 3/4” tall

APGD2718D

15 3/4” tall

APGD3314D

11 3/4” tall

charges apply. Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. •• APG section will have a yoke attached when ordered with tambour. •• Watch out for door minimums on smaller cabinets. •STOP • See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.

••

-30-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Corner Microwave Cabinet

••

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

MWCD3334

MWCD3340

MWCD3346

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. •• 25” maximum cutout width. •• Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH •• Opening is finished interior & has a 1/4” back. Use of a trim kit is optional. •• Cabinet is 33” x 33” with 13” sides. •• Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. •STOP • See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding yokes (cutouts). •STOP • Front angle must remain 45°. Backs and sides must remain equal to on another

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-31-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Blind Corner Wall Cabinets

XW453

XW3030R

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify L for blind left and R for blind right. Blind area is completely finished. All corner wall cabinets must be pulled a minimum of 1 ½” and filled around the corner 1 ½”. Recommended pull is 3” and the fill around the corner should match. A filler is not included; must order separately You may wish to complete the look with an overlay by ordering solid stock with edge detail. Blind end of cabinet box to door edge is 13 3/32”. Blind end of cabinet box to door opening is 13 3/4”. Opening size is the cabinet width minus 14 1/2” Door size is cabinet width minus 13 3/16” (subtract 1/8” and divide by 2 on a double-door cabinet). To modify door opening, add MODIFY BLIND as a modification & specify the opening. This can be used to create a built in pull.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-32-

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

XW2424

XW2724

XW3024

XW3324

XW3624

XW3924

XW4224

XW4524

XW4824

XW2430

XW2730

XW3030

XW3330

XW3630

XW3930

XW4230

XW4530

XW4830

XW2436

XW2736

XW3036

XW3336

XW3636

XW3936

XW4236

XW4536

XW4836

XW2442

XW2742

XW3042

XW3342

XW3642

XW3942

XW4242

XW4542

XW4842

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Information you should know about Wall Blind Cabinets ••

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Blind cabinets must be pulled ► 1 1/2” pull minimum ► 3” recommended ► Consider issues such as pulls / handles ► We recommend you fill what you pull Entire blind panel is finished You will need to order a filler for the adjacent cabinet The measurement from the blind side to the door edge is 13 3/32” The measurement from the blind side to the door opening is 13 3/4” Opening size is the cabinet width minus 14 1/2” Door size is cabinet width minus 13 3/16” (subtract 1/8” and divide by 2 on a double-door cabinet) Two overlay fillers can be ordered with the door edge and mitered together in the corner to complete the look Use MODIFY BLIND as a modification to create a built in pull.

•STOP • JUST A REMINDER THAT YOU ARE WORKING WITH A 13” DEEP CABINET

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-33-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Blind Corner Wall Peninsula Specify 12, 15 or 18 as the second dimension for these heights.

13” 13

16 3/32" to door edge 13 3" Fill

3 3/32" to door edge

Specify 27 or 30 as the second dimension for these heights.

12", 15" or 18" Tall Cabinet Shelves

Doors

XWP24__ XWP27__ XWP30__

0 0 0

2 3 3 3

XWP33__

XWP36__

XWP39__

24" Tall Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

XWP2424

XWP2724

XWP3024

3 3

XWP3324

XWP3624

XWP3924

27" or 30" Tall Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

XWP24__

XWP27__

XWP30__

XWP33__

XWP36__

XWP39__

36" Tall Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

XWP2436

XWP2736

XWP3036

XWP3336

XWP3636

XWP3936

42" Tall Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

XWP2442

XWP2742

XWP3042

XWP3342

XWP3642

XWP3942

We recommend use of a 3” (or larger) overlay filler if you pull the cabinet for a more refined look.

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify L for blind left and R for blind right. Blind area is completely finished. Blind end of cabinet box to door edge is 16 3/32”. Blind end of cabinet box to door opening is 16 3/4”. Opening size is the cabinet width minus 17 1/2” Door size is cabinet width minus 16 3/16” (subtract 1/8” and divide by 2 on a double-door cabinet)

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•STOP • Cabinet has a 3” pull built in & does not need to be

-34-

pulled from the wall.

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Angle Cabinet 13

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WA1330

WA1336

WA1342

1 1/4”

•• •• •• •• •• 1”

1 1/2”

•• •• STOP

Adjacent Cab.

Diagonal end is 45 degrees. Door opening is 12 1/2” wide. Specify hinge direction. Finished ends are not available When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. Must remain equal to each other. Deleting the door on this cabinet is not recommended due to the wings & overlay fillers. Cabinet comes with molded solid stock wings with overlay fillers which allows a smooth blend from one cabinet to the next

Extended Wall Angle Cabinet

•• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet

Shelves

EWA2430

Doors 2

EWA2436

EWA2442

65˚ angle matches the AEB24. Cabinet will maintain 65˚ angle when changing width or depth. 24” wide x 13” deep. Shelves are fixed. Cabinet will always be finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Angled End Wall Cabinet 13” 65°

90°

13”

Shelves

Doors

AEW1336

AEW1342

140° 65°

Adjacent Cab.

•• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet comes with fixed shelves Finished ends are not available Width and depth must remain equal Cabinet will always be finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. •STOP • 1/4” reveal from edge of cabinet box to edge of cabinet door

1/4” reveal

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Cabinet AEW1330

-35-

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Bath Cabinet - 10” Deep

•• •• ••

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors 2

WBC2430

WBC2730

WBC3030

WBC3330

WBC3630

WBC3930

Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep Both ends are always finished; plywood construction.

Wall Bath Open Shelf - 10” Deep

•• •• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-36-

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WBC2430OS

WBC2730OS

WBC3030OS

WBC3330OS

WBC3630OS

WBC3930OS

Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep Both ends are always finished Bottom opening is 10” tall Entire cabinet is finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Recessed Medicine Cabinet

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Natural maple print interior Specify hinge direction Allow 3” less than the stated frame dimensions for wall openings. 3 1/2” interior depth with 1/4” back. A mitered 2 1/4” frame surrounds an inset door. Offered in the same box sizes as our framed line. To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass doors) as a modification. Mirror is not included.

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WMC1725 14”x22” wall opening

WMC1731 14”x28” wall opening

WMC1931 16”x28” wall opening

•STOP • Choose any door edge for the frame. The door will have a #60 edge.

•STOP • Box has 1/4” back without hang rails. Box must be mounted by screwing through sides into studs.

Surface Mount Medicine Cabinet

•• •• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-37-

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WMCSM1230

WMCSM1530

WMCSM1830

WMCSM2130

Natural maple print interior Specify hinge direction Interior cabinet depth is 3” Designed for surface mounting Both ends, top and bottom of this cabinet are finished To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass doors) as a modification. Mirror is not included.

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Apothecary Cabinet w/ Standard Drawers

Knobs not included. W3036AS shown

Cabinet

Doors

Drwrs Shelves

W1248AS

W1830AS

W1848AS

W2430AS

W2448AS

W2430ASBD

W2448ASBD

W3030AS

W3048AS

W3630AS

W3648AS

W3930AS

W3948AS

W1254AS

W1854AS

W2454AS

W1836AS W2436AS

1 1 1

2 3 5

W2436ASBD

W2454ASBD

W3036AS

W3054AS

W3636AS

W3654AS

W3954AS

2 2

W3936AS

W1242AS

W1260AS

W1860AS

W1842AS

W2442AS

W2460AS

W2442ASBD

W2460ASBD

W3060AS

W3660AS

W3960AS

W3042AS W3642AS W3942AS

••

Cabinet

Drwrs Shelves

W1236AS

•• •• •• •• ••

Doors

W1230AS

2 2 2

6 7 8

Drawer slides on wood. Drawer fronts cover apothecary drawers. Apothecary openings are 4 31/32” tall. Change in height will affect the door opening. This cabinet is designed so that the doors line up with a wall cabinet that is 6” shorter. Drawer fronts do not come with knobs.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•STOP • Drawer fronts will not be equal width. The two end

-38-

fronts will be larger than the middle fronts.

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Apothecary w/ Exposed Dovetails

W3030AD shown

Cabinet

•• •• •• ••

Doors Drwrs Shelves

Cabinet

Drwrs

Shelves

W2448AD

W2448ADBD

W3048AD

W3648AD

W3930AD

W3948AD

W1236AD

W1254AD

W1836AD

W1854AD

W2436AD

W2454AD

W2436ADBD

W2454ADBD

W3036AD

W3054AD

W3636AD

W3654AD

W3936AD

W3954AD

W1242AD

W1260AD

W1842AD

W1860AD

W2442AD

W2460AD

W2442ADBD

W2460ADBD

W1230AD

W1248AD

W1830AD

W1848AD

W2430AD

W2430ADBD

W3030AD

W3630AD

Doors

W3042AD

W3060AD

W3642AD

W3660AD

W3942AD

W3960AD

Drawer slides on wood. Exposed dovetail boxes with scooped front will be stained to match the exterior. Entire cabinet will be finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•• •• ••

-39-

Apothecary openings are 4 31/32” tall. Change in height will affect the door opening. This cabinet is designed so that the doors line up with a wall cabinet that is 6” shorter.

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Apothecary Unit - Standard Drawers Cabinet

Openings

WAU630S

WAU636S

WAU642S

WAU648S

WAU654S

WAU660S

••

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. •• Finished ends are standard. •• Drawer fronts will not be equal height. The top & STOP bottom fronts will be slightly larger than the middle fronts.

WAU642 Shown

Wall Apothecary Unit - Exposed Dovetails

•• •• •• ••

WAU642D Shown

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-40-

Cabinet

Openings

WAU630D

WAU636D

WAU642D

WAU648D

WAU654D

WAU660D

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Finished ends are standard. Finished interior is standard. Exposed dovetails are stained to match the exterior.

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Cabinet w/ Cubby 36” Tall

W3048WC Shown

•• •• •• •• ••

Entire cabinet will be finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Cubby openings are 4 31/32” tall. Change in height will affect the door opening. This cabinet is designed so that the doors line up with a wall cabinet that is 6” shorter.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-41-

Doors

Shelves

Dividers

W1236WC

W1536WC

W1836WC

W2136WC

W2436WC

W2436WCBD

W2736WC

W3036WC

W3336WC

W3636WC

W3936WC

42” Tall

Doors

Shelves

Dividers

W1242WC

W1542WC

W1842WC

W2142WC

W2442WC

W2442WCBD

W2742WC

W3042WC

W3342WC

W3642WC

W3942WC

48” Tall

Doors

Shelves

Dividers

W1248WC

W1548WC

W1848WC

W2148WC

W2448WC

W2448WCBD

W2748WC

W3048WC

W3348WC

W3648WC

W3948WC

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Cubby Unit

•• •• •• ••

Cabinet

Openings

WCU630

WCU636

WCU642

WCU648

WCU654

WCU660

6” wide x 13” deep. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Finished ends are standard. Finished interior is standard.

WCU630 SHOWN WCU630 Shown

Horizontal Wall Cubby Unit Cabinet

•• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-42-

Openings

WCUH12

WCUH15

WCUH18

WCUH21

WCUH24

WCUH27

WCUH30

WCUH33

WCUH36

WCUH39

6” high x 13” deep. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Finished ends are standard. Finished interior is standard.

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Wine Holder

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WWH2730

WWH3030

WWH3330

WWH3630

Entire cabinet is finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Upper opening is 13 25/32” tall; Lower opening is 13 31/32” tall. Change height will affect upper opening. No changes in width allowed over 36" without prior approval. Reductions in depth are not allowed.

Wall Panel Fillers 1 ½” Wide Panel Fillers WPF1.5 30 WPF1.5 36 WPF1.5 42 WPF1.5 48

13”

WPF1.5 54 WPF1.5 60 3” Wide Panel Fillers WPF3 30 WPF3 36 WPF3 42

WPF3 48 WPF3 54 WPF3 60

* 1.5” 3” or 6” •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

6” Wide Panel Fillers WPF6 30

13” deep 3/4” plywood panel with 1 ½”, 3”, or 6” stile attached. Indicate left or right to determine the flush, finished end. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. WPF has a floor and backband. Can be increased up to 16” deep at no charge by using CDNC. Change width available for $50. Change depth over 16” available for $50. Change height is 1/2 of the CH charge. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-43-

WPF6 36 WPF6 42 WPF6 48 WPF6 54 WPF6 60

Wall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wall Box Filler 3” Wall Box Fillers WBF330 WBF336

WBF342 WBF348 WBF354 WBF360

6” Wall Box Fillers WBF630 WBF636 WBF642 WBF648 WBF654 WBF660 3” Peninsula Box Fillers WBFP330 WBFP336 WBFP342 WBFP348 WBFP354 WBFP360 6” Peninsula Box Fillers WBFP630 WBFP636 WBFP642 WBFP648 WBFP654 WBFP660 3” Angled Wall Box Fillers WBFA330 WBFA336 WBFA342 WBFA348 WBFA354 WBFA360

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

3” or 6” wide x 13” deep. Both ends are always flush finished. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Box filler has a flush toe kick. Can be increased up to 16” deep at no charge by using CDNC. Change width available for $50. Change depth over 16” available for $50. Change height is 1/2 of the CH charge. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change. Peninsula Box Filler has a stile on the front and back side. Must specify left or right on the Angled Fillers . Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-44-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Index: Base Section 2 Drawer Base............................................................................... 13 2 Drawer Cook-Top Base..........................................................28 3 Drawer Base............................................................................... 13 3 Drawer Base w/ Equal Fronts - 24” Deep....................... 13 4 Drawer Base...............................................................................14 4 Drawer Base w/Equal Fronts - 24” Deep........................14 Angle End Base-24”................................................................... 25 Base 2 Drawer / Door Cabinet................................................. 9 Base Angle - 13” or 24”.............................................................24 Base Apothecary Units.............................................................. 31 Base Bookcase.............................................................................. 17 Base Bookcase w/ Overlay Frame.........................................18 Base Bookcase w/ Valance......................................................18 Base Box Filler.............................................................................. 32 Base Cabinet................................................................................... 8 Base Cabinet Construction.................................................... 2-6 Base Cabinet Information.......................................................... 8 Base Cook-Top Vent...................................................................28 Base Cubby Units......................................................................... 31 Base Diagonal Corner................................................................ 22 Base Easy Reach.........................................................................20 Base End Shelf.............................................................................26 Base Full Door - 13” Deep.......................................................... 8 Base Full Door - 24” Deep......................................................... 8 Base Full Door Peninsula...........................................................18 Base Lazy Susan..........................................................................20 Base Lazy Susan Diagonal........................................................ 21 Base Lazy Susan Diagonal w/ Drawer................................. 21 Base Microwave Built-In............................................................10 Base Oven Cabinet....................................................................... 11 Base Panel Filler.......................................................................... 32 Base Peninsula..............................................................................19

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Base Transition Cabinet-24”................................................... 25 Base Trash Bin...............................................................................16 Base Trash Bin Bottom Mount................................................ 17 Base Wine Rack...........................................................................30 Base Wine Holder.......................................................................30 Base Wine Cubby........................................................................30 Blind Corner Base-24”...............................................................24 Blind Corner Peninsula-24”..................................................... 23 Clipped Corner Spice Base......................................................29 Corner Recycle Bin......................................................................19 Diagonal Sink Front.....................................................................19 Dispensa Base Pull-Out............................................................. 15 Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer......................................... 9 Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer in Middle..................... 9 Farm Sink Base.............................................................................. 11 Information on Base Blind Cabinets.................................... 23 Inverted Base Cabinet...............................................................26 Mid Line Trash Bin........................................................................ 17 Range Base.....................................................................................10 Range Base Drawer Stack....................................................... 27 Recycle Bin Center......................................................................16 Recycle Bin Deluxe......................................................................16 Sink Base......................................................................................... 12 Sink Base Diagonal..................................................................... 22 Sink Base Full Door..................................................................... 12 Spice Base Cabinet.....................................................................29 Spice Base Cabinet with Filler Front...................................28 Split 4 Drawer Base..................................................................... 15 Split 5 Drawer Base..................................................................... 15 Three Door Base.......................................................................... 27 Three Door Base w/ Full Height Doors............................... 27 Warming Drawer Cabinet w/ Doors......................................10

-1-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Cabinet Construction 2" 6

5 1/32

5 5/16

11 3/8

30 1/2

5 5/16

26 1/8

34 1/2

23 3/4

11 3/32

2" 4

B_D3 RBDB_

SWR

5 3/16

SWR

5 3/16

BBC_

B_D4

5 1/32

5 5/16 11 3/8

30 1/2 SWR

5 3/16

SWR

5 3/16

BBC_WOF

BBC_VAL

5 3/16

23 7/32

5 5/16

34 1/2

11 3/32 SWR

11 3/32

5 1/32

5 1/14

6 3/8

5 1/4

7 7/8

BWC6

BAU65S BAU65D BCU6

B_SD5

5 1/32

B_SD4

B_ INVERT

5 1/32

6" APRON

BCU15 2ROWS

BCU18 2ROWS

5 1/32

5 5/16

14 1/8

30 1/2 34 1/2

23 7/32

23 17 5/32

14 1/8

23 7/32

BFD__

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

B_ RB_ CT_

BTB_WD SB_ RBC_ SBD_ BWH_

-2-

SBFD_

B_2D

B_D2

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Cabinet Construction REVOLA APPLIANCE CABINETS

5 1/32 TOHH TOHH

TOHH

EQUAL FRONT

30 1/2 34 1/2

2" TOHH

DOOR VARIES

EQUAL FRONT

FRONT VARIES VARIES

BWD__

BWDM__

BMWB__

BWD_WD

2" FSOH

DTTDH

TOHH

EQUAL FRONT

VARIES 12

EQUAL FRONT 2"

BOC_

CT2D_

BTC12

1 1/2" 1"

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-3-

FSB_

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Cabinet Construction REVOLA CORNER CABINETS 36 19 1/2

33 19 1/2

CRB36 BLS36 BER36

19 1/2

BLS33 BLSS33 BER33

19 1/2 12

9 33

25 3/4

19 1/2

BLSS36

25 3/4

BLSD33 BLSSD33 BLSSD33WD

/3 2

19 1/2

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

25 3/4

19 1/2

BLSSD36 BLSSD36WD

BLSD36

25 3/4

/3 2

19 1/2

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

-4-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Cabinet Construction REVOLA CORNER CABINETS 39 20

36 20

24 24

BDC36 BDCFD36 SBD36 SBDFD36

BDC39 BDCFD39 SBD39 SBDFD39

20 29

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

/3 2

5/ 32

45 20

42 20

24 24

BDC42 BDCFD42 SBD42 SBDFD42

5/ 8

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

/3 2

BDC45 BDCFD45 SBD45 SBDFD45

-5-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Cabinet Construction 48" 51" 54"

15 7/32

14 7/8

16 7/32

15 7/8

17 7/32

16 7/8 5 1/32

30 1/2

23 7/32

34 1/2

FOR 48"

14 29/32

FOR 51"

15 29/32

FOR 54"

16 29/32

30 27/32 FOR 48"

14 29/32

32 27/32 34 27/32

30 27/32

FOR 51"

15 29/32

32 27/32

FOR 54"

16 29/32

34 27/32

BFD483DL/R BFD513DL/R BFD543DL/R

B483DL/R B513DL/R B543DL/R 5 1/32

2 3 7 /3 2

5 1/32

23 7/32

30 1/2 34 1/2

FOR 48"

14 29/32

FOR 51"

15 29/32

FOR 54"

16 29/32

30 27/32 CABINET OPENING EQUALS CABINET WIDTH MINUS 25 1/2

32 27/32 34 27/32

XB__

B483DL/RSD B513DL/RSD B543DL/RSD

48 20

30 1/2 34 1/2

CABINET OPENING EQUALS CABINET WIDTH MINUS 25 1/2

SBD48 SBDFD48

7/ 8

XBFD__

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-6-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Cabinet Information Important Note About Material Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA PB interior deduct will not apply. This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends will be plywood construction. Helpful Notes About the Base Cabinet Section

••

Bases are 34 1/2” tall x 24” deep, unless otherwise stated. Shallow base cabinets are 13” deep to correspond with wall cabinet depth.

••

Diagonal cabinets with wooden rounds will come with a separate toe kick. The toe kick will be attached to the cabinet with screws to prevent it from being lost in shipping.

•• ••

Toe kick is 4” tall Adjuster legs are available, see Accessories & Modifications section.

Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab. Revola Cabinet Yoke & Cut-Outs

•• ••

All appliance openings will have a yoke The edge of the yoke will match the door edge; in some instances when maximum cutout is used, the complementary edge will be used.

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Keep in mind, the edge may interfere with the trim kit overlay, depending on the style The top & bottom rails are fixed at 2” The left & right stiles are determined by the cut-out width and cabinet size The maximum cut-out width is 2” less than the overall cabinet width The yoke is held in place with pocket screws and is removable Please specify ALL requested dimensions Revola oven yoke

Example of how a D3/D4/B1D will look when installed side by side 3/16" Reveal

3/32" Reveal

3/16" Reveal

3/32" Reveal

3/16" Reveal

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal

Continuous reveal line.

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front 3/16" Reveal

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front

11 15/16" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal

11 15/16" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal 4" Tall Bottom Toe Kick Space

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-7-

24 1/16" Tall Door Continuous reveal line.

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Full Door - 13” Deep

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. 13” deep cabinet comes with two 10 5/8” deep adjustable shelves. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Cabinet

Doors

BFD913

BFD1213

BFD1513

BFD1813

BFD2113

BFD2413

BFD2413BD

BFD2713

BFD3013

BFD3313

BFD3613

BFD3913

Base Full Door - 24” Deep Cabinet

•• •• ••

Doors

BFD9

BFD12

BFD15

BFD18

BFD21

BFD24

BFD24BD

BFD27

BFD30

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

BFD33

Comes with one 15 1/2” deep adjustable shelf.

BFD36

Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

BFD39

Base Cabinet - 24” Deep Cabinet

Double Drawer cabinet has solid top for more support

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with one 15 1/2” deep adjustable shelf.

•• ••

Super drawers (full width) are available on 30”-39” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. B36SD)

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-8-

Doors

Drawers

B12

B15

B18

B21

B24

B24BD

B27

B30

B33

B36

B39

If double drawer, cabinet will have solid top for stability. Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base 2 Drawer / Door Cabinet - 24” Deep Cabinet

•• •• •• •• ••

Doors

Drawers

B12_2D

B15_2D

B18_2D

B21_2D

B24_2D

B24BD2D

B272D

B302D

B332D

B362D

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No shelves included 5 7/8” tall drawer fronts. Changes in height will affect door height. Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer - 24” Deep Yoke Included

••

STOP See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.

Cabinet

Doors

Drawers

BWD27

BWD30

BWD33

BWD36

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

••

Yoke edge will match door edge detail. May be an issue with #30 drawer fronts.

•• ••

Fixed shelf below the cut-out. Two equal size drawer fronts below.

Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer Middle - 24” Deep Yoke Included

•STOP • See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.

Cabinet

Doors

Drawers

BWDM27

BWDM30

BWDM33

BWDM36

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

••

Yoke edge will match door edge detail. May be an issue with #30 drawer fronts.

••

Fixed shelves above and below warming drawer cut-out opening.

••

Top drawer front height is 5 7/8”; Bottom drawer front height will vary based on cutout height.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-9-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Warming Drawer Cabinet w/ Doors - 24” Deep

Yoke Included

Cabinet

Doors

Drawers

BWD27WD

BWD30WD

BWD33WD

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

••

Yoke edge will match door edge detail. May be an issue with #30 drawer fronts.

••

Comes with one 15 1/2” deep adjustable shelf depend-

ing on the bottom opening height. If less than 21” tall, there will not be a shelf in the opening. •STOP • See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.

Range Base Cabinet - 24” Deep

••

Cabinet

Doors

Fronts

RB27

RB30

RB33

RB36

RB39

Full width fronts are available in 30”-39” cabinets at no upcharge by adding “FF” after the product number. (Ex. RB33FF)

••

Comes with one 15 ½” depth shelf.

Base Microwave Built-In - 24” Deep Cabinet

Doors

Drawers

BMWB27

BMWB30

BMWB33

BMWB36

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

••

Yoke edge will match door edge detail. May be an issue with #30 drawer fronts.

Yoke Included

•• Bottom drawer varies according to cut-out height. •• A finished interior may be ordered. •• See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning STOP of this section for information regarding cutouts.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-10-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Oven Cabinet - 24” Deep Cabinet BOC27 BOC30 BOC33 BOC36 BOC39 Yoke Included

•• Floor is not flush with top edge of frame on yoke STOP •• See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning STOP

••

Designed to accept oven in an under-the-counter application.

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

••

Yoke edge will match door edge detail.

••

Yoke will have equal top & bottom rails; size will be determined by the cut-out.

of this section for information regarding cutouts.

Farm Sink Base - 24” Deep

••

Yoke Included Top stretchers will be cutwill by customer onsite. site. -Top stretchers bethe cut by customer on

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Cabinet

Doors

FSB27

FSB30

FSB33

FSB36

FSB39

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. •• Yoke edge will match door edge detail. May be an issue with #30 drawer fronts. •• Yoke has 2” bottom rail & a 3/16” reveal at top. •• The top, front stretcher will need to be cut on-site. The cabinet is shipped with the stretcher in place for structure during shipping. •• See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of STOP this section for information regarding cutouts.

-11-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Sink Base - 24” Deep Cabinet

•• •• ••

Doors

Fronts

SB18

SB21

SB24

SB24BD

SB27

SB30

SB33

SB36

SB39

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No shelf included Full width false fronts are available on 30”-39” cabinets by adding “FF” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. SB36FF)

Sink Base Full Door - 24” Deep Cabinet

•• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-12-

Doors

SBFD18

SBFD21

SBFD24

SBFD24BD

SBFD27

SBFD30

SBFD33

SBFD36

SBFD39

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No shelf included 6” finished veneer plywood apron sits behind the doors; special hinge placement

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

2 Drawer Base - 24” Deep •• •• ••

Maximum height is 34 ½” Two equal sized drawer fronts. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.

Cabinet

Drawers

B12D2

B15D2

B18D2

B21D2

B24D2

B27D2

B30D2

B33D2

B36D2

Cabinet

Drawers

B12D3

B15D3

B18D3

B21D3

B24D3

B27D3

B30D3

B33D3

B36D3

Cabinet

Drawers

B12D3E

B15D3E

B18D3E

B21D3E

B24D3E

B27D3E

B30D3E

B33D3E

B36D3E

3 Drawer Base - 24” Deep •• •• •• •• ••

Top drawer front is 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front heights are 11 15/16” tall. Change height will affect the lower drawer front heights equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Bottom drawer front aligns with the bottom drawer front on the D4 cabinet. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

3 Drawer Base w/ Equal Fronts - 24” Deep

•• •• ••

Openings are not necessarily equal. Change height will affect drawer fronts equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

••

-13-

Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

4 Drawer Base - 24” Deep

•• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet

Drawers

B12D4

B15D4

B18D4

B21D4

B24D4

B27D4

B30D4

B33D4

B36D4

Top three drawer fronts are 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front is 11 15/16” tall. Change height will affect bottom drawer front height. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Bottom drawer front aligns with the bottom drawer front on the D3 cabinet. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

4 Drawer Base w/ Equal Fronts - 24” Deep

•• •• ••

Openings are not necessarily equal. Change height will affect drawer fronts equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

••

-14-

Cabinet

Drawers

B12D4E

B15D4E

B18D4E

B21D4E

B24D4E

B27D4E

B30D4E

B33D4E

B36D4E

Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets. Change height to 48” to use this cabinet in a walk-in closet

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Split 4 Drawer Base - 24” Deep

•• •• •• ••

Cabinet B30SD4

Drawers 4

B33SD4

B36SD4

Top drawer front is 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front heights are 11 15/16” tall. Solid top for support. Change height will affect the lower drawer front heights equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.

Split 5 Drawer Base - 24” Deep

•• •• •• ••

Cabinet

Drawers

B30SD5

B33SD5

B36SD5

Top four drawer fronts are 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front is 11 15/16” tall. Solid top for support. Change in height will affect the bottom drawer front heights equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.

Dispensa Base Pull-Out - 24” Deep

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-15-

Cabinet

Doors

DBPO12

DBPO15

DBPO18

DBPO21

No Reduce Heights No Change Depths No Reduce Widths on 12” units Comes with 2 trays Always door mount Champagne; non-slip finish Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Recycle Bin Center - 24” Deep Cabinet

Doors

Drwrs

RBC18-2

Bins 2

RBC30-4

••

Available in 2 and 4 bin units.

••

Each plastic bin has a 27 qt. capacity.

••

Door mounted units are available by adding RBMD as a modification. The 30” unit has 2 independent pairs of bins so the left & right sides will pull out separately.

••

No depth changes available on these units.

••

Width changes are available: minimum opening for 2 bin = 12” / 4 bin = 23 ½”

••

Weight capacity: 150 lbs.

Recycle Bin Deluxe

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet

Bins

RBC24DLX

Unit consists of a heavy duty brushed aluminum frame w/ epoxy covered wire cage. Recycle bins pull out on full extension soft close guides. Only available as door mount. Unit comes with three 25qt.polymer bins for glass, plastic, and aluminum in blue, yellow & green. A forth section is occupied by a canvas bag for recycleable paper. Weight capacity: 100 lbs No dimension changes.

Base Trash Bin - 24” Deep

•• •• •• ••

Unit is made of UV coated maple material. Trash bins pull-out on white epoxy coated full extension side mount guides & are not self closing. Only available as door mount. 15” wide unit has one 35 qt. trash bin & small storage space at back for trash liner storage.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•• •• •• •• ••

-16-

With Full Door

Doors

Drwrs

BTB15

Bins 1

BTB18

BTB21

With Drawer

Doors

Drwrs

Bins

BTB15WD

BTB18WD

BTB21WD

18” & 21” wide units have two 35 qt. trash bins. Trash bins are 35 quart white polymer plastic Weight capacity: 150 lbs. No dimension changes. Lids available for trash bins. See LID TB SS in the Accessories & Modifications section.

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Trash Bin Bottom Mount - 24” Deep

•• •• •• ••

Unit consists of a bottom mount off white wire cage. Trash bins pull-out on full extension soft closed guides. Only available as door mount. 15” wide unit has one 35 qt. trash bin & small storage basket at back for trash liner storage. 18” & 21” wide units have two 35 qt. trash bins.

••

•• •• •• ••

With Full Door

Doors

Drwrs

BTB15BM

Bins 1

BTB18BM

BTB21BM

With Drawer

Doors

Drwrs

Bins

BTB15BMWD

BTB18BMWD

BTB21BMWD

Trash bins are 35 quart white polymer plastic Weight capacity: 100 lbs. No dimension changes. Lids available for trash bins. See LID TB SS in the Accessories & Modifications section.

Mid-Line Trash Bin

•• •• •• SOFT-CLOSE

•• •• ••

High quality bottom mount bin. Only available as a door mount. 15" wide unit has one 36 qt. Trash Bin and small storage space at back for trash liner storage.

•• •• ••

With Full Door

Doors

Drwrs

BTB15M

Bins 1

BTB18M

With Drawer

Doors

Drwrs

Bins

BTB15MWD

BTB18MWD

18" wide units will have (2) 36 qt. bins. Full extension drawer slides with 110 lbs weight capacity with soft-close. Trash bins are white polymer plastic. Guides are also white. No dimension changes. Lids available for trash bins. See LID TB SS in the accessories & Modifications section. Use FMS to add fixed mid shelf in between door & drawer opening behind rail.

Base Bookcase - 13” Deep Cabinet BBC2413 BBC2713 BBC3013 BBC3313 BBC3613

•• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-17-

Finished interior is standard. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Shelves come standard with CTE2 Shelves constructed of 3/4” material. Recessed toe kick is standard

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Bookcase with Valance - 13” Deep Cabinet BBC2413VAL BBC2713VAL BBC3013VAL BBC3313VAL BBC3613VAL

Shown w/ Standard Valance

•• ••

Finished interior is standard.

••

Comes with Standard Valance set between cabinet sides; can be changed by specifying in the cabinet notes. See Accessories & Modifications section for valance options.

•• •• ••

Shelves come standard with CTE2

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Shelves constructed of 3/4” material. Recessed toe kick is standard

Base Bookcase with Overlay Frame - 13” Deep Cabinet BBC2413WOF BBC2713WOF BBC3013WOF BBC3313WOF BBC3613WOF

•• ••

Finished interior is standard.

••

Overlay frame will have 2” rails & stiles; outside edge of frame will have matching door edge.

••

Overlay frame will be attached with pocket screws and 3/16” horizontal & 3/32” vertical reveals.

•• •• ••

Shelves come standard with CTE2

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Shelves constructed of 3/4” material. Recessed toe kick is standard

Base Full Door Peninsula - 24” Deep Cabinet

Doors

BFDP24

BFDP24BD

BFDP27

BFDP30

BFDP33

BFDP36

BFDP39

•• Full-height doors & recessed toe kick on both sides. •• One full depth adjustable shelf. •• Not to be used as a stand-alone cabinet; relies on STOP

integration with wall or another cabinet for stability.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-18-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Peninsula - 24” Deep Cabinet

Doors

Drwrs

Fronts

BP24

BP24BD

BP27

BP30

BP33

BP36

BP39

••

Base cabinets with doors & recessed toe kick on both sides. Drawers on the kitchen side & false fronts on the other.

••

One full depth adjustable shelf.

••

Super drawers (full width) are available on 30”-39” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex: BP36SD)

••

If double drawer, cabinet will have solid top for stability.

•• Not to be used as a stand-alone cabinet; relies on STOP

integration with wall or another cabinet for stability.

Diagonal Sink Front Cabinets

Doors

Fronts

DSF36

DSF39

DSF42

••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

••

Front of case is angled at 45º.

••

Size denotes wall requirements.

••

Toe kick shipped attached.

••

Bottom is not included. Order loose 3/4” INT paneling to be fit on site.

••

4” deep.

••

This cabinet works the same way as our diagonal cabinets.

••

Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels.

Corner Recycle Bin

•• ••

Cabinet

Doors

CRB36

Three removable, 32 qt. bins; pole mounted. Specify hinge direction. Bi-pass doors available upon request.

•• Pie-cut hinge is standard on this cabinet. •STOP • No modifications on this cabinet.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-19-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Easy Reach Cabinet

Doors

BER33

BER36

••

Specify hinge direction. Bi-pass doors available upon request and recommended when you have requested a change in width.

••

33” x 33” and 36” x 36” with one 3/4” thick fixed shelf.

••

Cabinets may be built with a back dimension longer than 36”, but it is not recommended.

••

To change the legs to different dimensions you need to use CWL/CWR or RWL/RWR.

••

The Super Susan cabinet is deeper overall than the regular Susan and Base Easy Reach cabinets, therefore, Super Susan shelves cannot be retrofit later in the BER or BLS cabinets

••

This cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOMBASE if you opt to delete the fixed shelf.

••

Pie-cut hinge is standard on this cabinet.

Base Lazy Susan Plastic Trays

Doors

Trays

BLS33

2)28” dia.

BLS36

2)28” dia.

Wood Trays

Doors

Trays

BLSS33

2)28” dia.

BLSS36

2)32” dia.

••

Specify hinge direction. Bi-pass doors available upon request.

••

The Super Susan, BLSS, comes with wooden revolving shelves attached to fixed shelves (no center pole).

••

33” x 33” and 36” x 36”, changes in width & depth are not recommended. May eliminate rounds.

••

PIE-CUT hinge is standard.

•• ••

To change the legs to different dimensions you need to use CWL/CWR or RWL/RWR. The standard susan, BLS, comes with plastic trays attached to a center pole.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•STOP • Any time you order a 33” BLS or BLSS, the cabinet may result in a slab door.

•STOP • Removable, recessed toe kick on super susan cabinet.

Recessed on all sides. Any finished end will not include the toe kick portion.

-20-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Lazy Susan Diagonal Plastic Trays

Doors

Trays

BLSD33

2) 28” dia. 2) 28” dia.

BLSD36

Wood Trays

Doors

Trays

BLSSD33

2) 28” dia.

BLSSD36

2) 32” dia.

BLSD33R shown

BLSSD33R shown

•• ••

••

Specify hinge direction. 33” x 33” and 36” x 36”, changes in width & depth are

Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels.

•STOP • It is not necessary to fill on either side for adjacent

not recommended. May eliminate rounds.

cabinets to function properly, however, may be necessary when next to an appliance or in situations when using over-sized knobs. In this instance an overlay filler should be used.

•• ••

30” front to clip on BLS. 34” front to clip on BLSS

••

The Super Susan, BLSSD, comes with wooden revolving shelves attached to fixed shelves (No center pole).

••

Legs must remain equal in length.

The standard susan, BLSD, comes with plastic trays attached to a center pole.

•• Removable, recessed toe kick on super susan cabinet. STOP Recessed on all sides. Any finished end will not include the toe kick portion.

Base Lazy Susan Diagonal w/ Drawer Wood Trays

Doors

Drwrs

Trays

BLSSD33WD

2) 28” dia.

BLSSD36WD

2) 32” dia.

BLSSD33RWD shown

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Recessed on all sides. Any finished end will not include STOP the toe kick portion. 33” x 33” and 36” x 36”, changes in width & depth are not recommended. May eliminate rounds. •• It is not necessary to fill on either side for adjacent STOP cabinets to function properly, however, may be One drawer. necessary when next to an appliance or in situations 34” front to clip on BLSS. when using over-sized knobs. In this instance an overlay Wooden revolving shelves attached to 3/4” fixed shelves. filler should be used. Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. Specify hinge direction.

Removable, recessed toe kick on super susan cabinet.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-21-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Diagonal Corner With Drawer

Doors

Drwrs

BDC36

BDC39

BDC42

BDC45

Full Door

Doors

Drwrs

BDCFD36

BDCFD39

BDCFD42

BDCFD45

BDC36R shown

BDCFD36R shown

•• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

•• •• ••

30” front to clip.

One drawer (on BDC only); one 3/4” thick fixed shelf centered in door opening.

•• It is not necessary to fill on either side for adjacent STOP cabinets to function properly, however, may be necessary when next to an appliance or in situations when using over-sized knobs. In this instance an overlay filler should be used.

Legs must remain equal in length. Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels.

Sink Base Diagonal

SBD36R shown

With Drawer

Doors

Fronts

SBD36

SBD39

SBD42

SBD45

SBD48

Full Door

Doors

Fronts

SBDFD36

SBDFD39

SBDFD42

SBDFD45

SBDFD48

SBDFDR shown

•• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

••

Legs must remain equal in length.

••

False front on SBD; No shelf. 30” front to clip. Remove bracing strut on-site during installation. Remains in cabinet for support during shipping.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels.

•STOP • It is not necessary to fill on either side for adjacent

cabinets to function properly, however, may be necessary when next to an appliance or in situations when using over-sized knobs. In this instance an overlay filler should be used.

-22-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Information you should know about Base Blind Cabinets ••

Blind cabinets must be pulled •• 1 1/2” pull minimum •• 3” recommended •• Consider issues such as pulls / handles

•• •• ••

Entire blind panel is finished A return filler for adjacent cabinet should be ordered The measurement from the blind side to the door edge is 24 3/32”

••

The measurement from the blind side to the door opening is 24 3/4”

•• •• ••

Opening size is the cabinet width minus 25 1/2” Door size is cabinet width minus 24 3/16” Use MODIFY BLIND as a modification to create a built in pull.

Blind Corner Base - 24” Deep

••

Door is hinged on the blind side; specify blind left or right.

•• •• ••

One 15 ½” depth adjustable shelf. Corner base cabinets must be pulled a minimum of 1 ½”;

•• ••

Blind cabinets must be pulled a minimum of 1 ½”; maximum pull is 4”. A 3” pull is recommended, especially with full overlay. To create a built in pull use MODIFY BLIND as a modification.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Doors

Drwrs

Opening

XB36

10 1/2”

XB39

13 1/2”

XB42

16 1/2”

XB45

19 1/2”

XB48

22 1/2”

XB48BD

22 1/2”

Full Door

Doors

Drwrs

Opening

XBFD36

10 1/2”

XBFD39

13 1/2” 16 1/2”

XBFD42

XBFD45

19 1/2”

XBFD48

22 1/2”

XBFD48BD

22 1/2”

Adjacent cabinet should also have a filler the same width as the pull. Adjust accordingly for any knobs or hardware added to the doors and/or drawer fronts.

Entire blind is finished

a 3” pull is recommended.

••

With Drawer

-23-

Opening width is stated dimension minus 25 1/2”. To modify door opening, add MODIFY BLIND as a modification & specify the opening.

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Blind Corner Peninsula - 24” Deep Cabinet

Cabinet has 3” pull built in 27 3/32”

doorTo edge door edge 27to 3/32" 24”24" Fill 3" To door edge 3 3/32" 3 3/32” to door edge

Dining Room Side

Doors Drwrs/Frts Opening

XBP36

2/1

7 1/2

XBP39

2/1

10 1/2

XBP42

2/1

13 1/2

XBP45

2/1

16 1/2

XBP48

2/1

19 1/2

••

Two doors on the back side and one door on the kitchen side, hinged on the blind side.

•• •• ••

There are two working drawers and one full depth shelf. Entire blind is finished. Opening width is stated dimension minus 28 1/2”. Kitchen side door size = cabinet width minus 27 3/16”

••

ppo

u for s top Full

Cabinet has built-in 3” pull. No pull shown on dining side.

••

Kitchen Side

Adjacent cabinet(s) must have at least a 1 1/2” filler around the corner, or the same width as the pull.

••

Adjust accordingly for any knobs or hardware added to the doors and/or drawer fronts.

Base Angle - 13” or 24” Deep

Adjacent Cab.

BA Cabinet

Ears & fillers included

Approximate measurement across the front: 13” = 14” 24” = 29 17/32”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•• •• •• ••

13”x 13” Unit

Doors

BA13 24”x 24” Unit

1 Doors

BA24

Diagonal end is 45º. One full depth adjustable shelf. Finished ends are not available. Not available with ND (no doors) / FI (finished interior); if needed the Base End Shelf can be substituted.

••

-24-

When modifying dimensions: L=width, R=depth. Depth & Width must always be equal.

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Angle End Base - 24” Deep Adjacent Cab.

AEB Cabinet

90 24

1/4” reveal

Doors

AEB24

••

Cabinet will always be finished interior.

••

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

••

One fixed shelf

••

Always comes with butt doors.

140 65

Cabinet

•STOP • 1/4” reveal from edge of cabinet box to edge of cabinet door

Base Transition Cabinet - 24” Deep 12 Adjacent Cab.

BTC

••

Cabinet

Doors

BTC12R

BTC12L

Single door base cabinet with one full depth adjustable shelf.

Small filler required

Ear & Filler included

•• •• ••

12” wide transitioning from 24”-13” deep. Cabinet is always hinged on the short side. Changes in depth will maintain a 45˚ angle; both sides will change the same amount in depth.

••

Changes in width will maintain a 45˚ angle which will affect the short depth side.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-25-

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base End Shelf 12” Wide x 24” Deep BES_-L/R 12” Wide x 24 7/8” Deep BESD_-L/R 24” Wide x 24” Deep BES24_-L/R 24 7/8” Wide x 24 7/8” Deep STYLE A

STYLE B

STYLE C

BES25_-L/R

Shown here at 24” Deep x 24” Wide

Flush with adjacent cabinet box

Shown here at 24 7/8” Deep x 24 7/8” Wide

Flush with adjacent cabinet door

••

34 ½” tall x 12” or 24” wide x 24” or 24 7/8”deep; designed to fit at the end of a base cabinet.

••

Specify left or right.

••

Cove route on exposed edges of shelves

••

Shelves are secured with screws

••

9 ½” between shelves

••

Choose style in nomenclature (Ex. BESA-L)

••

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

•STOP • Style A is only available in equal widths & depths (24” x 24” or 24 7/8” x 24 7/8” for a 45º angle)

•• Styles B & C are available at 13” wide at no charge. STOP (Use CWNC as an “Add Mod”)

Inverted Base Cabinet - 24” Deep

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

••

Comes with one 15 1/2” deep adjustable shelf. Super drawers (full width) are available on 30”-39” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. B36SD INVERT)

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-26-

Cabinet

Doors

Drawers

B12 INVERT

B15 INVERT

B18 INVERT

B21 INVERT

B24 INVERT

B24BD INVERT

B27 INVERT

B30 INVERT

B33 INVERT

B36 INVERT

B39 INVERT

Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Three-Door Base - 24” Deep

•• ••

Cabinet

Doors

Drwrs

B483DL/R

B513DL/R

B543DL/R

Hinge direction notates single door side. Comes with two 15 ½” depth adjustable shelves; one on each side of the partition.

•• ••

Comes with a full top. Super drawer (full width) is available over the double doors by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. B483DLSD).

B483DL Shown

Three-Door Base w/ Full Height Doors - 24” Deep

•• ••

Cabinet

Doors

BFD483DL/R

BFD513DL/R

BFD543DL/R

Hinge direction notates single door side. Comes with two 15 ½” depth adjustable shelves; one on each side of the partition.

BFD483DL Shown

Range Base Drawer Stack - 24” Deep Cabinet

Fronts

RBDB27

RBDB30

•• •• ••

Drawers

RBDB33

RBDB36

RBDB39

Full width false front at top. Middle and bottom fronts are equal height. Drawer boxes are 18” deep to allow for ducting and power supplies.

••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-27-

Change height will affect the lower drawer fronts equally.

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Cooktop Vent - 24” Deep •• ••

•• ••

Cabinet

Doors

Drawers

a 2 ½” tall drawer box.

CT36

Shelf is 10 5/8” deep; cabinet has a ¾”

CT39

partition used as a removable, false back at 12” deep.

CT42

CT45

POS not available in this cabinet.

CT48

CT484D

12” deep top drawer with scoop leaving

42” & 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center partition.

••

The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors.

CT36 Shown

2 Drawer Cooktop Cabinet - 24” Deep ••

•• •• ••

Cabinet comes with a finished panel to be cut on site. The distance from the top of the cabinet to the top of the mid drawer front must be supplied using DTTDH as a modification. Middle & Bottom fronts are equal height. A drawer front to place on site can be ordered as a separate line item. To figure the drawer front size: Drawer front width = DTTDH - 3/8” Drawer front length = cabinet width - 3/16”

Cabinet

Drawers

CT2D27

CT2D30

CT2D33

CT2D36

CT2D39

Spice Base Cabinet with Filler Front - 24” Deep REDESIGNED

Cabinet

Doors

SBCFF6L/R

SBCFF6L Shown

••

•• •• ••

•

Door is slab must add overlay to flush out with doors. Filler Face will be flush with cabinet frame. Three shelf spice rack mounts to door and pulls out on two full extension drawer guides. Rack is ¾” less than opening. Chrome rails. Specify left or right to designate which side the shelves are accessible on. 24” deep overall, including filler front.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•• •• •• ••

-28-

NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authorization. Shelf placement can be changed by adding an OM-SP as a modification. SBCFF6 comes with an FTK, ⅛” reveal top & bottom & ¼” reveal left & right. It should be used with decorative attachments, i.e. table legs. See Clipped Spice Base cabinet for details on attaching table legs.

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Spice Base Cabinet - 24” Deep Cabinet

Doors

SBC9

SBC12

SBC6L

SBC6L Shown

•• •• •• •• ••

••

Three shelf spice rack mounts to door and pulls out on two full extension drawer guides. Not available with soft close guides. Rack is 1” less than opening on 9” & 12”, 3/4” on 6”. Chrome rails. Insert is accessible on both sides on 9 & 12, one side on 6”

•• •• ••

NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authorization. Shelf placement can be changed by adding an OM-SP as a modification. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets. Specify left or right to designate which side the shelves are accessible on 6” size only.

Clipped Spice Base Cabinet - 24” Deep Cabinet

6”

CCSBC6L CCSBC6R

1 13/32” ”

4¼

1 13/32”

CCSBC6R Shown

••

Three shelf spice rack mounts to 3” clip and pulls out on two full extension drawer guides.

••

•• ••

Chrome rails.

••

Shelves are accessible from the deepest side. Specify L

A 3” clip sits flush to adjacent cabinet frame with an 1/8” reveal on top, 3/32” reveal at sides.

zation.

or R to designate the shortest side. (Ex: CCSBC6R)

••

24” on the deepest side.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authori-

-29-

If ordering one CCSBC6 with a table leg attached, charge for one leg + SPLIT LEG as a modification to split the leg. If ordering a pair, there will only be one leg charge and one fee to split. To attach table leg to clip add OM-ATT as a modification.

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Wine Rack - 13” Deep Cabinet

••

Wine grid on 4” spacing; the number of holes depends on the cabinet size.

••

The number of bottle openings listed is an estimate; actual number may vary.

••

This cabinet comes with a finished interior, ¼” back & a full top.

Approx. # of Openings

BWR1213

BWR1513

BWR1813

BWR2113

BWR2413

BWR2713

BWR3013

BWR3313

BWR3613

BWR3913

••

Wine racks are available in other cabinets by adding WWR as a modification which may make the cabinet custom. See Accessory & Modification section for this option.

•• ••

Recessed toe kick is standard Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Base Wine Holder - 24” Deep Cabinet BWH27 BWH30 BWH33 BWH36

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Comes with a standard base depth, full width drawer. Finished interior is standard. A 3/4” false back set at 12” deep in the lower opening. No dimension changes or modifications without approval. Recessed toe kick is standard Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Base Wine Cubby - 24” Deep

•• •• ••

-30-

# Openings

BWC6

Both ends finished. Finished interior is standard. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Cabinet

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Apothecary Unit - 24” Deep

•• •• •• •• ••

W/ Drawer Front

Drawers

BAU65S

Exposed Dovetail

Drawers

BAU65D

Exposed dovetails are finished to match the exterior. Fronts may not be equal in height. Both ends finished. Finished interior is standard on the BAU65D. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Base Cubby Unit - 24” Deep Cabinet

•• •• ••

BCU15 2ROWS

BCU18 2ROWS

Finished ends are standard. Finished interior is standard. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-31-

# Openings

BCU6

Base Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Panel Filler - 24” Deep 24

Cabinet BPF1.5

BPF3 BPF6 45˚ Angle On Front BPFA3 BPFA6

•• ••

3/4” panel with 1 ½”, 3”, or 6” stile. Indicate left or right to determine the flush, finished end. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Can be increased up to 30” deep by using CDNC. Change width available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost and specify the dimension change.

•• •• ••

•• ••

Flush toe kick is available at no charge by adding FTK as a modification. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

Base Box Filler - 24” Deep Cabinet

BBF3 BBF6

With 45˚ Angle BBFA3 BBFA6 Peninsula BBFP3 BBFP6

•• •• ••

3” or 6” wide.

Peninsula Box Filler has a stile on the front and back side.

•• ••

Must specify left or right on the Angled Fillers .

Both ends are always flush finished. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

•• •• ••

••

Accessories & Modifications section.

Box filler has a flush toe kick. Can be increased up to 30” deep by using CDNC. Change width available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost and specify the dimension change.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Flutes and other decorative details can be added see

-32-

Vanity REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Index: Vanity Section Desk Panel Leg......................................................................................10

Vanity Desk Drawer............................................................................... 8

Pencil Drawer........................................................................................... 8

Vanity Full Door...................................................................................... 4

Recessed Medicine Cabinet............................................................... 9

Vanity Full Door-13â&#x20AC;? Deep................................................................... 4

Surface-Mount Medicine Cabinet.................................................... 9

Vanity Panel Filler.................................................................................10

Vanity 3 Drawer...................................................................................... 5

Vanity Sink Base..................................................................................... 5

Vanity 4 Drawer...................................................................................... 6

Vanity Sink Base w/ Double Stack.................................................. 6

Vanity Angle..............................................................................................7

Vanity Sink Base w/ Drawers..............................................................7

Vanity Base............................................................................................... 4

Vanity Special w/ Drawers.................................................................. 6

Vanity Box Filler.....................................................................................10

Wall Bath Cabinet.................................................................................. 8

Vanity Cabinet Information................................................................ 3

Wall Bath Open Shelf........................................................................... 9

Vanity Cabinet Construction..............................................................2

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-1-

Vanity REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Vanity Cabinet Construction 5 1/32

5 1/32

12 1/2 5 5/16

9 3/4

27 1/4 25 3/4

31 1/4

5 5/16

19 31/32

12 1/2

9 15/32

7 27/32

VFD_

V_ VSB_

V_D3

5 1/32

9 3/4

VFDC_

V_D4

27 1/4 31 1/4

19 31/32

9 31/32

9 15/32

VBSP_

VSB_DB 18

5 1/32

17 /3

27 1/4 18

25 /3 2

19 31/32

31 1/4

VA18

VA21 4

VSB__D 4 5 /8

3 1/8

VD_ VD_ SD 3 7/8

3 1/8

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

1 1/2"

-2-

1 1/2"

Vanity REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Vanity Cabinet Information Important Note About Material Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA PB interior deduct will not apply. This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends will be plywood construction. Helpful Notes About Vanity Cabinet Section

• •

Vanities are 31 1/4” tall x 21” deep unless otherwise stated.

•

See Accessories & Modifications section for availability of adjuster legs. Order STK (Separate Toe Kick) as a modification to the cabinet; note in the comments Do not build; Do not ship

•

Adjustments in height will affect the bottom drawer front on a D4 cabinet and the change will be split equally on the bottom 2 drawer fronts of a D3 cabinet.

•

Vanity sink base units with drawers may not be large enough to receive 5-piece drawer fronts. Check drawer front minimums and notes on each cabinet.

•

Mirror Frames to match the cabinetry are available. These can be found in the Accessories & Modifications section.

All vanities are available at base height, 34 1/2” tall. To order Base Height Vanities, add a “B” (base height) in front of the “V”. (Ex. BV24) - The only exceptions to this are the VSF, VA, VDF, VBF cabinets.

Example of how a VD3/VD4/V1D will look when installed side by side.

3/32" Reveal

3/16" Reveal

3/32" Reveal

3/16" Reveal

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal

Continuous Reveal Line

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front 3/16" Reveal

10 5/16" Tall Drawer Front

20 13/16" Tall Door

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal

8 11/16" Tall Drawer Front

10 15/16" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal 4" Tall Bottom Toe Kick Space

Example of how a VD3/VD4/V1D will look when installed side by side.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-3-

Vanity REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Vanity Full Door - 13” Deep

•• •• ••

Cabinet

Doors

VFD913

VFD1213

VFD1513

VFD1813

VFD2113

VFD2413

VFD2413BD

VFD2713

VFD3013

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

VFD3313

13” deep cabinet comes with one 10 5/8” deep adjustable shelf.

VFD3613

Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

VFD3913

Cabinet

Doors

VFD9

VFD12

VFD15

VFD18

VFD21

Vanity Full Door

•• •• ••

VFD24

VFD24BD

VFD27

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

VFD30

Comes with one 15 ½” deep adjustable shelf.

VFD33

VFD36

VFD39

Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Vanity Base

Double Drawer cabinet has solid top for more support

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

••

Comes with one 15 ½” deep adjustable shelf. Super drawers (full width) are available on the 30”–39” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. V36SD)

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Cabinet

Doors

Drwrs

V12

V15

V18

V21

V24

V24BD

V27

V30

V33

V36

V39

Solid top for stability and strength on double drawer cabinet.

••

-4-

Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Vanity REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Vanity Sink Base

•• ••

••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No Shelf included.

Cabinet

Doors

Fronts

VSB18

1 1

VSB21

VSB24

VSB24BD

VSB27

VSB30

2 2

VSB33

VSB36

VSB39

Full width false fronts are available on the 30”-39” cabnets by adding “FF” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. VSB30FF)

Vanity 3 Drawer

••

Top drawer front is 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front heights are 10 5/16” tall.

••

Change height will affect the lower drawer front heights equally.

•• ••

Cabinet

Drawers

V12D3

V15D3

V18D3

V21D3

V24D3

V27D3

V30D3

V33D3

V36D3

36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Vanity 4 Drawer ••

Cabinet

Drawers

V12D4

V15D4

V18D4

36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under

V21D4

V24D4

warranty.

V27D4

Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller

V30D4

width cabinets.

V33D4

V36D4

Top three drawer fronts are 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front is 8 11/16” tall.

••

Change height will affect the bottom drawer front height.

•• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-5-

Vanity REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Vanity Special w/ Drawers Full top for support during shipping

Cabinet Doors

Working Drawers

Door Opening

Drawer Opening

VBSP24

12”

9”

VBSP27

13 1/2”

10 1/2”

VBSP30

15”

12”

VBSP33

16 1/2”

13 1/2”

VBSP36

18”

15”

VBSP39

19 1/2”

16 1/2”

VBSP42

22 1/2”

16 1/2”

VBSP36L Shown

••

Specify drawers right or left (Ex. Drawers left would be VBSP24L)

••

Change height will affect the lower drawer front heights equally.

••

All drawers in bank are functional on 39” & 42”. One false drawer front over door opening.

••

Changes in width will affect both openings equally.

••

Full width false fronts standard on VBSP24 & VBSP27.

••

Full width false fronts are available on the 30”-36” cabinets by adding “FF” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. VBSP30FF)

••

•• Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on STOP smaller width cabinets.

•STOP • 24”- 36” will have a 2” deep double partition at top & 4” deep double partition in drawer section. 39”- 42” will have a full depth double partition.

Door hinges on opposite side of drawer stack.

Vanity Sink Base w/ Double Stack

•• •• •• •• ••

Sink in the middle of two drawer banks.

••

Center opening has butt doors. Change height will affect the lower drawer fronts equally. Change width will affect the drawer openings equally. One 22 13/16” wide false drawer front in center on 48-51”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Cabinet

Doors

Drwrs

Door Opening

Drawer Opening

VSB48DB

22 3/16

11 13/32

VSB51DB

22 3/16

12 29/32

VSB54DB

26 3/16

12 13/16

VSB57DB

26 3/16

13 29/32

VSB60DB

26 3/16

15 13/16

One 26 13/16” wide false drawer front in center on 54”60”.

••

Distance between stretchers leaves 22 3/16” on 48”-51” and 26 3/16” on 54”-60” for sink installation.

•• Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on STOP smaller width cabinets.

-6-

Vanity REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Vanity Sink Base w/ Drawers Full top for support during shipping

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet

Sink in the middle of two drawers. •• Change width will affect the drawer openings equally. Center opening has butt doors on 48” wide and up. •• One 20 9/16” wide false drawer front in center on 36”-45” One 22 13/16” wide false drawer front in center on 48-51” One 26 13/16” wide false drawer front in center on 54”-60”. •• STOP 36”-45” cabinet has one large opening; no center partitions.

Doors

Working DF Width Drawers

VSB36D

VSB39D

7 1/2 9

VSB42D

10 1/2

VSB45D

VSB48D

12 3/8

VSB51D

13 7/8

VSB54D

13 3/8

VSB57D

14 7/8

VSB60D

16 3/8

48”-60” cabinet comes with partitions and one adjustable shelf in the single door openings. Distance between stretchers leaves 19 3/16” on 36”-45”, 22 3/16” on 48”-51” and 26 3/16” on 54”-60” for sink installation. Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Vanity Angle Cabinet VA Cabinet

Cabinet

Doors

VA18

VA21

Adjacent Cabinet

Ears & fillers included

•• •• •• ••

Diagonal end is 45˚. One full depth adjustable shelf. Finished ends are not available. When modifying dimensions: L=width, R=depth. Depth & width must remain equal.

•• Cabinet comes with molded solid stock wings with STOP overlay fillers which allows a smooth blend from one cabinet to the next

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-7-

Vanity REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Vanity Desk Drawer

••

Vanity Desk Drawer is 4 5/8” high by 21” deep. Drawer front is 4 1/4” tall.

•• •• •• ••

Usable drawer height is 2”.

•• ••

Cabinet

Drawers

VD18

VD21

VD24

VD27

VD30SD

VD33SD

VD36SD

VD39SD

Cabinet has a full bottom. Designed to line up with the top drawer of the Desk Cabinet and the FDC.

All widths will have a single drawer.

••

May be built 24” deep (CDNC).

Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard height.

•STOP • No height reductions allowed

Finished ends are not available.

Pencil Drawer

•• •• •• ••

•• •• ••

Pencil Drawer is 3 7/8” high by 21” deep. 3 1/8” drawer opening. Cabinet has a full top and no bottom. May be built 24” deep (CDNC).

Cabinet

Drawers

PD18

PD21

PD24

PD27

PD30

PD33

PD36

PD39

Finished ends are not available. Drawer front is set flush at the bottom; no 3/16” reveal. Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard height.

•STOP • No reductions in height allowed.

Wall Bath Cabinets - 10” Deep

•• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-8-

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WBC2430

WBC2730

WBC3030

WBC3330

WBC3630

WBC3930

Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep Both ends are always finished; plywood construction

Vanity REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Wall Bath Open Shelf - 10” Deep

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WBC2430OS

WBC2730OS

WBC3030OS

WBC3330OS

WBC3630OS

WBC3930OS

Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep Both ends are always finished; plywood construction Bottom opening is 10” tall Entire cabinet is finished interior Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Recessed Medicine Cabinet Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WMC1725 14”x22” wall opening WMC1731 14”x28” wall opening WMC1931 16”x28” wall opening

•• •• ••

Natural maple print interior

•• ••

3 1/2” interior depth with 1/4” back.

Specify hinge direction Allow 3” less than the stated frame dimensions for wall openings. A mitered 2 1/4” frame surrounds an inset door.

•• ••

Offered in the same box sizes as our framed line. To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass doors)as a modifcation. Mirror is not included.

•STOP • Choose any door edge for the frame. The door will have a #60 edge.

•STOP • Box has 1/4” back without hang rails. Box must be mounted by screwing through sides into studs.

Surface-Mount Medicine Cabinet

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Cabinet

Shelves

Doors

WMCSM1230

WMCSM1530

WMCSM1830

WMCSM2130

•• •• •• •• ••

Natural maple print interior

••

To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass doors) as a modification. Mirror is not included.

-9-

Specify hinge direction Interior cabinet depth is 3” Designed for surface mounting Both ends, top and bottom of this cabinet are finished; plywood construction.

Vanity REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Desk Panel Leg 21"

Cabinet

21"

31 ¼”

DPL DPLT Cabinet

34 ½”

BDPL BDPLT

•• •• 12"

DPL

DPLT

¾” panel, edge banded one edge, finished both sides. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. To match desk cabinets, order 28 ½” tall using RH (reduced height) as a modification. Can be increased up to 24” deep, use Misc. and refer to Pricing Book. For use with VD & PD cabinets.

•• •• ••

Vanity Panel Filler Cabinet VPF1 ½ L/R VPF3

VPF6

21”

•• •• ••

3”

3/4” panel with 1 ½”, 3”, or 6” stile. Indicate left or right to determine the flush finished end. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Depth can be increased up to 22” (CDNC) Flush toe kick is available. Order FTK as a modification. Change width available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

•• •• •• ••

Vanity Box Filler Cabinet VBF3 21

VBF6

21”

3”

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-10-

3” or 6” wide. Both ends are always flush finished. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Box filler has a flush toe kick. Can be increased up to 22” deep by using CDNC Change width available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Index: Tall Section 84” Tall Broom Cabinet........................................................................ 5

Oven w/ Drawer.....................................................................................18

84” Tall Linen Cabinet.......................................................................... 9

Oven w/ Warming Drawer................................................................20

90” Tall Broom Cabinet....................................................................... 6

Oven w/ Wide Bottom Rail............................................................... 21

90” Tall Linen Cabinet.......................................................................... 9

Pantry Pull-Out...................................................................................... 13

96” Tall Broom Cabinet.........................................................................7

Tall Angle Broom Cabinet................................................................... 8

96” Tall Linen Cabinet.........................................................................10

Tall Angled Linen.................................................................................... 11

Angle End Tall Broom Cabinet.......................................................... 8

Tall Box Filler...........................................................................................14

Angled End Tall Linen.......................................................................... 12

Tall Cabinet Construction................................................................ 2-3

Linen Closet w/ Hamper..................................................................... 11

Tall Cabinet Information...................................................................... 4

Linen w/ Drawers..................................................................................10

Tall Cubby Unit....................................................................................... 13

Multi-Storage Unit................................................................................. 13

Tall End Shelf.......................................................................................... 13

Open-Shelf Oven...................................................................................16

Tall Oven................................................................................................... 17

Oven & Microwave w/ 2 Drawers................................................... 23

Tall Panel Filler.......................................................................................14

Oven & Microwave w/ Drawer......................................................... 22

Tall Panel Straight................................................................................. 13

Oven Cabinet Guidelines.................................................................... 15

Tall Refrigerator Cabinet.................................................................... 12

Oven Microwave w/ Warming Drawer.........................................24 Oven w/ 2 Drawers...............................................................................19

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-1-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Tall Cabinet Construction

2 ADJ. ON 84" 3 ADJ. ON 90" & 96"

28 25/32 ON 84 34 25/32 ON 90 40 25/32 ON 96

ONE ADJ. IN UPPER

2 ADJ. ON 84" 3 ADJ. ON 90" & 96"

38 7/8 ON 84 41 7/8 ON 90 44 7/8 ON 96

13 1/2 ON 84 19 1/2 ON 90 25 1/2 ON 96

3 ADJ.

48 15/32 ON 84 54 15/32 ON 90 60 15/32 ON 96

5 5/16

ONE ADJ. IN UPPER ONE ADJ. IN UPPER

22 25/32 ON 84 28 25/32 ON 90 34 25/32 ON 96

28 25/32 ON 84 34 25/32 ON 90 40 25/32 ON 96

3 ADJ. IN LOWER IF ORDERED WITH SHELVES 2 ADJ. ON 84" 3 ADJ. ON 90" & 96" 69

54 31/32

48 31/32

R_24

PPO_24

MSU_

48 31/32

38 7/8 ON 84 41 7/8 ON 90 44 7/8 ON 96

11 3/8

23 7/32

11 3/32

BR_

DOOR VARIES

LCHD18

LCD_

LC_

DOOR VARIES

2" 2"

TOHH

TOHW

TOHH

BOHH

BOHH 29 9/32

5 5/16 2"

WDHH

5 1/32

5 1/32 2"

OVWD_

OVWBR_

5 1/32

2" 2" WDHH 2"

OVD_

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

OV_ OVOS_

OV2D_

-2-

OVMWD_

OVMW2D_

OVMWWD_

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Tall Cabinet Construction

TAB36 TAL36

TAB13 TAL13

1”

1 1/2”

1 1/2"

18 1/1 6

TAB24 TAL24

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

1 1/2"

-3-

1/1

AETB24 AETL24

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Tall Cabinet Information Important Note About Material Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA PB interior deduct will not apply. This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends will be plywood construction. Helpful Notes about Tall Cabinet Section

••

When ordered on tall cabinets, the Glass Doors (GD) option only changes the top doors to Glass Doors. If you would like glass doors on the lower section, specify in the notes of the cabinet.

••

Upper openings 21” and over will receive 1 shelf. Openings 24” and over will receive 2 shelves, unless otherwise stated.

••

Separate Toe Kicks (STK) are available at no charge by specifying STK as a modification. If the cabinet has a flush toe, you must specify RTKF (recessed toe kick) if you order an STK.

••

We will build some cabinets wider than 39” by adding CW (change width) as a modification. However, we do not recommend as it would not be covered under warranty. Please call your CSR for availability.

••

96” tall cabinets are the maximum height available in the Revola line.

NO EXCEPTIONS!!!

Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab.

OUCH !!!

A C

Cabinet Depth (RTK = Recessed toe kick / FTK = Flush toe kick) Cabinet Height

13” RTK

13” FTK

18” RTK

18” FTK

21” RTK

21” FTK

24” RTK

84”

85”

85 ¼”

85 ¾”

86 ¼”

86 ¾”

87 ¾”

90”

91”

91 ¼”

91 ½”

92”

92 ¼”

92 ¾”

93 ½”

96”

97”

97 ¼”

97 ½”

98”

98 ¼”

98 ¾”

99 ¼”

Don’t Get Stuck!!! Ceiling heights needed to stand up a tall cabinet: B

(A x A) + (B x B) = the square root of C

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-4-

24” FTK

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

84” Tall Broom Cabinet 13” Deep

Doors U/L

BR1213

1/1

BR1513

1/1

BR1813

1/1

BR2113

1/1

BR2413

1/1

BR2413BD

2/2

BR2713

2/2

BR3013

2/2

BR3313

2/2

BR3613

2/2

BR3913

2/2

24” Deep

Doors U/L

Shown w/ optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

BR1224

1/1

BR1524

1/1

BR1824

1/1

BR2124

1/1

BR2424

1/1

BR2424BD

2/2

BR2724

2/2

BR3024

2/2

BR3324

2/2

BR3624

2/2

BR3924

2/2

Shown w/ optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

•• ••

24 to 21 in nomenclature. (Ex: BR3021)

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Upper door opening: 28 25/32”; upper door height is 29

••

5/8”, which lines up with a 30” tall wall cabinet.

••

Lower door opening: 48 31/32”; lower door height is 49 13/16”

•• ••

Adjustments in height affect the upper opening.

BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height.

•• ••

21” deep cabinets are the same price. To order change

One adjustable shelf is standard in the top opening. Three adjustable shelves are optional in the lower opening. To order, specify BR__ __WS.

To line up lower doors with: Base cabinet = use a BBROH of 29 9/32” Vanity cabinet = use a BBROH of 26 1/32”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

To change the opening height (no charge), use the

-5-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

90” Tall Broom Cabinet 13” Deep

Doors U/L

BR129013

1/1

BR159013

1/1

BR189013

1/1

BR219013

1/1

BR249013

1/1

BR249013BD

2/2

BR279013

2/2

BR309013

2/2

BR339013

2/2

BR369013

2/2

BR399013

2/2

Shown w/ optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

24” Deep

Doors U/L

BR129024

1/1

BR159024

1/1

BR189024

1/1

BR219024

1/1

BR249024

1/1

BR249024BD

2/2

BR279024

2/2

BR309024

2/2

BR339024

2/2

BR369024

2/2

BR399024

2/2

Shown w/ optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

•• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

24 to 21 in nomenclature. (Ex: BR309021)

Upper door opening: 34 25/32”; upper door height is 35

••

5/8”, which lines up with a 36” tall wall cabinet.

••

Lower door opening: 48 31/32”; lower door height is 49 13/16”

•• ••

Adjustments in height affect the upper opening.

BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height.

•• ••

21” deep cabinets are the same price. To order change

One adjustable shelf is standard in the top opening. Three adjustable shelves are optional in the lower opening. To order, specify BR__ __WS.

To line up lower doors with: Base cabinet = use a BBROH of 29 9/32” Vanity cabinet = use a BBROH of 26 1/32”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

To change the opening height (no charge), use the

-6-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

96” Tall Broom Cabinets 12” Deep

Doors U/L

BR129613

1/1

BR159613

1/1

BR189613

1/1

BR219613

1/1

BR249613

1/1

BR249613BD

2/2

BR279613

2/2

BR309613

2/2

BR339613

2/2

BR369613

2/2

BR399613

2/2

24” Deep

Doors U/L

Shown w/ optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

BR129624

1/1

BR159624

1/1

BR189624

1/1

BR219624

1/1

BR249624

1/1

BR249624BD

2/2

BR279624

2/2

BR309624

2/2

BR339624

2/2

BR369624

2/2

BR399624

2/2

Shown w/ optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

•• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Upper door opening: 40 25/32”; upper door height is 41

24 to 21 in nomenclature. (Ex: BR309621)

••

5/8”, which lines up with a 42” tall wall cabinet.

••

Lower door opening: 48 31/32”; lower door height is 49 13/16”

•• ••

Adjustments in height affect the upper opening.

BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height.

•• ••

21” deep cabinets are the same price. To order change

One adjustable shelf is standard in the top opening. Three adjustable shelves are optional in the lower opening. To order, specify BR__ __WS.

To line up lower doors with: Base cabinet = use a BBROH of 29 9/32” Vanity cabinet = use a BBROH of 26 1/32”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

To change the opening height (no charge), use the

-7-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Tall Angle Broom Cabinet 84” Tall

1/1

TAB2484

2/2 2/2

90” Tall

Doors U/L

TAB1390

1/1

TAB2490

2/2

96” Tall

•• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

••

•• ••

Adjustments in height affect the upper opening.

••

When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. Width & depth must remain equal.

Upper door opening & height is based on corresponding Broom Cabinets. •• First dimension is width & depth; the second dimension is height.

U/L

TAB3684

TAB3690

Comes with ears and overlays for smooth transition

Doors

TAB1384

2/2 Doors

TAB1396

1/1

TAB2496

2/2

TAB3696

2/2

U/L

A recessed toe kick is standard, flush toe kick is available by adding FTK as a modification. One adjustable shelf in the top opening and three adjustable shelves in the lower opening are standard.

••

To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height.

••

Finished ends are not available.

Angled End Tall Broom Cabinet 65

140 65

1/4” reveal

84” Tall

Doors U/L

AETB1384

2/2

AETB2484

2/2

90” Tall

Doors U/L

AETB1390

2/2

AETB2490

2/2

96” Tall

Doors U/L

AETB1396

2/2

AETB2496

2/2

••

Upper door opening & height is based on corresponding •• Broom Cabinets.

One adjustable shelf in the top opening and three adjustable shelves in the lower opening are standard.

•• ••

Adjustments in height affect the upper opening.

••

To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height.

First dimension is width & depth; the second dimension is height.

•• ••

Finished ends are not available

•• ••

When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. Width & depth must remain equal.

••

A recessed toe kick is standard, flush toe kick is available by adding FTK as a modification.

The diagonal end is 65˚, 13” deep unit has same top view as the AEW, 24” deep unit has the same top view as an AEB.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

lways plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior A deduct does not apply. •STOP • Entire cabinet is finished interior due to construction process.

-8-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

84” Tall Linen Closet 13” Deep

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction single door cabinets

••

A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification.

Equal height doors with a fixed shelf between 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LC1221 or LC1224).

21” or 24” Deep

84” Tall

U/L

84” Tall

U/L

LC1213

1/1

LC12__

1/1

LC1513

1/1

LC15__

1/1

LC1813

1/1

LC18__

1/1

LC2113

1/1

LC21__

1/1

LC2413

1/1

LC24__

1/1

LC2413BD

2/2

LC24__BD

2/2

LC2713

2/2

LC27__

2/2

LC3013

2/2

LC30__

2/2

LC3313

2/2

LC33__

2/2

LC3613

2/2

LC36__

2/2

LC3913

2/2

LC39__

2/2

••

If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification.

••

Four full depth adjustable shelves: 10 5/8” in 13” deep & full depth in 21” & 24” deep in 84” tall cabinets.

90” Tall Linen Closet

SDPH shown on upper & lower doors

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction single door cabinets

••

A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification.

Equal height doors with a fixed shelf between 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LC129021 or LC129024).

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

90”Tall13” Deep

U/L

90”Tall21/24” Deep

U/L

LC129013

1/1

LC1290__

1/1

LC159013

1/1

LC1590__

1/1

LC189013

1/1

LC1890__

1/1

LC219013

1/1

LC2190__

1/1

LC249013

1/1

LC2490__

1/1

LC249013BD

2/2

LC2490__BD

2/2

LC279013

2/2

LC2790__

2/2

LC309013

2/2

LC3090__

2/2

LC339013

2/2

LC3390__

2/2

LC369013

2/2

LC3690__

2/2

LC399013

2/2

LC3990__

2/2

••

If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification.

••

Six full depth adjustable shelves: 10 5/8” in 13” deep & full depth in 21” & 24” deep in 84” tall cabinets.

-9-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

96” Tall Linen Closet 96”Tall13” Deep

U/L

96”Tall21/24” Deep

U/L

LC129613

1/1

LC1296__

1/1

LC159613

1/1

LC1596__

1/1

LC189613

1/1

LC1896__

1/1

LC219613

1/1

LC2196__

1/1

LC249613

1/1

LC2496__

1/1

LC249613BD

2/2

LC2496__BD

2/2

LC279613

2/2

LC2796__

2/2

LC309613

2/2

LC3096__

2/2

LC339613

2/2

LC3396__

2/2

LC369613

2/2

LC3696__

2/2

LC399613

2/2

LC3996__

2/2

SDPH shown on upper & lower doors

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction single door cabinets

••

A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification.

Equal height doors with a fixed shelf between 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LC129621 or LC129624).

••

If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification.

••

Six full depth adjustable shelves: 10 5/8” in 13” deep & full depth in 21” & 24” deep in 84” tall cabinets.

Linen w/ Drawers Cabinet

Doors

Drwrs

LCD12__

LCD15__

LCD18__

LCD21__

LCD24__

LCD24__BD

LCD27__

LCD30__

LCD33 __

LCD36 __

SDPH shown on upper door

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single cabinet doors.

••

21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LCD1221 or LCD1224).

••

If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification.

•• ••

Drawers line up with a Base Height D3 cabinet.

••

To change height to 90” or 96”, add CH as a modification.

Upper opening will change with adjustments to height.

at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification.

Two full depth adjustable shelves in the 84” & three full depth adjustable shelves in the 90” & 96”.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available

-10-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Linen Closet w/ Hamper Cabinet

U/L

Drwrs

LCHD18

1/1

••

Pull-out wooden hamper behind lower door, mounted on TUFEBM guides.

••

Specify hinge direction. Can specify RBDM (door mount) on bottom as a modification.

•• ••

Upper opening will change with adjustments to height.

•• ••

Three full depth adjustable shelves in upper opening,

The lower section of this cabinet lines up with the standard 34 1/2” base height cabinet. A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification.

••

If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification.

•• ••

No deduct for deleting the hamper To change height to 90” or 96”, add CH as a modification. 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LCHD1821 or LCHD1824).

SDPH shown on upper door

Tall Angled Linen 84” Tall

Ears & overlays included for a more complete look

U/L

TAL1384

1/1

TAL2484

2/2

TAL3684

2/2

90” Tall

U/L

TAL1390

1/1

TAL2490

2/2

TAL3690

2/2

96” Tall

U/L

TAL1396

1/1

TAL2496

2/2

TAL3696

2/2

TAL3684 Shown

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Equal height doors with a fixed shelf between. First dimension is width & depth; the second dimension is height.

••

by adding RTKF as a modification. If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification.

••

Four adjustable shelves in 84” unit and six adjustable shelves in the 90” and 96” unit.

When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. Width

••

& depth must remain equal.

••

A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-11-

Finished ends are not available.

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Angled End Tall Linen 90º

65º

140º

65º

84” Tall

U/L

AETL1384

2/2

AETL2484

2/2

90” Tall

U/L

AETL1390

2/2

AETL2490

2/2

96” Tall

U/L

AETL1396

2/2

AETL2496

2/2

1/4” reveal

AETL3684 Shown

•• •• •• •• ••

Equal height doors with a fixed shelf between. The diagonal end is 65˚, 13” deep unit has same top view as the AEW, 24” deep unit has the same top view as an AEB. First dimension is width & depth; the second dimension is height. When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. Width & depth must remain equal. A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification.

••

If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. •• Four adjustable shelves in 84” unit and six adjustable shelves in the 90” and 96” unit. •• Finished ends are not available •• Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. •STOP • Entire cabinet is finished interior due to construction process.

Tall Refrigerator Cabinet 84” Tall

R3624 R3924 90” Tall

R369024 R399024 96” Tall

R369624 R399624

••

Door opening height is 13 1/2” on 84” tall, 19 1/2” on 90” tall & 25 1/2” on 96” tall.

••

Entire cabinet has finished interior; no back in the

•• ••

Specify finished ends.

••

Door will overlay is 9/32” at bottom, which leaves 15/32” below.

refrigerator area.

Unit can be ordered with only 1 leg at no charge; add RLRO (Refrigerator Leg Right Only) or RLLO (Refrigerator Leg Left Only) as a modification. This will add 3/4” clearance.

••

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

••

Refrigerator opening clearance is 1 1/2” less than cabinet •STOP • See Tall Information page at the beginning of this width by 69” high. To modify openings: section for helpful information regarding shelves. RHH – Opening Height

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-12-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Pantry Pull-Out - 24” Deep

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

84” Tall

Doors U/L

Shelves

PPO1224

1/1

PPO1524

1/1

PPO1824

1/1

Specify hinge direction for top door. 84” Tall Opening Heights: 22 25/32” upper; 54 31/32” lower. Pantry pull-out hardware is mounted at the top & bottom of the pull-out shelf system and slides out with the door. Pull-out unit is divided into one 15” lower opening and three 12” openings as standard. Pull-out unit supports 440 lbs. (200 kg). To change height to 90” or 96”, add CH as a modification. Height changes will affect the upper opening. Comes with a shelf in the upper opening. Changes in width are limited. Please call for approval. To add the pantry insert to other cabinets, use CUSTOMTALL and add PANTRY as a modification. If using BBROH to modify bottom opening height, always state how pantry unit shelf spacing will need to modify. REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply to this cabinet.

STOP Minimum 18” deep allowed.

Multi-Storage Unit - 24” Deep 84” Tall

•• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Opening Height: Upper = Overall cabinet height – 55 7/32”; Bottom = 48 31/32”” MSU 36 has butt doors. The lower opening has 2 door-mounted can racks, 2 swing-out can racks and 8 adjustable shelves. MSU18 lower opening has 1 door-mounted can rack, 1 swing-out can rack and 4 adjustable shelves. Swing-out can racks will be shipped seperate. Add MSU18SO or MSU36SO as a line item following this cabinet for shipping.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•• •• •• •• STOP

-13-

Doors U/L

MSU18

1/1

MSU36

2/2

90” Tall

Doors U/L

MSU1890

1/1

MSU3690

2/2

96” Tall

Doors U/L

MSU1896

1/1

MSU3696

2/2

A 3” pull from any obstruction for door opening clearance is recommended. Dimension changes are limited; no changes to the width. Modifications are limited, please call for approval. REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply to this cabinet. Do not place this cabinet next to a wall. Door must open at least 105º in order for internal parts to operate.

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Tall Panel Straight 84” Tall

•• •• ••

Both sides are finished.

TPS13

¾” plywood panel with standard tape edge-banding.

TPS24

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

TPS30 96” Tall

TPS9613 TPS9624 TPS9630

23 1/4

3/4

Tall Panel Filler

24 27 24 30

3 3

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

1 ½” Wide

3” Wide

TPF84X24

TPF(3)84X24

TPF84X27

TPF(3)84X27

TPF84X30

TPF(3)84X30

TPF96X24

TPF(3)96X24

TPF96X27

TPF(3)96X27

TPF96X30

TPF(3)96X30

••

1 ½” or 3” stile attached to a 3/4” panel; available 24”, 27” & 30” deep.

••

Both ends are finished; indicate left or right to determine the flush end.

••

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

••

FTK is standard.

••

Change width available for $50. Change depth over 30” available for $100. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change.

••

Cabinet comes with a top.

••

Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

-14-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Tall Box Filler Cabinet

TBF384 TBF684 TBF390 TBF690 TBF396 TBF696 Cabinet

TBFA384

TBFA390 TBFA396 Peninsula

TBFP396

•• •• ••

3” or 6” wide x 84”, 90” & 96” tall x 24” deep.

•• ••

Box filler has a flush toe kick.

••

Change width available for $50. Change depth over 30” available for $100. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change.

•• •• ••

Peninsula Box Filler has a stile on the front and back.

Both ends are always flush finished. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Can be increased up to 30” deep at no charge by using CDNC.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Must specify left or right on the angled fillers Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

-15-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Oven Cabinet Guidelines Important Note About Material Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA PB interior deduct will not apply. This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends will be plywood construction. Helpful Notes about Tall Oven Cabinets

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Upper openings 21” and over will receive 1 shelf. Openings 24” and over will receive 2 shelves, unless otherwise stated. Our tall oven cabinets with warming drawer cut-outs allow for a full 24” deep appliance depth. Any cut-out that has a finished interior will have 1/4” skins 96” tall cabinets are the maximum height available in the Revola line. Separate Toe Kicks (STK) are available at no charge by specifying STK as a modification. We will build some cabinets wider than 39” by adding CW (change width) as a modification. However, we do not recommend as it would not be covered under warranty. Please call your CSR for availability.

Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab.

Revola Oven Cabinet Yoke & Cut-Outs

•• ••

All appliance openings will have a yoke

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Keep in mind, the edge may interfere with the trim kit overlay, depending on the style

The edge of the yoke will match the door edge; in some instances when maximum cutout is used, the complementary edge will be used. The top & bottom rails are fixed at 2” The left & right stiles are determined by the cut-out width and cabinet size The maximum cut-out width is 2” less than the overall cabinet width The yoke is held in place with pocket screws and is removable Please specify ALL requested dimensions

Revola oven yoke

OUCH !!!

Cabinet Depth (RTK = Recessed toe kick / FTK = Flush toe kick)

A C

Cabinet Height

13” RTK

13” FTK

18” RTK

18” FTK

21” RTK

21” FTK

24” RTK

24” FTK

84”

85”

85 ¼”

85 ¾”

86 ¼”

86 ¾”

87 ¾”

90”

91”

91 ¼”

91 ½”

92”

92 ¼”

92 ¾”

93 ½”

96”

97”

97 ¼”

97 ½”

98”

98 ¼”

98 ¾”

99 ¼”

Don’t Get Stuck!!!

(A x A) + (B x B) = the square root of C

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Ceiling heights needed to stand up a tall cabinet:

-16-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Open-Shelf Oven - 24” Deep

••

84” Tall

Doors (U/L)

OVOS2724

2/2

OVOS3024

2/2

OVOS3324

2/2

OVOS3624

2/2

90” Tall

Doors (U/L)

OVOS279024

2/2

OVOS309024

2/2

OVOS339024

2/2

OVOS369024

2/2

96” Tall

Doors (U/L)

OVOS279624

2/2

OVOS309624

2/2

OVOS339624

2/2

OVOS369624

2/2

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms •• One full depth adjustable shelf in lower opening. section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as Number of shelves will vary in top opening. modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information •STOP • See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven will affect the lead time. cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & Lower opening can be adjusted using FTO as a yokes (cutouts). modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + door height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

OVOS__ Rules: Open-Shelf Oven

•• Height of lower door is 30 1/8” to match base cabinets with standard FTO.

•• Open shelf area has finished interior and back panel. Top and bottom sections are not finished interior.

•• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and TOHH

2”

Cabinet Height

A TOHH B TOHW 2”

FTO (if given) FTO 36 ½” is standard

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-17-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Tall Oven - 24” Deep

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms •• section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information •• will affect the lead time. Lower opening can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + door height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

84” Tall

Doors (U/L)

OV2724

2/2

OV3024

2/2

OV3324

2/2

OV3624

2/2

90” Tall

Doors (U/L)

OV279024

2/2

OV309024

2/2

OV339024

2/2

OV369024

2/2

96” Tall

Doors (U/L)

OV279624

2/2

OV309624

2/2

OV339624

2/2

OV369624

2/2

One full depth adjustable shelf in lower opening. Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no back

•• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

OV__

Rules: Tall Oven

•• Height of lower door is 30 1/8” to match base cabinets with standard FTO.

•• Oven opening does not have finished interior. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and TOHH

2”

Cabinet Height

A TOHH B TOHW 2”

FTO (if given) FTO 36 ½” is standard

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-18-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Oven w/ Drawer - 24” Deep

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

••

Drawer height can be adjusted using FTO as a

84” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OVD2724

OVD3024

OVD3324

OVD3624

90” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OVD279024

OVD309024

OVD339024

OVD369024

96” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OVD279624

OVD309624

OVD339624

OVD369624

•• Number of shelves will vary in top opening. •• Oven opening has no back. •STOP • See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven

cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

OVD__

Rules: Oven w/ Drawer

•• Height of drawer front is 5 7/8” with standard FTO. Reduction of FTO is not allowed.

2”

•• Changing the FTO to 18 5/16” will line the bottom drawer up with the bottom drawer of a D3 or D4 base cabinet.

Cabinet Height

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height

•• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and

TOHH A

TOHH

B TOHW 2”

FTO (if given) FTO 12 ¼” is standard RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-19-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Oven w/ 2 Drawers - 24” Deep

••

•• •• •• STOP

84” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OV2D2724

OV2D3024

OV2D3324

OV2D3624

90” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OV2D279024

OV2D309024

OV2D339024

OV2D369024

96” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OV2D279624

OV2D309624

OV2D339624

OV2D369624

Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no back. See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

OV2D__

2”

A TOHH Cabinet Height

Rules: Oven w/ 2 Drawers

•• Height of both drawer fronts are 5 7/8” with standard FTO. Reduction of FTO is not allowed.

•• The standard FTO of 18 5/16” will line up with the bottom drawer up of a D3 or D4 base cabinet.

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out

B TOHW

height.

•• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and

2”

TOHH.

FTO (if given) FTO 18 5/16” is standard RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-20-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Oven w/ Warming Drawer - 24” Deep

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

••

FTO is 6 3/16” and can’t be modified without becoming

84” Tall

Doors

OVWD2724

OVWD3024

OVWD3324

OVWD3624

90” Tall

Doors

OVWD279024

OVWD309024

OVWD339024

OVWD369024

96” Tall

Doors

OVWD279624

OVWD309624

OVWD339624

OVWD369624

•• Number of shelves will vary in top opening. •• Oven opening has no back •STOP • See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven

cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

a custom. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

OVWD__

Rules: Oven w/ Warming Drawer

•• FTO is 6 3/16” and can’t be modified without becoming a custom.

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out

2”

height.

•• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW,

TOHH A

TOHH, WDHW and WDHH

Cabinet Height

TOHW B 2” 2”

WDHH C

WDHWD 2”

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

FTO 6 3/16”

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ WDHW:______ X WDHH:______ w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-21-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Oven w/ Wide Bottom Rail - 24” Deep

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

••

FTO is 6 3/16” and can be modified. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + 2” (or greater) bottom rail of yoke.

84” Tall

Doors

OVWBR2724

OVWBR3024

OVWBR3324

OVWBR3624

90” Tall

Doors

OVWBR279024

OVWBR309024

OVWBR339024

OVWBR369024

96” Tall

Doors

OVWBR279624

OVWBR309624

OVWBR339624

OVWBR369624

•• Number of shelves will vary in top opening. •• Oven opening has no back •STOP • See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven

cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

OVWBR__

Rules: Oven w/ Wide Bottom Rail

•• FTO is 6 3/16” as standard. If modified the additional

2”

increase will affect the bottom rail of the yoke.

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height.

•• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW &

TOHH A

TOHH. Cabinet Height

TOHW B 2” (or greater) RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

FTO (if given) FTO 6 3/16” as standard

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-22-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Oven & Microwave w/ Drawer - 24” Deep

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Drawer height can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

•• ••

84” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OVMWD2724

OVMWD3024

OVMWD3324

OVMWD3624

90” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OVMWD279024

OVMWD309024

OVMWD339024

OVMWD369024

96” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OVMWD279624

OVMWD309624

OVMWD339624

OVMWD369624

Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no finished interior or back. Microwave opening (upper) has finished interior and a back.

•• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

OVMWD__ Rules: Oven & Microwave w/ Drawer

•• Height of drawer front is 5 7/8” with standard FTO. Reduction of FTO is not allowed.

•• Changing the FTO to 18 5/16” will line the bottom drawer up with the bottom drawer of a D3 or D4 base cabinet.

2”

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out

A TOHH Cabinet Height

height

•• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW, TOHH, BOHW & BOHH.

TOHW B 2” 2”

C BOHH

D BOHW 2”

FTO (if given) FTO 12 1/4” as standard RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:_____ BOHW:______ X BOHH:______ FTO:_______ w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-23-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Oven & Microwave w/ 2 Drawers - 24” Deep

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Drawer height can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

•• ••

84” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OVMW2D2724

OVMW2D3024

OVMW2D3324

OVMW2D3624

90” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OVMW2D279024

OVMW2D309024

2 2

OVMW2D339024

OVMW2D369024

96” Tall

Doors

Drwrs

OVMW2D279624

OVMW2D309624

OVMW2D339624

OVMW2D369624

Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no finished interior or back. Microwave opening (upper) has finished interior and a back.

•• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

OVMW2D__

2”

A TOHH B TOHW

Rules: Oven & Microwave w/ 2 Drawers Cabinet Height

•• Height of both drawer fronts are 5 7/8” with standard FTO. Reduction of FTO is not allowed.

•• The standard FTO of 18 5/16” will line up with the

2” 2”

BOHH C

bottom drawer up of a D3 or D4 base cabinet.

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height.

•• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW,

D BOHW

TOHH, BOHW & BOHH.

2”

FTO (if given) FTO 18 5/16” as standard RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:_____ BOHW:______ X BOHH:______ FTO:_______ w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-24-

Tall Cabinets REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Oven Microwave w/ Warming Drawer - 24” Deep

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms •• section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

••

84” Tall

Doors

OVMWWD2724

OVMWWD3024

OVMWWD3324

OVMWWD3624

90” Tall

Doors

OVMWWD279024

OVMWWD309024

OVMWWD339024

OVMWWD369024

96” Tall

Doors

OVMWWD279624

OVMWWD309624

OVMWWD339624

OVMWWD369624

Oven opening has no finished interior or back. Microwave opening (upper) has finished interior and a back. Warming Drawer opening at bottom, oven in center, microwave opening above oven.

••

FTO is 6 3/16” and can’t be modified without becoming

••

a custom. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + 2” •• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP bottom rail of yoke. cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & Number of shelves will vary in top opening. yokes (cutouts).

OVMWWD__ Rules: Oven Microwave w/ Warming Drawer

•• FTO is 6 3/16” and can’t be modified without becoming a custom.

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height.

2”

•• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW,

A TOHH

TOHH, BOHW, BOHH, WDHW and WDHH Cabinet Height

TOHW B 2” 2”

C BOHH

D BOHW 2” 2”

E WDHH

WDHW F

2” RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

FTO 6 3/16”

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ BOHW:______ X BOHH:______ WDHW:______ X WDHH:______

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-25-

Custom Furniture REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Index: Custom Furniture Custom Furniture Information........................................ 2 84” Tall Bookcase w/ Doors...................................................... 6 96” Tall Bookcase w/ Doors.......................................................7 Custom Furniture Information................................................. 2 Desk Cabinet................................................................................... 3 Desk Panel Leg................................................................................7 File Drawer Cabinet...................................................................... 3 File Drawer w/ 1 Drawer.............................................................. 3 Pencil Drawer.................................................................................. 4 Tall Bookcase.................................................................................. 6 Vanity Desk Drawer...................................................................... 5 Vanity File Drawer......................................................................... 4 Wall Bookcase................................................................................ 5 Window Seat....................................................................................7

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-1-

Custom Furniture REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Custom Furniture Information Important Note About Material Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA PB interior deduct will not apply. This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends will be plywood construction. Helpful Notes About Custom Furniture Section

••

See the Accessories & Modifications Section for more bookcase shelving cap options. Bookcase shelves come standard with CTE2 but you may substitute CTE1, CAP1, or CAP2, for no additional charge. All bookcase shelves are constructed of 3/4” Plywood material.

••

Please note that CAP1 & CAP2 are only ¾” in height & 3/8” thick. If you choose one of these for your bookcase shelving, your shelves will be 3/8” shorter than if you used CTE1 or CTE2. The warranty is also limited to 24” wide shelves and smaller due to the size. These do not provide the extra support that a bulky cap or CTE would provide.

••

The top drawer of the D__ and the FDC__ has 1 13/16” clearance and is useful for pencil tray storage

••

Bookcase Cabinets without shelves: deduct 5% from the cabinet list.

••

Use the following CUSTOM_____ nomenclature to enter Custom Cabinets when a similar cabinet exists, such as a Base Full Door cabinet with an Angle:

•• •• •• ••

CUSTOMBASE CUSTOMWALL CUSTOMTALL CUSTOMUNIT

••

By using the above nomenclature, you will automatically be charged a custom fee / drawing fee, added to the list price in the Pricing Program.

••

Any accessories or modifications such as changed dimensions, ears, pull-out shelves, will still need to be added.

••

Make sure to correct the door, drawer front, and shelf counts if there are changes to these so your pricing will be accurate.

••

Be sure to fax in your quote and drawing with the order in case we have any questions.

••

Use the CUSTQUOTECAB, CUSTOMHOOD, CUSTOMMANTEL, CUSTOMTABLE nomenclature when a similar cabinet does not exist. The number of doors, drawers, fronts, shelves, quoted list price, finished ends price, dimensions & volume (w x d x h / 1728) will need to be input in order to price correctly. Be sure to fax in your quote and drawing in case we have any questions.

Desk Cabinet Alignment 3/16" Reveal

3/32" Reveal

3/16" Reveal

3/32" Reveal

6 21/32" Tall Drawer Front

11 3/32" Tall Drawer Front 3/16" Reveal

Continuous line (3/16") 28 1/2”

19 11/16" Tall Door

4 1/4" Tall Drw Frnt. Always a slab style Because of height.

Continuous line (3/16")

12 27/32" Tall Drawer Fronts

23 7/8”

3/16" Reveal File Drawer FDC18

Desk Cabinet D18L

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-2-

File Drawer-1D FDC18D1

Custom Furniture REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Desk Cabinet - 21” Deep

•• •• ••

Cabinet

Drs/Drw

D12

1/1

D15

1/1

D18

1/1

D21

1/1

D24

1/1

Desk height; 28 1/2” high by 21” deep. Specify hinge direction. One drawer at the top with slab drawer front; one door below.

••

No adjustable shelf.

File Drawer Cabinet - 21” Deep

•• ••

Desk height; 28 ½” high by 21” deep. Top drawer (slab). 5 pc. drawers are not an option on this drawer.

••

Upper drawer fronts are affected by changed heights.

Cabinet

Drawers

FDC12

FDC15

FDC18

FDC21

FDC24

FDC27

FDC30

FDC33

FDC36

••

1 file drawer (12” opening) on TUFEBM at the bottom, beech dovetail.

•• ••

17” minimum depth to accommodate files. Notched for letter and legal files.

File Drawer w/ 1 Drawer - 21” Deep

•• ••

Desk height; 28 ½” high by 21” deep.

••

1 file drawer (12” opening) on TUFEBM at the bottom,

1 drawer at the top, upper drawer is affected by change height.

Drawers 2

FDC15D1

FDC18D1

FDC21D1

FDC24D1

FDC27D1

FDC30D1

FDC33D1

FDC36D1

•• 17” minimum depth to accommodate files. •• Notched for letter and legal files. •STOP • Top drawer is not a file drawer

beech dovetail. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Cabinet FDC12D1

-3-

Custom Furniture REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Vanity File Drawer - 21” Deep

•• •• •• ••

Drawers

VFDC18

VFDC21

VFDC24

VFDC27

VFDC30

VFDC33

VFDC36

31 ¼” high x 21” deep

••

13 11/32” tall drawer fronts with 12 1/2” openings.

•STOP • Both openings are affected by increased heights

2 file drawers on TUFEBM; Beech dovetail This cabinet has a mid shelf, however, it does not affect the file drawer function.

••

Cabinet

Notched for letter and legal files.

17” minimum depth to accommodate files.

•STOP • Reduced heights will result in the loss of file system in both drawers.

•STOP • Must charge a change height (CH) charge when increasing the height on this cabinet

Pencil Drawer

•• •• •• ••

Pencil Drawer is 3 7/8” high by 21” deep. 3 1/8” drawer opening. Cabinet has a full top and no bottom. May be built 24” deep (CDNC).

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

•• •• ••

Cabinet

Drawers

PD18

PD21

PD24

PD27

PD30

PD33

PD36

PD39

Finished ends are not available. Drawer front is set flush at the bottom; no 3/16” reveal. Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard height.

•STOP • No reductions in height allowed.

-4-

Custom Furniture REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Vanity Desk Drawer - 21” Deep

••

Vanity Desk Drawer is 4 5/8” high by 21” deep. Drawer front is 4 1/4” tall.

•• •• •• ••

Usable drawer height is 2”.

•• ••

Cabinet

Drawers

VD18

VD21

VD24

VD27

VD30SD

VD33SD

VD36SD

VD39SD

Cabinet has a full bottom. Designed to line up with the top drawer of the Desk Cabinet and the FDC.

All widths will have a single drawer.

••

May be built 24” deep (CDNC).

Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard height.

•STOP • No height reductions allowed - Pencil Drawer is not

Finished ends are not available.

available.

Wall Bookcase - 13” Deep 48” Tall

•• •• ••

Cabinet depth is 13”.

•• ••

Shelves 39” & longer are not guaranteed against sagging.

No bottom. 48” & 52” tall units have 3 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE2 on the front edge; 60” & 64” tall units have 4. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-5-

60” Tall

BC1248

BC1260

BC1548

BC1560

BC1848

BC1860

BC2148

BC2160

BC2448

BC2460

BC2748

BC2760

BC3048

BC3060

BC3348

BC3360

BC3648

BC3660

BC3948

BC3960

52” Tall

64” Tall

BC1252

BC1264

BC1552

BC1564

BC1852

BC1864

BC2152

BC2164

BC2452

BC2464

BC2752

BC2764

BC3052

BC3064

BC3352

BC3364

BC3652

BC3664

BC3952

BC3964

Custom Furniture REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Tall Bookcase - 13” Deep 84” Tall

96” Tall

BC1284

BC1296

BC1584

BC1596

BC1884

BC1896

BC2184

BC2196

BC2484

BC2496

BC2784

BC2796

BC3084

BC3096

BC3384

BC3396

BC3684

BC3696

BC3984

BC3996

•• ••

Cabinet depth is 13”.

•• •• ••

4¾” flush toe kick is standard.

84” unit has 5 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE2 on the front edge; 96” unit has 6 shelves. Shelves over 39” are not guaranteed against sagging. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

84” Tall Bookcase w/ Doors - 13” Deep

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet

Doors

BCD1284

BCD1584

BCD1884

BCD2184

BCD2484

BCD2484BD

Cabinet depth is 13”.

BCD2784

BCD3084

BCD3384

BCD3684

BCD3984

Door height matches a desk height cabinet. 1 adjustable shelf behind doors. Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Finished interior in entire cabinet. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

•• Order a BCDRTF of 31 17/32” to line up with a vanity cabinet

•• Order a BCDRTF of 34 25/32” to line up with a base cabinet

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

••

3 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE2 on the front edge.

•• ••

4¾” flush toe kick is standard. Shelves 39” & longer are not guaranteed against sagging.

••

-6-

Use BCDRTF as a modification to change the lower opening for no charge. (BCDRTF = measurement from floor to top of fixed shelf)

Custom Furniture REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

96” Tall Bookcase w/ Doors - 13” Deep

•• ••

Order a BCDRTF of 31 17/32” to line up with a vanity cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 34 25/32” to line up with a base cabinet

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet depth is 13”. Door height matches a desk height cabinet. 1 adjustable shelf behind doors. Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

•• •• ••

Cabinet

Doors

BCD1296

BCD1596

BCD1896

BCD2196

BCD2496

BCD2496BD

BCD2796

BCD3096

BCD3396

BCD3696

BCD3996

Finished interior in entire cabinet. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. 4 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE on the front edge. 4¾” flush toe kick is standard. Shelves 39” and longer are not guaranteed against sagging. Use BCDRTF as a modification to change the lower opening for no charge. (BCDRTF = measurement from floor to top of fixed shelf)

Window Seat

•• •• •• ••

Cabinet

Drawers

WS2418

WS2718

WS3018

WS3318

WS3618

16” tall by 18” deep window seat with a drawer. A flush toe kick is standard. Drawer front height is 11 5/8”. Unit does not include a top.

Desk Panel Leg "121” 2

"12 21”

Cabinet

31 ¼”

DPL 31 1/4”

31 1/4”

DPLT Cabinet

34 ½”

BDPL BDPLT

12” "21

DPLT TLPD

LDPL PD

•• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-7-

¾” panel edge banded one edge, finished both sides. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. To match desk cabinets, order 28 ½” tall using RH (reduced height) as a modification. Increase to 24” deep for $25. For use with VD & PD cabinets.

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 01-14

Index: Accessories & Modifications Section ANGLES............................................................................................ 5 Angle.................................................................................................. 5 Pipe Chase Angle.......................................................................... 5 APPLIANCE CUT-OUTS.............................................................. 6 APPLIANCE PANELS....................................................................7 Dishwasher door panel................................................................7 Refrigerator door panel...............................................................7 Appliance panel door dimensions...........................................7 APPLIQUES......................................................................................7 Keystones......................................................................................... 8 APPLIED PANEL ENDS............................................................... 8 BEADBOARD ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS....... 8-9 Bead board molding.................................................................... 8 Beadboard paneling..................................................................... 8 Beadboard backs.......................................................................... 9 BLIND CORNER ACC. & MODS..............................................10 Blind corner swing out wood & wire....................................10 Blind corner pull out...................................................................10 Add blind.........................................................................................10 Pull slide pull..................................................................................10 Lemans.............................................................................................10 Lemans lid.......................................................................................10 Modify blind...................................................................................10 CASE FRONT.................................................................................10 CHANGE DIMENSIONS............................................................... 11 CORBELS...................................................................................12-15 CORNER CABINET MODS........................................................ 15 Modify WCD two doors............................................................. 15 CUSTOM ACCESSORIES...........................................................16 DECORATIVE DETAILS.............................................................. 17 Attach loose accessory.............................................................. 17 Chamfer........................................................................................... 17 Edge Detail..................................................................................... 17 Flutes................................................................................................ 17 Rosettes........................................................................................... 17 DOOR ACCESSORIES/MODS.......................................... 18-23 APG one door................................................................................18 Ball catch.........................................................................................18 Bi-fold doors..................................................................................18 Bi-pass hinge.................................................................................18 Doors battoned.............................................................................18 Doors strapped.............................................................................18 Door stays.......................................................................................18 Door not hinged...........................................................................18 Double door panel width..........................................................19 Dust strip.........................................................................................19 Finished back of door................................................................19 Frameless Hinge...........................................................................19 Glass doors.....................................................................................19 Aluminum Frame Glass Doors.................................................19 Glass door pins.............................................................................20 Hinge cover...................................................................................20 Hinge door at top........................................................................20

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-1-

Aventos Lift Up HF, HS, HL, HK..............................................20 Lattice door inserts..................................................................... 21 Lock................................................................................................... 21 Mullion doors................................................................................. 21 No doors......................................................................................... 22 Pegs & Nails................................................................................... 22 Piano hinge.................................................................................... 22 Pocket doors..................................................... ............................22 Mount door ................................................................................... 22 Ship door loose............................................................................ 22 Single door panel width & height......................................... 23 Soft close........................................................................................ 23 Uniconnectors.............................................................................. 23 DRAWER ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS.......... 23-29 Add apothecary drawers..........................................................24 Bean drawer..................................................................................24 Bread drawer................................................................................24 Cutlery tray plastic & wood..................................................... 25 Double tier cutlery tray............................................................. 25 Drawer front style changes..................................................... 25 Drawer Organization System.................................................. 25 Loose guides.................................................................................26 Add drawer....................................................................................26 Loose drawer box.......................................................................26 Drawer divider..............................................................................26 Add file drawer.............................................................................26 Full width false front.................................................................. 27 Glass drawer fronts..................................................................... 27 Knife tray insert............................................................................ 27 Logo imprints............................................................................... 27 Modify drawer fronts................................................................. 27 Multi-front drawer....................................................................... 27 No drawer box.............................................................................. 27 No drawer front...........................................................................28 Drawer peg system.....................................................................28 Scooped drawer..........................................................................28 Spice drawer plastic & wood..................................................29 Super drawer................................................................................29 Top drawer false..........................................................................29 Top drawer opening modify....................................................29 Tandem Blumotion.....................................................................29 Utility tray plastic & wood.......................................................29 Wall w/ drawer qty.....................................................................29 FILLERS...................................................................................30-32 Angled fillers.................................................................................30 Overlay fillers................................................................................30 Wall filler undercap.....................................................................30 Angled panel fillers...................................................................... 31 Door plane fillers.......................................................................... 31 Clipped box filler......................................................................... 32 Base corner fillers....................................................................... 32 Revola overlay base corner fillers......................................... 32 Base & wall filler pull out.......................................................... 32

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 01-14

Index: Accessories & Modifications Section FINISHED ENDS, INTERIORS, TOPS & BOTTOMS.........33 Finished ends................................................................................33 Finish backs...................................................................................33 Finished interior ply...................................................................33 Finished interior PB....................................................................33 Extend sides back.......................................................................33 Finished bottom..........................................................................33 Flush finished top........................................................................33 No finished interior.....................................................................33 Recessed bottom........................................................................33 FINISHED OUTSOURCED........................................................34 MIRROR FRAMES.......................................................................65 MODIFIED OPENINGS..............................................................35 Bottom broom opening height..............................................35 Bookcase rail to floor.................................................................35 Combination wall modify.........................................................35 Wall bottom & top open modifiy..........................................35 MOLDING................................................................................36-44 Countertop Edging.....................................................................36 Crown....................................................................................... 36-38 Base.......................................................................................... 39-40 Detail........................................................................................ 40-44 Pilaster............................................................................................ 44 Solid stock.....................................................................................45 PANELING...............................................................................46-47 Loose paneling.............................................................................46 Edgebanding................................................................................46 1/16â&#x20AC;? veneer...................................................................................46 Panelized plywood end treatment.......................................47 POS OPTIONS..............................................................................48 Pull-out shelves............................................................................48 POS height modify.....................................................................48 POS scoop.....................................................................................48 RAIL & STILE MODIFICATIONS............................................49 Stile to floor...................................................................................49 RAISED PANELS..........................................................................49 Loose raised panels....................................................................49 Modify raised panels..................................................................49 Pilaster edge detail.....................................................................49 REPLACEMENT & LOOSE PARTS..................................50-52 Blind corner pull-out..................................................................50 Blind corner swing outs loose................................................50 Bumper pads................................................................................50 Cabinet connectors....................................................................50 Can rack loose..............................................................................50 Door stays loose..........................................................................50 Double tier cutlery tray loose.................................................50 Drawer dividers loose................................................................50 Edgebanding loose....................................................................50 Frameless hinge loose...............................................................50 Grocery bag holder loose........................................................50 Hidden toe kick step stool loose...........................................50 Knife tray insert loose................................................................50 Lids for trash bin.........................................................................50

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Lazy susan shelves & hardware.............................................50 Protruding MWS shelf loose...................................................50 Pot & pan caddy loose..............................................................50 Pop up mixer shelf loose..........................................................50 POS loose........................................................................................ 51 Pull out tray divider loose......................................................... 51 Pull out wire basket loose......................................................... 51 Pull out wooden hamper loose............................................... 51 Pull slide pull loose...................................................................... 51 Recycle bins loose....................................................................... 51 Sink mat loose............................................................................... 51 Spice drawer inserts loose........................................................ 51 Spice insert loose......................................................................... 51 Spice racks loose.......................................................................... 51 Tambour material loose............................................................. 51 Towel bar loose............................................................................. 51 Trash bins loose............................................................................ 51 Tray dividers loose....................................................................... 51 Under sink caddy loose............................................................ 52 Utility trays loose........................................................................ 52 Wine glass holder loose............................................................ 52 SIDE SHAPED PANELS............................................................. 52 Side shaped panels.................................................................... 52 Extend sides down..................................................................... 52 SHELVES......................................................................................... 53 Adjustable shelf........................................................................... 53 Adjustable bookcase shelf....................................................... 53 Adjustable finished interior shelf.......................................... 53 Add additional shelves to cabinet........................................ 53 Modify to bookcase shelving.................................................. 53 Full depth shelves....................................................................... 53 No shelves...................................................................................... 53 Plate groove.................................................................................. 53 Shelf w/ POS................................................................................. 53 Shelf clips....................................................................................... 53 SINK BASE OPTIONS................................................................54 Sink mat..........................................................................................54 Tip out trays..................................................................................54 Towel bar........................................................................................54 Under sink Portero clean agent.............................................54 Under sink caddy........................................................................54 Under sink wire roll out.............................................................54 SPICE RACKS...............................................................................55 STAIN & TOUCH UP...................................................................56 STORAGE SOLUTIONS............................................................. 57 Can rack.......................................................................................... 57 Center partitions......................................................................... 57 Closet rod....................................................................................... 57 Grocery bag holder.................................................................... 57 Pantry.............................................................................................. 57 Plate holder................................................................................... 57 Pot & pan caddy.......................................................................... 57 Plate rack added to cabinet.................................................... 57 Pop up mixer shelf...................................................................... 57

-2-

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 01-14

Index: Accessories & Modifications Section Pull out tray divider.................................................................... 57 Pull out wire basket.................................................................... 57 Pull out wooden hamper.......................................................... 57 Wicker baskets............................................................................. 57 Tray dividers wire & wood....................................................... 57 TABLE LEGS & BUNN FEET.............................................59-60 Table legs.......................................................................................59 Split table leg................................................................................59 Turned post...................................................................................59 Bunn feet....................................................................................... 60 TOE KICK OPTIONS............................................................. 61-62 Adjustable legs..............................................................................61 Flush toe kick.................................................................................61 Hidden toe kick step stool........................................................61 Recessed toe kick........................................................................61 Separate toe kick.........................................................................61 No toe kick......................................................................................61 Toe depth & height......................................................................61

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

ADA-Special toe heights...........................................................61 Toe Kick Platform........................................................................62 VALANCES....................................................................................62 Loose valances.............................................................................62 Raised panel valances...............................................................62 WINE RACK..................................................................................63 Scalloped wine rack...................................................................63 Wine rack grid..............................................................................63 Wine glass holders.....................................................................63 WOOD TOPS.................................................................................64 Wood tops.....................................................................................64 Dog bone joint system..............................................................64 Shape top.......................................................................................64 Spline...............................................................................................64 Butcher block tops.....................................................................64 Alder distressed butcher block top.....................................64

-3-

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Accessories & Modifications Helpful Notes About Accessories/Modifications Section •• •• ••

Any accessories that are finished like the exterior will be subject to finish & wood upcharges & will be priced as such on the pricing program. Interior wood accessories are built with Beech; interior plywood accessories are built with Maple. Loose accessories are entered as an individual line item, accessories that will be installed, such as Pull Out Shelves, or Cabinet/Accessory Modifications are entered as a modification to the existing line item.

Modifications are added by using the “Add Mod or Accessory to Line#” button on the order entry program •• Put the cursor on the line item. Click the “Add Mod or Accessory to Line#” button or “Alt + M” on your keyboard while on the Items tab of the Pricing Program.

••

A window will pop up stating “For Line # __”, click OK.

Enter the quantity & the modification or accessory nomenclature.

••

Items entered using the “Add Line or Accessory” button, such as Cabinets or loose accessories, will be shaded green in the pricing program; items entered using the “Add Mod or Accessory to Line#” button will be shaded white.

••

Some items in this section will require the cabinet to be entered as a custom. Enter the cabinet using one of the applicable CUSTOM_______ cabinet options (the custom entry will automatically add $200 list to the cabinet price of the cabinet), then add the modification(s). For example, a B24L with an Angle would be entered in the following manner:

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-4-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Angles ANGLE

Angle

1 angle charge ($300)

2 angle charges ($600)

Shown are two examples and their charges.

PC ANGLE

Add an angle to a cabinet. Virtually any angles are available on our cabinetry. A drawing showing configuration and the degree of angle is required. Frameless hinges require special consideration. Doors requiring angles will be done on a case by case basis; submit a quote for pricing and availability. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, add ANGLE as a modification.

Pipe Chase Angle

Top view of various pipe chases.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

ď&#x192;žM

Add a pipe chase to a cabinet. A detailed drawing specifying all dimensions is required. If the PC angle is different than those shown, please submit a quote prior to ordering. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add PC ANGLE as a modification.

AL=Accessory Loose

-5-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Appliance Cut-outs APGOH

M

APG Opening Height Modify appliance garage opening height.

BOHH

Bottom Oven Hole Height Used to specify lower cut-out height on oven cabinets. Use TOHH if cabinet only has one opening.

BOHW

Bottom Oven Hole Width Used to specify lower cut-out width on oven cabinets. Use TOHW if cabinet only has one opening.

DTTDH

Distance to Top Drawer Height Used to specify the distance from the top of the CT2D cabinet to the top of the mid/top drawer front.

FSOH

Farm Sink Opening Height Used to specify cut-out height on farm sink cabinets. Enter dimension as 0 if jobsite cut-out.

FSOW

Farm Sink Opening Width Used to specify cut-out width on farm sink cabinets.

FSTRW

Farm Sink Top Rail Width Used to specify top rail width on farm sink cabinets. This can be used to increase the rail width for a solid top rail to be cut in the field or in addition to FSOH to modify the standard 1 1/2” rail size.

FTO

Floor to Oven Measurement Measurement, in inches, from the floor to the top of the shelf the oven will sit on. Can be specified if the standard FTO won’t work.

RHH

Refrigerator Hole Height Used to specify refrigerator opening height.

RHW

Refrigerator Hole Width Used to specify refrigerator opening width

RLLO

Refrigerator Leg Left Only Modifies refrigerator cabinet to one leg.

RLRO

Refrigerator Leg Right Only Modifies refrigerator cabinet to one leg.

TOHH

Top Oven Hole Height Used to specify cut-out heights on oven or microwave cabinets. Use TOHH if cabinet only has one opening.

TOHW

Top Oven Hole Width Used to specify cut-out widths on oven or microwave cabinets. Use TOHW if cabinet only has one opening.

WDHH

Warming Drawer Hole Height Used to specify cut-out heights on oven cabinets with a warming drawer. Use TOHH if cabinet only has one opening.

WDHW

Warming Drawer Hole Width Used to specify cut-out widths on oven cabinets with a warming drawer. Use TOHW if cabinet only has one opening.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-6-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Appliance Panels Unless otherwise specified, appliance panels will feature 1/2” reveals. The applied doors and/or drawer fronts are subject to any applicable style upcharges. When ordering appliance panels, state the overall size of the backer panel plus any special reveals. Due to continually changing manufacture specs we DO NOT keep track of the specs for individual models. It is your responsibility to supply all relevant information such as overall panel sizes and proper overlays for doors or current specs. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. See Appliance Panel Forms in the FORMS section for this catalog. If you do not need the 1/4” backer panel(s), please order a loose door/drawer front. See the Door & Drawers section for more information on ordering loose doors and drawer fronts.

DWDP

Dishwasher Door Panel

AL

Decorative door attached to a ¼” thick panel. If ordered, the lower access panel cover will not have a matching decorative onlay unless specified. Use form in FORMS section.

Access panel cover available upon request

RDPL

Refrigerator Door Panel

AL

Door attached to a ¼” thick panel. Use form in FORMS section. RDPs are available in virtually any configuration. No arched doors wider than 24”. Drawer fronts below minimum size will be slab style. An additional panel cover is included, only if specified with order. The access panel will not have a matching overlay unless specified. Door style will match the lower door section on the order. See door section for minimum and maximum door sizes. Use SDPW and SDPH for single door panel width and/or height. Warranty will be limited.

APDL

Appliance Panel Door Length &/or Width

APDW

Use as a modification to an appliance panel to specify the length & width of the decorative door.

M

AL

Appliques CC KEYSTONE

Custom Built Keystone

1 ½” thick x 6” wide x 6” tall. 3/8” x 3” relief at top to allow keystone to set into valance. Edges are beveled. Specify if no relief needed.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-7-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Applied Paneled Ends

M

This modification will attach a decorative door to the side of a cabinet with 3/16” top, bottom & middle reveals, and 3/32” reveal at back. Select Option A or B to determine if the attached door will be flush with the front doors or have a 3/32” reveal at front. Ex: APEBLA or APEBLB. When using Option A a portion of the back of the attached door will be exposed. Add FINISH BACK as a modification to the cabinet to finish the back of the attached door. Watch for double panel height/ width doors. Add 3/4” per application to overall width of the cabinet. Finished end must be added. O n Ta l l A p p l i c a t i o n s : Brooms, Linens plants will align with doors on front. Bookcase w/ Door plants, lower door will align with doors on front, remaining door on top. Oven & Bookcase plants for cabinets w/out doors on front will receive two equally sized door plants. Doors may become double panel in height.

APEB(L/R)__ APEB13(L/R)__

24” Deep Bases get full height door. 3/32" short at wall

OPTION A

13” Deep Bases get full height door.

13” 12 APEV(L/R)__

Vanities get full height door. 7/8" long at front Cabinet depth + 7/8” - (3/32”) = Applied Door Width Or 13 + 7/8 - (3/32) = 13 25/32”

APEW(L/R)__ APETW(L/R)

3/32" short at wall

OPTION B

Tall Walls 48” tall and up

13” 12

APET(L/R) APET13L/R)

Walls up to, but not including 48”

3/32" short at front

Cabinet depth - (3/32”) (2X) = Applied Panel Width Or 13 - (3/32) (2X) = 12 13/16”

24” Deep Tall

13” Deep Tall

Beadboard Accessories & Modifications BBM

AL

3” Beadboard Molding with or w/out bead 3” wide, 3/8” solid wood, tongue and groove, Beadboard Molding sold by the linear foot. Overall size is 3 1/8” wide and is available in 8’ increments.

BBM 3OC (w/out center bead) 3 1/4

3/8” 3/8

Beadboard Molding can be ordered cut to size by specifying number & length of pieces needed. A surcharge will be applied. Call Customer Service for a quote.

3 1/8

BBM shown above

BEADBOARD

Beadboard Paneling 3/16” thick beadboard plywood paneling priced per square foot. Maximum size is 48” W x 96” L. Beads are 1 ½” on center. Pattern differs slightly from the beadboard molding. (NA in Knotty or Rustic woods)

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-8-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Beadboard Accessories & Modifications

AL

Beadboard Backs M Dimensions are WIDTH by LENGTH. The length runs with the grain. Beadboard can be ordered in an accent color, call your Account Manager for a quote. 3/16” Beadboard paneling is not available in Knotty or Rustic woods.

BBBI

Inlayed Beadboard Back

BBBI 3 OC

3/8” thick solid wood beadboard molding inlayed over the 1/4” plywood interior back. Available in 1 1/2” or 3” on center.

BBB

Beadboard Back

Beadboard is NOT available on interior cabinet sides or exterior backs

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

3/16” beadboard plywood paneling used for interior cabinet back

AL=Accessory Loose

-9-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Blind Corner Accessories & Modifications NOTE: Pull-outs & swing-outs fit XB42 – XB48 cabinets and require a 13” minimum opening, unless noted.

BCP

Blind Corner Pull-Out

AI

Wire, two tier unit swings out then pulls out. 21” minimum cabinet depth

BCSWIRE

Blind Corner Swing-Out

AI

Wire, two tier unit swings out. 21” minimum cabinet depth.

BCSWOOD

BLIND

BCP shown at top BCSWIRE shown at bottom

Wooden Blind Corner Swing-Out AI Wood, two tier unit swings out then pulls out. 21” minimum cabinet depth.

Modify a standard cabinet to a blind cabinet. M Add a blind to a cabinet. A drawing showing configuration & door opening must be supplied. Some restrictions apply. * Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add BLIND as a modification.

LEMANS 18

Lemans

XBFD45

XBFD width, depth or opening cannot be modified. MUST be used on full door cabinet.

only available in

AI

Champagne; non-slip finish. The Lemans makes some space very easy to use, but unfortunately, sacrifices the rest of the cabinet box. See Hafele’s Arena Champagne literature for more details!

LEMANS 21

only available in

XBFD48

LEMANSLID

Lemans Lid Organizer

AL

17 3/4” W x 5 7/8” D x 1 5/8” H Insert only. Shipped loose.

MODIFY BLIND

Modify door opening on a Blind Cabinet M Modifying the door opening on the blind does not affect the number of doors on the cabinet. Door opening must be specified.

PSP

Pull-Slide-Pull

AI

Bottom mounted unit with 4 chrome baskets. Not available with door mount hardware. Minimum opening is 14 3/4” wide. Minimum cabinet depth is 20”. Overall height of unit is 20 ¾”. Minimal usage of top basket if used in a cabinet with a drawer. Capacity 25 lbs. per basket . Fits XB42 - XB48. Baskets measure 11 3/4” W x 16 1/2” D x 4” H. Same basket sizes, regardless of cabinet size.

Case Fronts

M

CFO

Loose Case Front of a Standard Cabinet M To order a loose case front for a standard cabinet; enter the cabinet and add CFO as a modification. Enter the least expensive cabinet (SB30 rather than a B30 or a 13” deep Broom cabinet w/o shelves rather than a 24” broom w/ shelves). Case Front is 4” deep and comes with the toe-kick attached; floor is not included.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-10-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Change Dimensions

ď&#x192;žM

If possible start with a larger cabinet and reduce dimensions. When modifying angled cabinets such as the BA & WA; the left back is adjusted with the width (CW, RW) and the right back is adjusted with the depth (CD, RD). When modifying the height or width of a cabinet, pay close attention to door & drawer front minimums and maximum single panel door sizes. See Door & Drawer Styles section.

R e d u ce Wi d t h

R e d u ce D e p t h Walls cannot be reduced to less than 4", bases and tall no less than 6" final depth, unless custom

R e d u ce H e i g h t

C h a n g e Wi d t h

Change Depth

CDT

C h a n g e D e p t h Ta l l

Change Height

CDNC

Change Depth No Charge For use when directed with select cabinets.

RDL

Reduced depth left side

RDR

Reduced depth right side

CWL

Change width left back

CWR

Change width right back

CDL

Change depth left side

CDR

Change depth right side

RWL

Reduced width left side

RWR

Reduced width right side

CWR RWR

CDR RDR

CWL RWL

CDL RDL

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-11-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Corbels

 AL 8”

CORBAR 1

1”

1” Corbel Bar Bracket Design 1 1” Thick solid wood brackets. 8” wide x 12” tall

1”

1” Corbel Bar Bracket Design 2 1” Thick solid wood brackets. 8” wide x 12” tall

12”

CORBAR 2

8”

12”

Special Order Corbels  AL

CORBEL SP

Custom Corbel Must send a drawing. We strongly advise sending in a quote before ordering.

CBL-AO1

Special Order Corbels Enkeboll’s Acanthus Corbel. This style is used on HOOD 1 & HOOD 2 shown in the Custom Furniture section. 4 3/4” wide x 9 1/2” tall x 3 3/4” deep.

Corbels - Outsourced  AL These hand carved, hardwood corbels, available in many styles, are an ideal choice for fireplace mantels and range hoods. The top profile of many of these wood corbels accepts molding up to 3/4”. Wood corbels can be mounted with keyhole plates, provided and pre-attached, to your project. Custom Cupboards takes care of the ordering so you don’t have to. Available only in Maple, Oak, and Cherry.

Acanthus Corbels

CORACA M

CORACA L

CORACA XL

Large

Medium

X-Large AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-12-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Americana Corbels

CORAME S

CORAME M

Small

CORAME L

Medium

Large

Art Deco Corbels

CORAD S

CORAD L

Small Large

Arts & Crafts Corbels

CORART S

CORART L

CORART XL

Small Medium Large

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-13-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Bordeaux Corbels

CORBOR M

CORBOR L

CORBOR XL

Large

Medium

X-Large Cottage Corbels

CORCOT S

CORCOT M

CORCOT L

CORCOT XL

Small Medium

Large X-Large

Leaf Corbels

CORLV S

CORLV M

Small

CORLV L

CORLV XL

Medium

Large X-Large

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-14-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Rattan Corbels

CORRAT S

CORRAT M

CORRAT L

Medium

Small

Large

Traditional Corbels

CORTRAD S

CORTRAD M

Small

CORTRAD L

Medium Large

Corner Cabinet Accessories WCD TWO DOOR

WCD Two Door ď&#x192;žM Use this to modify the Wall Corner Diagonal Cabinet to two doors.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-15-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Custom Accessories Section CUSTOM ACC.

Custom Accessory ď&#x192;žAL Use this to enter custom quoted accessories.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-16-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Decorative Details OM-ATT

M

Attach Loose Accessory Used as a modification to a cabinet, solid stock or filler when attaching a loose accessory such as doors, onlays, etc.

CHAMFER

Front View

Side View

Chamfer ¼” deep x ¼” wide, approximately 3/8” across the diagonal. Can be added to box fillers or other flat stock. Chamfer starts and stops 3” from the ends or 7” from bottom on box fillers with flush toe kicks.

EDGE DETAIL

Edge Detail Add edge detail to box fillers. Must specify the edge you want.

FLUTE

Flutes

FLUTE 3/8

Fluting added to box fillers or other flat stock. 2” wide minimum width. Price does not include material. Flute placement: Standard flutes start & stop 3” from top & bottom edges. Staggered flutes start & stop 3” from top & bottom edges. The outside flutes start & stop 1 ½” from center flute. To order specify in the item notes. All fluting on box fillers w/ flush toe kicks will be moved up 4”. Fluting will start 1 ½” from any additional detailing such as rosettes. Flute placement can be specified for no additional charge.

ROSE ROSE2

Rosettes Rosettes are routed onto box fillers or other flat stock. Rosette detailing is typically placed 3” from the top, 7” up when used on the bottom of box filler cabinets. Price does not include material cost. See also plinth blocks

FLUTE/ROSE

3/8” Fluting with a small Rosette

FLUTE/ ROSE2

5/8” Fluting with a large Rosette

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-17-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Door Accessories & Modifications APG ONE DOOR

Appliance Garage w/ One Door M Used to modify the two lower doors on a Wall Appliance Garage w/ Door Cabinet to a single door. Hinging will be the same as upper door.

BALL CATCH

Ball Catch AL Solid Brass Catch & Strike has an adjustable tension feature and is easy to install. The strike may enter from either side or front and is designed for use on all doors. Includes catch & strike, four brass screws, mounting template and instructions. #1 phillips driver, 5/64” diameter drill bit, & a drill are required for installation.

BFD

Bi-Fold Doors

M

1/8” gap between doors. Each set is hinged together and features a control arm to assist in holding doors open or closed. 2 sets pictured at left. Every attempt will be made to send the pivot arms in applications where possible.

BI-PASS

Bi-Pass Hinge

M

Used on 2 door Lazy Susan or Wall Easy Reach. Due to hinge opening limitations, the 170˚ hinge should be used in addition to Bi-Pass hinges on concealed & full overlay jobs. Hinge direction dictates which door opens first. Not available on mitered, thermo foil, or applied molding doors.

D BATTON

Door Battoned

M

Doors attached together with wood batton brace. Doors will maintain the same reveal as the job. This option makes the cabinet custom. Warranty is still based on door size; does not change because doors are joined. Does not delete cabinet mid rail.Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add D BATTON as a modification.

D STRAPPED

Door Strapped

M

Doors attached together with metal strapping brace. Doors will be pulled together with no reveal between. This option makes the cabinet custom. Warranty is still based on door size; does not change because doors are joined. Does not delete cabinet mid rail. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add D STRAPPED as a modification.

DOOR STAY#1

Door Stay

DOOR STAY#2

One fitting system, two functions; braking or stopping. Easily convertible. Maximum opening angle 110˚. We install 2 stays per opening. Available on all door styles. Door Stay #1 used in openings below 12”, with a minimum of 8”. This is not self-closing. Door Stay #2 features a hydraulic closing option on openings 12” or greater. Maximum opening height 16 1/2”.

DNH

Door Not Hinged

M

Single cabinet door will be shipped loose without hinging or hinge routing to be installed on jobsite. Add as a modification to the cabinet. SDL (ship door loose) should be added as a separate line # following the cabinet line during order entry to give door a shipping number. AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-18-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Door Accessories & Modifications DDPW

M

Double Door Panel Width

This modification will change a single panel door insert to a double panel in width. DDPW cannot be used on arched doors. 2 equal panels. This modification will affect any applied panel ends on the cabinet.

OM-BD

Dust Strip

M

1/2” thick same-species strip, attached to the door to serve as a dust strip. Rabbet-routed to the back of the door.

Finish back

Finish the back of a door M This modification can used when an individual door may be visable on the back. On many of our finishes the back of the door will be toned to more closely resemble the front, in some instances the difference is noticable. Glaze, Aging (Distressing) &/or Crackle will not be applied. See the Information Section for more details.

fhinge

Frameless Hinge M Frameless hinge for loose doors. Blum Inserta 120 degree.

Glass Doors

M

Doors prepped for glass only. Glass is not included. Larger doors are more likely to warp. If single opening is required on oversized doors, specify SDPH &/or SDPW. 50100 & 50200 styles get a 70000 style glass door. If cabinet has upper and lower doors, GD will only affect upper doors unless specified.

M

GDSS60CG

stainless steel, #60 edge, clear glass

Aluminum Frame Glass Doors

GDSS60SG

stainless steel, #60 edge, satin glass

GDSS14CG

stainless steel, # 14 edge , clear glass

GDSS14SG

stainless steel, # 14 edge , satin glass

Mitered style only. Two edge options, #60 Edge and #14 Pillow Edge. GLASS OPTIONS. Tempered safety glass in either clear or satin. Special request for glass is also available. Call for quote. RESTRICTIONS: No muttons, no pocket doors, no bi-fold

GDALU60CG natural aluminum, # 60 edge , clear glass GDALU60SG natural aluminum, # 60 edge , satin glass GDALU14CG natural aluminum, # 14 edge , clear glass GDALU14SG

FINISH

natural aluminum, # 14 edge , satin glass

Doors are available in either natural anodized aluminum or a brushed stainless steel “look”.

Anodized Aluminum

Brushed Stainless-steel look

TWO STANDARD GLASS FINISHES ARE AVAILABLE

Clear glass

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-19-

Satin glass

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Door Accessories & Modifications FORMULA FOR FIGURING GLASS DOOR SIZES 2 ¼” Rails & Stiles - Single Panel Subtract 3 ½” from overall width & height of door unless shaker style, then subtract 3 1/4” 3 ½” Rails & Stiles - Single Panel Subtract 6” from overall width & height of door unless shaker style, then subtract 5 3/4” If rail & stile combination is different such as the #71200 the formulas will be based on the two components. This is the opening size only, you may want to order your glass a slightly smaller to ensure proper fit. We strongly recommend using your finished doors for sizing glass. Call your Account Manager for a more accurate estimate. These formulas do not apply to double paneled doors. We cannot provide a formula for arched doors as the route follows the arch. GDPINS

Glass Door Pins

AL

Provided at no charge, ONLY when requested with glass doors on the original order.

HINGE COVER

HDT

Hinge Cover AL Frameless metal hinge cover for arm. Hinge Door Top

M

Available on wall cabinets 15”–39” wide & 12”–18” tall. HDT is one door across the width of the cabinet. Doors over 24” wide will be double panel, specify SDPW for single panel. No arched doors over 24”

AVENTOS HF

Pull-up Door - Aventos HF

M

Use on cabinets 19” - 42” in height Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width Soft close feature. Installation will clear crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 12”. Lift mechanism needs 11” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE AVENTOS HS

Pull-up Door - Aventos HS

M

Use on cabinets 13 3/4” - 31 1/2” in height Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width Soft close feature. Installation will clear most crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 12”. Lift mechanism needs 11” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE. AVENTOS HL

Pull-up Door - Aventos HL

M

Use on cabinets 13 5/16” - 22 13/16” in height Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width Soft close feature. Installation will clear crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 12”. Lift mechanism needs 11” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE AVENTOS HK

Pull-up Door - Aventos HK

M

Use on cabinets 11 13/16” - 24” in height. Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width. Hardware holds doors open in any position. Soft close feature. Installation will clear crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 10”. Lift mechanism needs 9” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-20-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Door Accessories & Modifications LDI

Lattice Door Inserts

M

Diagonal wood lattice is inserted into door in place of the door panel. Diagonal pattern. Direction of lattice is always upper left to lower right. Maximum lattice size is 23 5/8” wide x 47 ¼” long & cannot be installed in doors that are larger than our maximum door sizes. Not available in thermofoil or mullion doors. Available in Alder, Cherry, Beech & Maple. Lattice dimensions are: -Overall thickness of 5/32” -Moldings measure 7/16” wide -½” cell size (openings)

LOCK

Lock

M

Antique finish lock installed on cabinet door or drawer front. Limited availability on drawer fronts. Not available on mitered doors or fronts. Please call when ordering locks to confirm that the location & application will work.

Mullion Doors Style A is used when rails & stiles are G-cove; glued together. Style B is used when rails & stiles are shaker; fastened with glue & bowties on the back. 1” wide mullions on both styles. Insert grids must be used in some instances. See door descriptions for available door styles. Maximum single panel sizes apply. Consider using SDPH &/or SDPW in these instances. The number of lites on colonial style mullions will be equally split on double panel height doors Vertical or horizontal mullion may be removed when below minimum size required. Call your CSR for details. MBD STYLE A

MBD

MBD STYLE B

Colonial Style Mullion Doors M Door height & # of Lights 4 Lites: up to & including 23” H 6 Lites: 23 1/16” H up to & including 36” H 8 Lites: 36 1/16” H up to & including 54” H 12 Lites: doors over 54 1/16” H

MBDPS

MBDPS STYLE A

MBDPS STYLE B

Mullions when ordered on cabinets that come with both upper and lower doors will only be added to upper doors as standard. Prairie Style Mullion Doors M Corners are 2” x 2”

INSERT MBD STYLE B

MBDIG

711 Style GD Door

Mullion Doors with Insert Grids M

MBDPSI

Available, but not standard, on all door styles except arched. The grid is constructed of ¼” thick x 13/16” wide flat stock; stapled on back. Used on mitered doors, doors with inconsistent rails & stiles, and many applied molding doors.

MBDCS

Mullion Doors - Custom

AI AL M

Send drawing for quote. Price & availability depend on complexity.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-21-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Door Accessories & Modifications ND NDU (to delete upper doors only on a 2 door cabinet.

NDL (to delete lower doors only

No Doors M Deletes doors from cabinet. This modification does not finish the interior of the cabinet; finished interior must be ordered in addition if needed.

on a 2 door cabinet)

PEGS 1 NAIL 1 BLACK NAIL 1 SHINY

PEG 1

PEG 2

PEGS 2 NAIL 2 BLACK NAIL 2 SHINY PEG2 Diagonal

Nails & Wooden Pegs AI AL M One peg or nail will be centered in height, two will be equally spaced in height. Diagonal peg/nail placement can also be specified. If not specified, you will receive vertical placement. Pegs/nails are available on doors, drawer fronts, & raised panel ends. Not available on Thermofoil or mitered doors & fronts. Two pegs or nails will not work on 5-piece drawers with 1 ¼” rails. Send dimensioned drawing for special peg placement.

NAILS 1LB Specify on the “Order Info” tab of the Pricing Program. PIANO HINGE

Piano Hinge

AI AL M

Shipped Loose

Pocket Doors Shown with optional pocket door partitions.

Pocket Door Partitions

Pocket Doors

PDP

M

Maximum cabinet box 39”W x 42”T; larger sizes may not function as well. Call for pricing and availability for larger doors. 18” minimum & 27” maximum cabinet depth. Inside distance between open pocket doors is 6” less than the overall cabinet width. If the pricing program will not let you order pocket doors on your standard cabinet, it is not available at this time. PD hardware does not work with any applied molding that is attached to the face of the door & some mitered doors. If ordered, the PDs will be built without the applied molding. Door style charges still apply & no credit will be issued. Pocket Door Partition

M

Allows for the use of adjustable shelves in a cabinet with pocket doors. Distance between pocket door partitions is 7 1/2” less that the overall cabinet width. 3/4” material. Shipped Loose.

 AL

SPDS

Ship Pocket Doors Separate for Line #

RBMD

Mount Door to Bins M Mounts door to hardware.

SDL

Ship Doors Loose for Line # AL Used as a line item to ship a loose door from a cabinet. See DNH modification.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-22-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Door Accessories & Modifications M

SDPH

Single Door Panel Height & Width

SDPW

This modification will change a double panel door insert to a single panel in width or height. Helpful when ordering appliance panels and large glass doors. Warranty will not apply on oversized panels. Soft Close Hinges AL Quiet closing feature for hinges offers the same quality of motion as drawer systems with BLUMOTION. Automatically adjusts to the closing force of the door. Nickel plated steel & nylon grey components.

SOFT CLOSE Select in the hinge type on the order info tab of the pricing program

UNICONNECTOR

Uniconnector

AL

False Front mounting bracket

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-23-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Drawer Accessories & Modifications Add Dovetailed Apothecary Drawers M

ADD

Add exposed dovetail apothecary drawer boxes with scooped top and no drawer front to a cabinet. Finished to match exterior of cabinet. This is a custom modification, therefore a detailed drawing must accompany order. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add ADSTD as a modification (specify qty).

Add Standard Apothecary Drawers M

ADSTD

Add standard apothecary drawer boxes with fronts to a cabinet. This is a custom modification, therefore a detailed drawing must accompany order. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add ADSTD as a modification (specify qty).

Apothecaries will be included in the overall height of the cabinet and will reduce the door opening height. No guides; installed on wooden runners. On cabinets less than 11” deep, ADSTDs will be substituted. Although you can specify the number of apothecary drawers when using the ADD & ADSTD modifications, we recommend: 1 in a 9” wide cabinet 5 in a 30” – 33” wide cabinet 2 in a 12” – 15” wide cabinet 6 in a 36” – 39” wide cabinet 3 in an 18” – 21” wide cabinet 7 in a 42” – 45” wide cabinet 4 in a 24” – 27” wide cabinet 8 in a 48” wide cabinet

BEAN

Bean Drawer

M

Drawer front with 3” wide rails & stiles, prepped for glass, with a partition placed 1” from front in the drawer box. 5-piece drawer front charge will apply. Not available on mitered or outsourced drawer fronts. Glass is not included. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add BEAN as a modification.

M

BRDR B

Bread Drawer

BRDR M

Clear acrylic sliding lid is dadoed into side of the lower drawer on a three or four drawer base. Specify middle or bottom drawer.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-24-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Drawer Accessories & Modifications CT

M

Cutlery Tray

White Plastic. Fits B15-24, B30-39. Available widths include: 10 3/8”, 13 3/8”, 16 3/8”, & 21 3/8”. Can be trimmed 2 ¼”. Will not fit vanity depth cabinet. To use plastic cutlery trays with super drawer cabinets a DRWRDVDR will be added.See also UTILITY TRAYS. CTW

Wood Cutlery Tray

M

Sized to opening; 5/16” solid beech; tray openings are approximately 2 ½”.

DTCT WOOD

Double-Tier Cutlery Tray

M

Beech wood. Fits B18 - B24 & B36 - B48. TUFEBM guides are recommended, otherwise you cannot access back of tray.

Drawer Front Style Changes M Alters only the middle, bottom, or top drawer front on an individual cabinet to a 5-piece front. Use when slab style top drawers and more intricate 5-piece style lower drawers are wanted. Take notice of minimum sizes on 5-piece drawers.

DFST DFSM DFSB

Can modify drawer fronts to 2 ¼” rails by using MDFST, MDFSM & MDFSB, or 2 3/4 rails by using MDFST 2 3/4, MDFSM 2 3/4, MDFSB 2 3/4 or to 3 1/2” rails by using MDFST 3 1/2”, MDFSM 3 1/2 & MDFSB 3 1/2. This modification is listed later in this section. Cannot be used on mitered drawer fronts. Drawer Organization System The accessories can be placed in either an “A” or “B” position in the 3 different width cutlery trays (Birch material). The B18 unit will not accept any of the accessories designated for usage in an “A” position as it only has a “B” position. The B24 unit has both an “A” and a “B” position while the B36 unit has two “A” positions and a single “B” position. A customer can chose any designation they want to fill these areas, including choosing to leave a position open or putting two of the same accessories in the “A” positions in a B36 unit. For pricing, contact Custom Cupboards customer service. We will only install in the 3 sizes offered (18, 24, 36) if needing other sizes must order loose and modify at job-site.

CUTLERY OS18 CUTLERY OS24 CUTLERY OS36

338 (13 5/16”)

fit in slot

For outside cabinet width 36”

491 (19 5/16”)

fit in slot

424 (16 11/16”)

For outside cabinet width 24”

For outside cabinet width 18”

Nomenclature

796 (31 5/16”)

fit in slot

We’ll offer the glass jar with the clear glass lid

fit in slot

Nomenclature

KNIFE HOLDER

ROLL HOLDER

SPICE INSERT

CONTAINERS

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-25-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Drawer Accessories & Modifications Solo Undermount Guides Loose AL

DGSO15 DGSO18 DGSO21 DGSO24

Specify depth of cabinet. Rear mount Socket

Tandem Undermount Full Extension Blumotion Guides Loose AL

DGTUFEBM13 DGTUFEBM15 DGTUFEBM18 DGTUFEBM21 DGTUFEBM24 DRAWER

Specify depth of cabinet. üüüüüüü

M

Add Drawer to any Cabinet

Used to add drawers to any cabinet. Applicable drawer front & guides charges will apply. This is a custom modification, a detailed drawing must accompany order. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add DRAWER as a modification. Enter as shown below:

DRWR BOX DT

Loose 5/8” Dovetail Drawer Box

AL

To order a loose Solid Beech dovetail drawer box. Must specify sizes or cabinet dimensions. Guides not included. DRWRDVDR DRWRDVDRADJ

M

Drawer Divider

5/8” solid wood beech dividers. Specify placement. Can be adjustable by specifying; DRWRDVDRADJ If adjustable must also specify # of slots.

Front to Back Centered

FILE

File Drawer

Front to Back Equally Spaced (QUANTITY REQUIRED)

Side to Side Centered

Side to Side Equally Spaced (QUANTITY REQUIRED)

M

Change drawer into file drawer. Increase opening height to 12” tall, add an 5/8” solid beech file drawer box with file hardware and tandem blumotion full extension guides. Recommended on cabinets 18” or wider with a 17” minimum cabinet depth. Back hanger is moveable to adjust for standard or legal files. Slots already drilled. Please refer to drawer front minimums. If used on a cabinet other than a B__D3, cabinet becomes custom and cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add FILE as a modification. A change in height on the B__D3 will affect the middle opening if used in conjunction with file drawer modification.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-26-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Drawer Accessories & Modifications _____FF

Full Width False Front Available on all double door sink base cabinets up to 39” wide. To order, add FF to the product nomenclature. (Ex.SB36FF)

OM-GD

Glass Drawer Fronts

M

Drawer front with 3” wide rails & stiles, prepped for glass; a partition is not included, see Bean Drawers if needed. 5-piece drawer front charge will apply. Not available on mitered or outsourced drawer fronts. Glass is not included. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add OM-GD as a modification. K n i f e Tray I n s e r t M Features hardwood UV coated maple construction w/ up to 19 knife slots (if uncut), centered roughly 15/16” apart. Fits B12-48”, no depth modifications allowed. Spans full width of drawer on 12”-21”, partition will be installed on 24”-36” super drawers, left or right orientation must be specified.

KT INSERT

24” will only have roughly 3” of space left or right of the partition.

LO G O I M P R I N T Located on the Order Info tab of the Order Entry Program

M D F ST MDFSM MDFSB

M D F ST 2 3 /4 M D F S M 2 3 /4 M D F S B 2 3 /4

Logo Imprint Your company’s logo laser-burned into the inside of the 11/16” beech dovetail drawer box. Burn area is approximately 2 ½” T x 4” W. E-mail a vector (.eps) or JPEG image (.jpg) of the logo to wendy@customcupboards.com. A sample of the logo will be sent for approval. Custom Cupboards logo can be used for the same price by specifying in the notes on the order. Logos come in all standard top drawers on base & vanity cabinets (5” openings).

Modified Drawer Fronts

M

Use on deep drawers to modify any five piece drawer front that comes standard with narrow rails into wider 2 1/4”, 2 3/4” or 3 1/2” rails. Makes larger drawer fronts more closely resemble a wide stile & rail door for a more consistent look. This modification will only alter the width of the rails on that particular drawer front. Used in conjunction with DFSB & DFSM or 5-piece drawer front in header. MDFST only works on B__D2 & Window Seat cabinets. When using this modification the minimum door sizes apply.

M D F ST 3 1 /2 M D F S M 3 1 /2 M D F S B 3 1 /2 Multi-Front Drawer M

MFD

Use multiple drawer fronts to cover one drawer box. Additional surcharges will apply to optional drawer fronts. Available on the top drawer of a Base or Wall Drawer cabinet only

Example of entry adding 4 additional fronts for a total of 5

NDB

No Drawer Box

M

Use this modification to delete the drawer box from a drawer stack cabinet.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-27-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Drawer Accessories & Modifications NDF

No Drawer Front

M

Use this modification to delete the drawer front from a drawer stack cabinet. Drawer Peg System AL

DPS

Can be used in middle and bottom drawers only of Base Height D3 cabinets that are 36” wide or less. Comes with 12 pegs. Sent loose, must be cut down on site.

SCDR

Scooped Drawer M

SCDRC

Shallow Drawer Box. Recommended for use with drop in cook tops. The drawer box is reduced to 2 ½” tall, drawer opening remains the same. Check specifications of drop in when ordering to ensure that the drawer will function properly. Cannot be less than 2 ½”.

For scoop taller than 2 1/2”

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-28-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Drawer Accessories & Modifications SPD

Spice Drawer

M

Plastic. Fits Any size drawer in width. Minimum 5” tall opening. Wood Spice Drawer M

SPDW

¾” solid beech, fits base cabinet drawers. Minimum 5” tall opening.

Super Drawer Drawer box stretches the entire width of cabinet. Available on 30”-39” wide base & vanity cabinets. To order cabinets with super drawers, add “SD” to the nomenclature. (Ex: B36SD)

_____SD

Top Drawer False M

TDF

Used to eliminate the top drawer box of a cabinet. For use with any cabinet with a drawer at the top. TOP OPENING

Top Drawer Opening M Used to modify the opening height of the top drawer of a base or vanity cabinet.

TUFEBM

Tandem Undermount Full Extension Blumotion Guides M Used as a modification to a cabinet when adding Blumotion guides to select drawers. Order as DGTUFEBM__ if ordering loose. Plastic Utility Tray M

White plastic tray. Fits B18-B24. Available 13 3/8”, 16 3/8”, and 21 3/8” wide. Can be trimmed 2 1/4”. When using plastic cutlery trays with super drawer cabinets, a DRWRDVDR must be ordered.

Wood Utility Tray M

UTW

Wood tray. Sized to fit drawer. Constructed with 3/8” solid beech. Tray openings are approximately 4” wide.

WD DRWR QTY

Wall w/ Drawer Quantity M Used only on a Wall w/ Drawer cabinet to state total number of drawers. Maximum total of drawer cannot exceed 3 total. Note in quantity change for additional drawers.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-29-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Fillers

AL

Fillers are ¾” solid wood finished on the face, both edges, & one end unless specified. Available in 3” & 6” widths. Angled Fillers are ¾” solid wood, 4 ¼” across face with 45˚ angle on sides. Fills a 3” x 3” clip. Fluting and other decorative details can be added. See Decorative Details featured in this section of the catalog. Angled Fillers

Fillers F3

3” x 30 ½”

6” x 30 ½”

FA3(L/R)

3” x 30 ½”

FA6(L/R)

6” x 30 ½”

TWF336

3” x 36”

TWFA336(L/R)

3” x 36”

TWF342

3” x 42”

TWFA342(L/R)

3” x 42”

TWF636

6” x 36”

TWFA636(L/R)

6” x 36”

TWF642

6” x 42”

TWFA642(L/R)

6” x 42”

TF3

3” x 84”

TFA3(L/R)

3” x 84”

TF6

6” x 84”

TFA6(L/R)

3” x 96”

TFT3

3” x 96”

TFTA3(L/R)

3” x 96”

TFT6

6” x 96”

TFTA6(L/R)

6” x 96”

TFT3X120

3” x 120”

TFT6X120

6” x 120” Wall Filler Under-Cap

WFU Filler sold separately

Wall Filler Under-Cap

3” x 31 ¼”

ROVF3 ROVF6

6” x 31 ¼”

ROBF3

3” x 34 ½”

ROBF6

6” x 34 ½”

ROWF330

3” x 30”

ROWF342

3” X 42”

ROWF348

3” X 48”

ROWF354

3” X 54”

ROWF360

3” X 60”

ROWF630

6” x 30”

ROWF336

3” x 36”

ROWF636

6” x 36”

ROWF642

6” X 42”

ROWF648

6” X 48”

ROWF654

6” X 54”

ROWF660

6” X 60”

ROTF384

3” x 84”

ROTF684

6” x 84”

ROTF396

3” x 96”

ROTF696

6” x 96”

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

3” W x 2” T x 12 1/4” L. Wall filler under-caps are for use behind standard wall fillers, made of 3/4” INT material. Used at the end of a run where you’ve had to pull your wall cabinet away from the wall. Wall filler under-caps will conceal the gap beneath your wall cabinet.

Revola Overlay Fillers 3/4” fillers with 3/4” matching wood overlay edged to match doors. Available in 3” & 6” widths. The overlay reveals are 3/32”” on each side & 3/16” at top & bottom. Revola overlay base , vanity & tall fillers have 4 3/16” reveal at the bottom. A 5-pc. drawer front charge will be added to the order if selected on the Order Info tab of the pricing program. When using the #50100 or #50200 doors the overlay fillers will be solid wood, therefore, they will not have edgebanding. Overlay fillers will feature the matching door edge except in cases where size is an issue; the complementary solid stock edge may then be substituted. See the Door edge/CTE-2/SS edge details chart shown under Solid Stock featured in this section of the catalog. Any loose solid stock on the order with edge detailing may receive a slightly different edge detail if ordered unless specifically noted to use the matching door edge.

AL=Accessory Loose

-30-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Fillers

AL

Door Plane Fillers DPF’s form a 3” x 3” corner and are designed to bring the face of the filler to the same plane as the door face. 3/4” fillers, finished on front and both return edges. Comes with a #60 edge. If you are looking to match the edge to the door, please use an overlay filler. Recessed toe kick is not included on the 30 1/2” tall. 2” Deep returns. Fluting and other decorative details can be added. See Decorative Details featured in this section of the catalog. 90˚ Door Plane Fillers

135˚ Door Plane Fillers

Straight Door Plane Filler

DPF90 3X30.5

DPF1353X30.5

DPFSTR3X30.5

DPF90 6X30.5

DPF1356X30.5

DPFSTR6X30.5

DPF90 3X36

DPF135 3X36

DPFSTR 3X36

DPF90 3X42

DPF135 3X42

DPFSTR 3X42

DPF90 6X36

DPF135 6X36

DPFSTR 6X36

DPF90 6X42

DPF135 6X42

DPFSTR 6X42

DPF90 3X84

DPF135 3X84

DPFSTR 3X84

DPF90 3X96

DPF135 3X96

DPFSTR 3X96

DPF90 6X84

DPF135 6X84

DPFSTR 6X84

DPF90 6X96

DPF135 6X96

DPFSTR 6X96

Angled Panel Fillers The Angled Panel Fillers are an option that can be used at the end of a cabinet run, as well as a transition between two cabinets. These are not designed to be pulled out flush with doors. Available in the sizes noted below. *BH = 30 1/2” & *FTK = 34 1/2” No toe kick included. 135 Angled Panel Filler

45 Angled Panel Filler

Cabinet to Wall Application

4 13 or 24

13 or 24

3 Cabinet to cabinet Application

Cabinet to cabinet Application

Be sure to watch for possible interference

APF1352413

APF1352424

APF452413

APF452424

APF1353013

APF1353024

APF453013

APF453024

APF135BH13*

APF135BH24*

APF45BH13*

APF45BH24*

APF135FTK13*

APF135FTK24*

APF45FTK13*

APF45FTK24*

APF1353613

APF1353624

APF453613

APF453624

APF1354213

APF1354224

APF454213

APF454224

APF1354813

APF1354824

APF454813

APF454824

APF1356013

APF1356024

APF456013

APF456024

APF1358413

APF1358424

APF458413

APF458424

APF1359013

APF1359024

APF459013

APF459024

APF1359613

APF1359624

APF459613

APF459624

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-31-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Fillers

AL

Base Corner Fillers 90  Base Corner Filler

BCF90

3” x 3” x 34 1/2”. Base corner fillers are 3/4” fillers, finished on all sides. Used on a corner where added space is needed for clearance. Recessed toe kick is included.

Revola 90  Base Corner Filler

RBCF90

3” x 3” x 34 1/2”. Revola base corner fillers are 3/4” solid wood with a matching 3/4” solid wood overlay with a door edge and finished on all sides. Used in a corner where added space is needed for clearance. Recessed toe kick is included. The overlay has a 3/16” reveal at the top & bottom, & 3/32” on each side. See notes on Fillers w/ Overlays on the previous page for exceptions on edge detail. 135  Base Corner Filler

BCF135

3” x 3” x 34 1/2”. Base corner fillers are ¾” fillers, finished on all sides. Used on a corner where added space is needed for clearance. Recessed toe kick is included.

Revola 135  Base Corner Filler

RBCF135

3” x 3”Clipped Box Filler

RBCFTK3

3” deep on short side, 6” deep on longer side. Available at 30 1/2” high for recessed toe kick (RBCF3) & 34 1/2” high for flush toe kick (RCBFTK3). Finished on front, left & right. Use caution when attaching an overlay on this piece.

Can be used flush with cabinet front 3”

6”

Can be used flush with doors

Base & Wall Filler Pull-Out Maple construction; adjustable shelves. On site assembly and installation required. Must have a cabinet or a Box or Panel Filler on both sides for installation. A 2 7/8” or 5 7/8” wide piece of solid stock must be ordered to attach to the front of the hardware (will be added during entry if missing). This piece will bring the unit flush with the face frame of the adjacent cabinets. A decorative overlay filler can be ordered separately and attached on site. The decorative overlay will be flush with adjacent doors. Base unit works beside a 24” deep base cabinet. Wall unit works beside a 12” deep wall cabinet. The 3” unit has approximately 2 1/4” space between rails; the 6” unit has approximately 5 1/4” space between rails. BFPO3 BFPO6 WFPO330 WFPO336 WFPO342 WFPO630 WFPO636 WFPO642

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-32-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Finished Ends, Interiors, Tops & Bottoms Select Right, Left, Both or leave blank in the finished ends field of the line item

M

Finished Ends

Clear alder finished ends may have small closed knots.

ESB(L/R)

Extended Sides Back Back of cab

Used to extend the cabinet side back, up to 6”. Only the cabinet side is extended; the depth of the rest of cabinet is not increased.

TOPVIEW

FBTM

Finished Bottom Finished bottom of cabinet to match the cabinet exterior. Available on Wall cabinets only.

FFT

Finished Top Finished top of cabinet to match exterior. Available on a wall cabinets only.

Finished Interior for REVOLA PLY Interior is finished the same as the exterior. Interior sides & back receive little to no distressing. Shelves receive minimal distressing. This modification for use with REVOLA PLY interior only. NOTE: Shelves will be 11 5/8” deep on wall with finished interior.

FI PB

Finished Interior for REVOLA PB Cabinet will be constructed of 3/4” plywood. Interior is finished the same as the exterior. Interior sides & back receive little to no distressing. Shelves receive minimal distressing. This modification for use with REVOLA PB interior only. NOTE: Shelves will be 11 5/8” deep on wall with finished interior.

Finish Back 3/4” back paneling. On FB over 48” wide add spline charge. Left & Right edges are edgebanded. Overall depth of cabinet does not change, however 3/4” of the interior space will be lost.

NO FI

No Finished Interior Added to cabinets that come standard with finished interior when REVOLA PB is the interior option. Cabinet will be constructed of 3/4” particle board.

RECESS BTM

Recessed Bottom

Back

Two installed boxes Front

Use the recessed bottom modification to move the bottom shelf of a wall cabinet up to create space for under cabinet lighting. The amount of recess must be specified. Unfinished ends will be moved up with the bottom shelf. This will allow for the on-site installation of an apron across a line of cabinets without any obstruction. Material for the apron must be ordered. The door height will not be affected, however, the bottom hinge will be moved up the same amount

Solid Stock apron installed on site

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-33-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Finishing Outsourced Product

AL

The pricing structure for finishing outsourced supplied products includes all onlays, corbels, turns, 8’ sticks of moldings, etc. These items will not be subject to an additional Finish Upcharge. If you have a “Build-A-Post”, we will finish all pieces for one charge if all the pieces are here at the time of finish. Larger items will need to be quoted individually by your CSR. These items MUST be received by your CSR before your order can be confirmed and scheduled for production. Your ship window will move out until they are received. Our finishes are the end result of a multi-step process that INCLUDES sanding. Custom Cupboards is not responsible for sanding an outsourced product, therefore, mill marks or poor sanding on non-detailed sides will most likely be present. Most often, the outsourced products we receive are of such intricate detail that sanding the item(s) is out of the question. Therefore, the resulting finish may be quite different than the sample door or the rest of the kitchen. Often times the grade of wood, or even the species of the wood is different than the species we are using for the rest of the job. In such a case, we simply apply the process for that color to the piece – and the result is what it is. We make no effort to color match the outsourced items to the rest of the job. We simply could not manage such a task. Custom Cupboards is only responsible for replacement of the piece if we damage the physical product or overtly finish the product poorly or the wrong color. Wrong color, meaning an obvious mis-selection of product during the painting process, NOT an opinion that the color is not a match. Custom Cupboards will finish all sides of an outsourced product that have any type of decorative carving. If you desire to have the other sides of an outsourced product finished (top, bottom, or back(s) finished entirely) please specify and call for a quote.

FINISH 0%

282 for a no upcharge finish

FINISH 10%

353 for up to 10% finish charge

FINISH 20%

423 for 11-20% finish charge

FINISH 30%

494 for 21-30% finish charge

FINISH 40%

564 for 31-40% finish charge

FINISH 50%

635 for 41-50% finish charge

FINISH 60%

705 for 51-up% finish charge

KNOB 0%

35 for a no upcharge finish

KNOB 10%

44 for up to 10% finish charge

KNOB 20%

53 for 11-20% finish charge

KNOB 30%

62 for 21-30% finish charge

KNOB 40%

70 for 31-40% finish charge

KNOB 50%

79 for 41-50% finish charge

KNOB 60%

88 for 51-up% finish charge

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-34-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Modified Openings BBROH

ď&#x192;žM

Opening Height - Bottom Broom Opening Used to change the bottom opening height on a broom cabinet. The bottom opening height must be provided. See Tall section.

BCDRTF

Bookcase Door Rail to Floor Used to modify the door opening height of a bookcase with doors. Measurement is from the floor to the top of the fixed shelf. See Custom section.

CWC MODIFY

Combination Wall Cabinet Modify Used to modify the top door opening height on a Combination Wall cabinet.

WBO MODIFY

Wall Bottom Open Modify Used to modify the bottom opening height on the Wall Bottom Open cabinet.

WTO MODIFY

Wall Top Open Modify Used to modify the top opening height on the Wall Top Open cabinet.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-35-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Moldings •• •• •• •• ••

AL

Trim moldings must be ordered in 8 foot increments. Moldings will be shipped in 8’ or 10’ sections, with a 12% waste factor or a minimum of 84” usable in a 96” piece. Lengths requested over 8’ are subject to availability and will include a 25% surcharge. NA in Alder. Moldings are priced per lineal foot (plf). One cube per 8’ stick will be charged for freight. May be available with a molding cleat, shipped loose, by adding an “F” to the front of the nomenclature (FCR3). This will add $6 to the molding list price.

2”

Example of a crown molding with a cleat: Cleat shipped loose. Shown on CR4, but available on all crowns.

Counter Edge Top CTE1

Counter Top Edging 1 .75 x 1.5 1 edge routed to complement the door edge (#10 edge shown)

1.5

.75

CTE2

1.5

Counter Top Edging 2 .75 x 1.5 2 edges routed to complement the door edge (#10 edge shown)

.75

CTE3

1.5

Counter Top Edging 3 .75 x 1.5

.75 CTE4

1.5

Counter Top Edging 4 .75 x 1.5 3/4 radius

.75 Crown Moldings CR1

1.375

Wi t h C l e a t FCR1

1.188 0.625

1 3/4” Crown Mold 1.188 x 1.375 1 3/4” across diagonal

1.827

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-36-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Crown Moldings CR2

2 1/4” Crown Mold 1.635 x 1.439 2 1/4” across diagonal

1.439

Wi t h C l e a t FC R 2

0.688

1.635

CR3

3 1/4” Crown Mold 2.688 x 2.125 3 1/4” across diagonal

2.125

Wi t h C l e a t FC R 3

2.688

0.750

CR4

3 1/2” Crown Mold 2.757 x 2.254 3 1/2” across diagonal Notched to accept BEAD, ROPE, or DENTIL

2.254

Wi t h C l e a t FC R 4

0.750

2.757

CR5

4 1/2” Crown Mold 3.632 x 2.877 4 1/2” across diagonal Notched to accept BEAD, ROPE, or DENTIL

2.877

Wi t h C l e a t FC R 5

0.750

3.632

SCR1

1 3/4” Smooth Crown Mold 1.25 x 1.25 1 3/4” across diagonal

1.25

Wi t h C l e a t FSCR1

1.75

SCR2

2 1/4” Smooth Crown Mold 1.5625 x 1.5625 2 1/4” across diagonal

1.5625

Wi t h C l e a t FSCR2 2.25

SCR3

2.3125 .355

Wi t h C l e a t FSCR3

3 1/4” Smooth Crown Mold 2.3125 x 2.3125 3 1/4” across diagonal

3.25

.76

CMM

Mission Crown Mold

2.210

Wi t h C l e a t FC M M

2.210 x 2.821 2.821 1.000

M-1400

2.877”

Wi t h C l e a t F M -1 4 0 0

3.632”

M-1304 Wi t h C l e a t F M -1 3 0 4

2.502

4 1/2” Crown Mold 3.632 x 2.877 4 1/2” across diagonal Modified CR5 notched 3/4” x 3/4” to accept CAP1 & 2, BS, 1/4ROUND .75, or ROPE3/4, M-1304 Crown Mold 2.503 x 2.502

2.503 0.750

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-37-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Crown Moldings M-1402

M-1402 Crown Mold 3.379 x 3.035

3.035

With Cleat FM-1402

3.379 0.750

CMT

Traditional Crown Mold

2.753

3.734 x 2.753

With Cleat FCMT

0.688

3.734

M-1404

M-1404 Crown Mold 3.736 x 2.155

2.155

0.750

With Cleat FM-1404

3.736

M-1405

M-1405 Crown Mold 3.261 x 3.456

3.456

With Cleat FM-1405

3.261

0.750

M-1406

2.664 0.750

With Cleat FM-1406

3.629

M-1501

M-1501 Crown Mold 4.250 x 3.196

3.196

With Cleat FM-1501

M-1406 Crown Mold 3.629 x 2.664

4.250

0.687

CMDB

Double Bead Crown Molding

3.029

With Cleat FCMDB

4.355 x 3.029 4.355

1.000

M-1503 Crown Mold 4.079 x 3.5

M-1503 With Cleat FM-1503

M-1601

1 3/4â&#x20AC;? Crown Mold 4.849 x 3.561

3.561

1.500

With Cleat FM-1601

4.849

M-1602

M-1602 Crown Mold 5 x 4.043

4.043

With Cleat FM-1602

5.000

M-1701

0.750

5.140 0.750

With Cleat FM-1701

5.281

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

M-1701 Crown Mold 5.281 x 5.140

AL=Accessory Loose

-38-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Molding Furniture Base

3.0

0.75

.75 x 3 Edge detail complements your door edge

M-2307

3.5

0.75

M-2307 Base Mold .75 x 3.5

M-2309

3.5

0.625

M-2309 Base Mold .625 x 3.5

M-2310 Base Mold .562 x 3.312

0.562

3.312

M-2310

B COL

.562 x 3.25

0.562

3.25

Base Colonial

4â&#x20AC;? Furniture Base

FO4

4.25

0.75

.75 x 4.25 Edge detail complements your door edge

FBD 0.562

Decorative Furniture Base 4.5

.562 x 4.5

Single Bead Furniture Base

FBSB 4.0

0.625

.625 x 4

M-2408 Base Mold .75 x 4.75

4.75

0.75

M-2408

M-2409 4.5

0.625

M-2409 Base Mold .625 x 4.5

M-2501 Base Mold .75 X 5

5.0

0.75

M-2501

M-2502 Base Mold .75 X 5.5

5.5

0.75

M-2502

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-39-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Base Molding FBLB

Large Bead Furn. Base .75 X 7.25

0.75

7.125

M-2801

Furniture Base 0.75

.75 x 8.75

8.75

Detail Molding 1 /4 R O U N D .75

Quarter Round 0.75

BBM

.75 x .75 Beadboard Mold

3 1/4

3/8

BBM 3OC

.375 x 3 (3 1/8” w/ tongue)

Beadboard Mold 3” on Center 3 1/8 3.0 3/8” 0.375

.375 x 3 (3 1/8” w/ tongue)

Batton Mold

.25 x .75 4’ lengths available Base Shoe

.5 x .75

0.5 0.75

Bead Mold

BEAD 0.25

.25 x .5 Fits in CR4 & CR5

0.5

Cove Mold

0.313

.75 x .875

0.75 0.875

DCM

Designer Corner Mold

0.75

0.225

.75 x .875 Dental Mold

.5 x .5 Fits in CR4 & CR5 ICDM

0.875

0.625

ICM

0.625

Inside Corner Designer Mold .625 x .625

Inside Corner Mold

0.75

.75 x .875 0.875

LVMF

Light Valance Mold Frameless

Flush

.75 x 1.5 with .75 x .75 flushed mounting cleat Edge complements door edge

1 1/2

3/4

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-40-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Detail Molding LVM

Light Valance Mold

Reveal 1/81/16 Reveal

.75 x 1.5 with .75 x .75 cleat Edge complements door edge

1 1/2

3/4

OSC

Outside Corner Mold .75 x .875 4’ lengths available

0.75 0.499

0.25

OSC1

1” Outside Corner Mold 1.000

1x1 0.750

0.25

OSC1 1/4

1 1/4” Outside Corner Mold 1.250

1.000

1.25 x 1.25

0.25

135 ̊ Outside Corner Mold

OSC135 0.250

0.586

.25 thick x .876 across diagonal

0.876

ROPE

Rope Mold .25 x .5 Fits inside CR4 & CR5

ROPE 3/4

3/4” Rope Mold .375 x .75

.25

.375

Skim Mold .250

.375 x .79

.790

Scribe Mold .25 x .75 4’ lengths available Scribe Mold

SM2

.25 x 1.5 4’ lengths available TOE

Toe Board .25 x 4 x 96 This item priced by the 8’ length Entered “per piece”

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-41-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Detail Molding UCM

Under Cabinet Mold

0.75 0.125

1.062 x 1.438

1.062

1.438

Under Cabinet Mold #2

UCM2 .75

.75 x 1.625

1.625

UCM3

Under Cabinet Mold #3 1.0

.75

1.5 x 1

1.5

CAP1

Counter Top Edge CAP1 .375 x .75 Will not change the depth of the shelf. BC Shelf will be 3/8” shorter than the standard shelf using CTE. This style of edging does not provide the extra support that regular CTE provides. Not recommended on shelves more than 24” wide. NO WARRANTY on shelves more than 24” wide.

.375 .75 CAP2

Counter Top Edge CAP2 .375 x .75 Will not change the depth of the shelf. BC Shelf will be 3/8” shorter than the standard shelf using CTE. This style of edging does not provide the extra support that regular CTE provides. Not recommended on shelves more than 24” wide. NO WARRANTY on shelves more than 24” wide.

.375 .75

M-5123 Detail Mold 1 x .625

M-5123 .625 1.0

M-5124

.09 .50

M-5124 Detail Mold 1 x .5

1.0

M-5125

M-5125 Detail Mold 1.938 x .69

.69 1.938

M-5126 Detail Mold 1.75 x .5

M-5126 .50 1.75

M-5127 .375

M-5127 Detail Mold 1.125 x .375

1.125

M-5128

.50

M-5128 Detail Mold 1.813 x .5

1.813

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-42-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Detail Molding M-5304

M-5304 Detail Mold .688 x 3

.688 3.0

WC COL

Colonial Window Casing .688 x 2.25 2.25

.688

Colonial Window Stop

WS COL

.5 x 1.5 1.5 .50

M-2202

M-2202 Mold .75 x 2.375 2.375

.75

Window Stool Ledge .75 2.5

M-5203 Detail Mold .975 x 2

M-5203 .975 2.0

M-5401 .75

M-5401 Detail Mold .75 x 4

4.0

M-5301 Detail Mold 2.25 x 3

M-5301 2.25

3.0

CSM1

Crown Starter Molding 1 3x3 Edge detail matches door edge profile

3 3

Crown Starter Molding 2

CSM2

6x3

Applied Molding 1 Shipped Loose

AM1 LOOSE

.5 x .25

AM2 SP LOOSE

AM1

1/2" wide X 1/4" tall. All wood species available. $90 upcharge.

Applied Molding 2 Special Shipped Loose No notch .625 x .4375

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-43-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Detail Molding AM3 LOOSE

Applied Molding 3 Shipped Loose 1.0625 x .625

AM7 LOOSE

AM3

Applied Molding 7 Shipped Loose

1-1/16" wide X 5/8" tall. All wood species available. $90 upcharge.

.15625 x .125

Pilaster

AM7

5/32" wide X 1/8" tall. Available in soft maple only. solid wood with a $90 upcharge.

Pilasters are ¾” wide x 2” deep decorative edge detail on one ¾” edge. Pilasters are available precut in five sizes. Ideal for placement between two full overlay cabinets to create an inset look. Specify edge detail choice at the end of the nomenclature. Ex. PIL 30.5A PIL30.5__ 3 0 1 /2 ” Ta l l

PIL36__ 3 6 ” Ta l l PIL42__ 4 2 ” Ta l l PIL84__ 8 4 ” Ta l l PIL96__ 9 6 ” Ta l l

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

3/4"

2" “B” Shown Here

ONLY AVAILABLE IN 3/4” THICK MATERIAL

AL=Accessory Loose

-44-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Solid Stock If over 6” wide, SS cannot be taller than 96”. Specified thickness of solid wood with optional detailing. Face, one end, & both edges are finished unless otherwise specified. SS

 AL

3/4” Thick Solid Stock

 AL SS2.25 + SS BUILD UP  AL

Up To 1 1/2” Thick Solid Stock

SS1.5 + SS BUILD UP

Over 1 1/2 up to 2 1/4 Thick

SS BUILD UP

M

SS DETAIL

Solid Stock Detailing  M

Additional charge for Solid Stock over 3/4” thick

Must specify placement of detailing. Solid stock edging will not be identical to the door edges, but will complement them. The reasons for this are: • The door shapers are designed to remove 1/16” with each pass. Removing this much material will leave the solid stock undersized. • The width and detail of the door edges will often not fit on smaller solid stock pieces. • The solid stock is done with routers of which matching router bits are often not available, therefore, we choose a design and detail that will fit on the smaller pieces that will complement the edging on the doors. If you have a piece of solid stock that needs a door edge on it, specifically note that this piece must match the door edge and make certain that the size has been adjusted to compensate for the 1/16” material removal that will occur per detail. Size restrictions apply, call your Account Manager for approval. SS FINISHALL

Standard finish is face, one end, both sides - must add SS FINISHALL to get any other finish.

DOOR EDGE

CTE-2

SS DETAIL

DOOR EDGE

11*

12*

14*

CTE-2

* Door edge #11 only available on #99500 door * Door edge #12 only available on #99000 door * Door edge #14 only available on #98400 door

SS DETAIL

A A ce

B B

e Sid

)

(ed

End

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-45-

Face Left Side (edge)

End

Right Side (edge)

Back

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Paneling •• •• •• •• •• ••

AL

Finished paneling. (Material used is dependant on wood/interior choice) Finished on one side only. The largest available size in 1/4” & 1/2” is 48” wide x 96” long. The largest available size in 3/4” is 48” wide x 120” long. The grain always runs with the 2nd dimension. No dimension changes allowed. If size will vary from what we’ve offered, you need to order PANEL ¼. PRECUT 1/4” PANELS

PAN1230

12” W X 30” L

PAN4835

48” W X 35” L

PAN2430

24” W X 30” L

PAN4848

48” W X 48” L

PAN4830

48” W X 30” L

PAN4896

48” W X 96” L

PAN2435

24” W X 35” L

PAN9648

96” W X 48” L Crossgrain panel sold in full sheets only. Rustic & Knotty NA.

CUSTOM SIZED PANELS MEASURING – Dimensions are WIDTH x LENGTH. Grain will ALWAYS run with the length (2nd dimension). Will receive all distressings except those applied to edges: #6, #7, #9, & #10 PANEL 1/4

Maximum size 48”W x 96”L Thickness will vary slightly between species, most being just under 7/32”.

PANEL 1/2

Maximum size 48”W x 96”L

PANEL 3/4

Maximum size without spline is 48”W x 96”L. ¾” Thick panels over 48” wide require a SPLINE charge

PANEL3/4 T

Maximum size 48”W x 120”L

PANEL 1/4NTO

Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on one side, unfinished raw wood on the other.

PANEL 1/2NTB

Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on both sides

PANEL 1/2NTO

Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on one side, unfinished raw wood on the other.

PANEL 3/4NTB

Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on both sides

Edge banding Applied to ½” or ¾” paneling. Specify to match interior or exterior if loose. NA in Knotty Alder

1/16 VENEER

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

1/16” Veneer Self Stick Material Veneer 24 x 96; sold in full sheets only. Unfinished only.

AL=Accessory Loose

-46-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Paneling

AI AL M

PECPLY__

Panelized Plywood End Treatment  AL 3/4” plywood with pilaster attached to end. Order overall panel size.

Example of entry

A B C D

See more accurate details in Pilaster Sub-Section, in the Molding Section.

E F G

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-47-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

POS Options

 AI

Pull-Out Shelves are adjustable on 1 ¼” spacing, 3” tall sides. No warranty on POS for cabinets over 36” wide. The adjustable shelf will be deleted on base cabinets if ordering multiple POS. To keep the shelff add SHELF W/POS as a modification to the cabinet. When ordering more than one POS on a base, the bottom POS will be mounted to the floor of the cabinet. When ordering a single POS in a base or vanity cabinet, the pull-out will be mounted to the floor of the cabinet and you will also receive a 1/2 depth adjustable shelf. Pull-outs in non-butt door cabinets will require a Center Partition. Weight limit is 75 lbs. dynamic (moving in & out) 100 lbs. static (standing still)

5/8” Solid Beech Dovetail Pull-Out Shelves with choice of undermount guides. Finished Interior POS to match the exterior of the cabinet will be the same wood species as the cabinet box. POS

5/8” Natural Beech Dovetail Solo Undermount.

POS FI

5/8” Dovetail Solo Undermount finished to match exterior.

POSTUFEBM

5/8” Natural Beech Dovetail Tandem Blumotion.

POSTUFEBM FI

5/8” Dovetail Tandem Blumotion finished to match exterior.

5/8” Birch Dovetail Pull-Out Shelf with choice of undermount guides. POSSTND

5/8” Birch Dovetail Solo Undermount.

POS STND BM

5/8” Birch Dovetail Tandem Blumotion.

Flat Pull-Out Shelf Options FLAT POSBM

Flat POS with Blumotion guides. 1 ¼” tall FLAT POS

FLATPOSBM FI

Flat POS with Blumotion guides, finished to match exterior. 1 ¼” tall

These options can be added as a modification to your cabinet. POSH M

Pull-Out Shelf Height Specify Height. Increase height of sides to a maximum of 8” on Beech Dovetail. In Birch, you can increase to the following sizes: 4”, 6”, 8” only.

POS SCOOP M

Pull -Out Shelf Scoop Scoop is 4” W x 1” T. Only available on 5/8” Solid Beech Dovetail.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-48-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Rail & Stile Modifications

M

STFL

Stile to Floor Left This modification will end the left stile only of a base or tall cabinet to the floor.

STFR

Stile to Floor Right This modification will end the right stile only of a base or tall cabinet to the floor.

Raised Panels Loose Raised Panels Loose raised panels for base, wall, or tall applications. Available with most door styles except mitered, slab, or thermofoil doors. Order the exact size needed. 48” W x 105” H maximum size on RPBT, 105”W x 48” H max size on RPBB & RPBW. Anything larger must be approved before ordering. When ordering an arched door style, the center stiles will run all the way up. RPBB  AL

Base or Vanity

RPBW  AL

Wall

RPBT  AL

Tall

MODIFY RP M

Modify Raised Panel Add as a modification to a loose raised panel or integrated raised panel end to change the rail and/or stile size or number of door panels.

PECRP_ M

Pilaster Edge Detail on Loose Raised Panels Order RPB’s in the overall size needed then add PECRP_ as a modification. Chosen edge treatment will be routed directly on to specified edge (left, right, or both). Edge selections are shown in the Molding section under Pilasters.

Base or Vanity

Wall

Tall

Bottom Rail

6”

4”

6”

Top Rail

4”

4” - 5”

4”

Stiles

To match door style

Middle Rail

To match door style

Middle Stile # of Door Panels

To match door style Add one panel for every 24” in width & 42” in height (up to 24” W & 42” H = 1 panel), over 84” has 3 panels.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-49-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Replacement & Loose Parts

AL

Additional items being added on a regular basis. Call your CSR for more details. BCP SS

Loose Wire Blind Corner Pull-Out Hardware

BCSWOOD SS

Loose Wood Blind Corner Swing-Out Hardware

BCSWIRE SS

Loose Wire Blind Corner Swing-Out Hardware

BUMPER PAD

Bumper Pads 132 door bumpers per sheet

cab conn

Cabinet Connectors Both screw & tapped sleeve designed for use with Phillips head screwdriver. Slides into 5mm hole and connects two 3/4” (19mm) panels together. Made of steel.

CR SS

Can Rack Specify cabinet size.

D STAY#1 SS

Door Stay (set)

D STAY#2 SS DRWRDVDR SS

Drawer Divider 11/16” beech dividers. Shipped loose. Divider is 3 5/16” tall. Maximum length is 19 5/8”

DTCT WOOD SS

Double tier cutlery tray wood Specify cabinet size.

EB LOOSE

Edgebanding Loose

FHINGE SS

Frameless Hinges Loose Frameless hinges shipped loose. Blum Inserta 120 degree.

GBH SS

Grocery Bag Holder Loose Unit is made of stainless steel and impact resistant plastic; 6 5/8” W x 3 5/8” D x 15 5/8” T. Holds up to 30 normal size plastic grocery bags. Can be mounted to door, adjustable shelf or side of cabinet.

HTKSS SS

Hidden Toe Kick Step Stool Loose This unit is comprised of a steel 2-step stool covered with non slip rubber treads and plastic non slip feet. For use in base cabinets 21” & up; depth must remain 24”. Toe kick space should be built out to form a 17” W cavity to house the step stool. In the collapsed position unit is 3 3/4” tall, leaving only a 1/4” clearance to slide in; this will be an issue with flooring laid after cabinet installation. Handle is not included. Load capacity is 330 lbs. For field installation.

KT INSERT SS

Knife Tray Insert Shipped Loose Features hardwood UV coated maple construction with 19 knife slots, centered roughly 15/16” apart. Fits B12-48” W x 24” D cabinet. Instructions for on site installation will be included. Unit is 18 1/2” W x 22” D x 2 3/8” T.

LID TB SS

Trash Bin Lid White plastic lid that mounts on all Custom Cupboards (Rev-a-Shelf) 35 quart trash bins. Only sold separately. On double trash units larger drawer front hardware may interfere with lid function.

LS HARDWARE

Lazy Susan Hardware Must be ordered in addition to loose LS SHELF for field installation.

LS SHELF

Lazy Susan Shelf Extra shelf. Shipped Loose. Specify wood or plastic & what type of cabinet it is for so we can determine the size & shape needed. Order LS HARDWARE as well.

MW SHELF 27 MW SHELF 30 P&PC SS

Protruding MWS Shelf Loose MW2734 Shelf (18” x 24”) & MW3034 Shelf (18” x 27”) for field installation Pot & Pan Caddy Loose Unit is constructed of two independently operating pullout units on heavy duty full extension ball bearing slides.Heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames;UV coated birch veneer plywood platforms. Minimum opening width & height of 21” and 24” depth. Recommended for use in a B24BD or B27.

POPMS SS

Pop Up Mixer Shelf Loose Fits BFD15-24

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-50-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Replacement & Loose Parts

AL

POS SS

Pull Out Shelves Loose - See POS Options section

POTRD SS

Pull Out Tray Divider Loose Made with heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames mounted to a birch veneer base platform. Unit comes with heavy duty, full extension ball bearing slides; not self closing. Can be installed in B12”-15” and BFD12”-15” cabinets. 9” minimum opening width, 15” minimum opening height & 24” minimum depth.

POWB SS

Pull Out Wire Basket Loose For field installation, specify cabinet size.

POWH SS

Pull Out Wooden Hamper For field installation, specify cabinet size.

PSP SS

Pull Slide Pull Loose Fits XB42-48

RBC BINS18SS RBC BINS30SS

Recycle Bin Hardware Comes fully assembled with 4 screws. Package includes: (2) containers, frame, full-extension guides, 100# weight rating. 18” includes (2) 27 qt. containers. 30” includes (2) 35 qt. containers. For field installation.

RBC DLX BINS

Deluxe Recycle Bin Hardware For field installation

SINKMAT-M SS SINKMAT-S SS SINKMAT-W SS

Sink Mat Loose Full sheet will be sent. Natural Maple sheet is 23 1/2”x 45 1/4”; metallic silver is 24 5/8”x 45 1/4”. white is 24 5/8”x 45 1/4”

SPD SS

Spice Drawer Plastic Loose For field installation. Specify cabinet size.

SPDW SS

Spice Drawer Wood Loose For field installation. Specify cabinet size.

SPICE SS

Spice Insert Loose Specify cabinet size. For field installation.

TAMBOUR MAT.

Tambour Material Loose Available in all wood species. 3/4” Slat width, 5/16” thick. Solid wood. Maximum size is 36” x 60”.

BTB BIN 15 BTB BIN 18

BTB Hardware for 15”, 18” or 21” Wide Cabinets For onsite installation. Refer to Base cabinet section for more details regarding unit.

BTB BIN 21 BTBBM 15 BTBBM18

Bottom Mount BTB Hardware for 15”, 18” or 21” Wide Cabinets For onsite installation. Refer to Base cabinet section for more details regarding unit.

BTBBM21 SPR SS

Spice Rack Wood Shipped Loose Specify cabinet size.

SPRA SS

Adjustable Wood Spice Rack Shipped Loose Specify cabinet size.

SPRW SS

Spice Rack Wire Shipped Loose Specify cabinet size.

TB SS

Pull-Out Towel Bar Shipped Loose

TRD LARGE SS

Tray Divider Wire Shipped Loose

TRD SMALL SS

18 1/4” x 19 3/4” or 12 1/4” x 19 3/4”

TRDW SS

Tray Divider Wood Shipped Loose Specify cabinet size.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-51-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Replacement & Loose Parts USC15 SS

AL

Under Sink Caddy

USC21 SS

UV coated hardwood maple rack with a plastic top tray for sponge and scrub brush storage. Retaining rods and mounting brackets are nickle. Minimum opening height is 20”. USC15 fits SB27”-33” w/ BD; USC18 fits SB18 & SB36-39” ; USC21 fits SB21”-24” single door cabinet & SB42”-48”

UT13 3/8” SS

Utility Tray Plastic Shipped Loose

UT16 3/8” SS

Fits B18-24.

USC18 SS

UT21 3/8” SS UTW SS

Utility Tray Wood Shipped Loose Specify cabinet size.

WGH SS

Wine Glass Holder Loose Specify what size cabinet parts are needed for.

Shaped Side Panels 3 standard styles, shown below. Loose shaped side panels consist of ¾” thick shaped panels with one of the three details shown below. 1” thick panels are available but may constitute a longer lead time and are shipped loose; recommended to flush out with the doors, size accordingly. A beadboard route (1 ½” on center) or pilaster route (front edge) may be added to the 1” thick loose panel. Submit a quote for custom pricing.

SSP_ LOOSE

SSP A

SSP B

SSP C

11"

3/4” thick Loose Side Shaped Panel

AL

Extended Sides Down Extends the side on a wall cabinet down to your specifications; 18” maximum extension. When extending both the left and right sides down, the back will also extend down unless noted. Enter cabinet as CUSTOMWALL, then add EXT LEFT and/or EXT RIGHT as a modification. Extend Left Side Down 18” maximum extension

EXT LEFT M EXT RIGHT M

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

EXT LEFT Shown

Extend Right Side Down 18” maximum extension

AL=Accessory Loose

-52-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Shelves ADJ SHELF

Adjustable Shelf AL

ADJ SHELF BC

Adjustable Bookcase Shelf

ADJ SHELF FI

Adjustable Finished Interior Shelf

Use this when ordering a shelf or shelves loose. Shelf will be maple print paper interior material and will be edgebanded.

SHELVES

AL

Adjustable shelf with CTE on front edge. Use this when ordering a shelf or shelves loose. CTE2 is standard but may be substituted for CTE1, CAP1 or CAP2 for no additional charge. AL

Use this when ordering a finished interior adjustable shelf or shelves loose. Shelf will be finished to match the exterior and will be edgebanded.

Add Additional Shelf to Cabinet

M

Add a ¾” adjustable interior shelf to a cabinet on your order. Shelf will match interior of cabinet. Please specify total number of shelves needed. Qty is how many shelves you are adding; computer will ask for total shelves. Can only be used on a cabinet that already comes with shelves. BCS

Modify to Bookcase Shelving

M

Modifies standard shelving into bookcase shelving. Use as a modification to a cabinet. CTE2 is standard but may be substituted for CTE1, CAP1 or CAP2 for no additional charge.

FDS

Full Depth Shelves

M

When added as a modification, cabinet will come with full depth shelves. Works on base cabinets only. NS

No Shelves M Deletes shelves from cabinet; no shelf holes.

PLATE GROOVE

Plate Groove

SHELF W/ POS

Shelves w/ POS

M

Add plate groove to your shelf or the floor of a cabinet by adding this as a modification to the cabinet or shelf. ½” W x ¼” D . Plate Groove is placed 2” from the back of the cabinet or shelf. M

Use as a modification to keep the adjustable shelf when multiple POS are added to a base cabinet.

Shelf Clips

AL

Provided at no charge when requested with loose shelves on original order. 50¢ each if ordered at a later date or separately. How to figure adjustable shelf sizes Take 1 3/8” off cabinet depth to get width of shelf Take 1 9/16” off width of cabinet to get length of shelf If there is a finished back, take an additional 3/4” of depth If it is a peninsula cabinet, take an additional 3/4” off depth

•• •• •• ••

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-53-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Sink Base Options SINKMAT-M SINKMAT-S SINKMAT-W

Sink Mat

TOT

Tip-Out Tray

AI

Cut to fit waterproof/water resistant mat for sink cabinet floor. Comes in Maple Natural, White or Metallic Silver. Mat will not be fastened to cabinet floor. Not available in a 48” wide cabinet or diagonal sink base cabinets.

AI

Stainless steel trays attach to tilt down false fronts. Available in 10”, 14 ¼”, 22”, & 25” widths. The widest possible trays will be used. Plastic trays substituted on narrow units. TOT PLASTIC

Tip-Out Tray Plastic

AI

Plastic trays attach to tilt down false fronts. The widest possible trays will be used. TB(L/R)

Towel Bar

AI

Brushed metal finish. Fits openings that are 6” wide or greater. Under-Sink Portero Cleaning Agent

PCA1 PCA2

AI

PCA2 fits in a minimum B15 opening (1 basket removable). PCA1 fits in a minimum B12 opening; comes with bottom, left basket only (removable).No changes in depth, width, or height. Cabinet not included in this price. Hafele’s Arena Champagne. Be aware of sink depth before ordering; does not work with deep sinks. P C A 1 i s 6 3 /8 ” x 1 9 1 /2 ” x 1 5 1 /2 ” . P C A 2 i s 1 0 3 /4 ” x 1 9 1 /2 ” x 2 0 ” . PCA2 Shown

USC15 USC18 USC 21

Under Sink Caddy

USWRO

Under-Sink Wire Roll-Out

AI

UV coated hardwood maple rack with a plastic top tray for sponge and scrub brush storage. Retaining rods and mounting brackets are nickle. Minimum opening height is 20”. Specify right or left door on double door cabinets. USC15 fits SB27”-33” w/ BD USC18 fits SB18 & SB36-39” USC21 fits SB21”-24” single door cabinet & SB42”-48”

AI

Floor mounted bottom basket slides out, smaller top basket is removable. 21” minimum cabinet depth. 11” wide unit fits V15 or B15. 14” wide unit fits V18 or B18 & up.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-54-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Spice Racks 3” & 6” Filler Pull-Outs also available. Refer to Fillers, previously shown in this section. SPR-(L/R)

Wood Spice Rack

AI

2 5/8” deep. Attaches to door and has fixed shelves with dowels to hold spices in place. Number of shelves & size of rack is determined by door height. Natural Beech.

SPRA-(L/R)

Adjustable Wood Spice Rack

AI

3 adjustable shelves with a fixed top & bottom shelf. Sized to fit 18”, 21”, 24”, 36” & 39” wide wall cabinets. Natural beech w/chrome rails. 2 5/8” deep.

Wire Spice Rack

SPRW

AI

Cabinet must be 15” or wider. Available in 3 sizes: 7 ¾” x 21, 10 ¾” x 21, or 13 ¾” x 21. Largest possible size used. Minimum cabinet height is 27”. Chrome rails. Approximately 3” deep. Comes with 4 trays.

Spice Pull-Out Insert

SPICE

M

See Base and Wall sections for standard Spice cabinets. 3 shelves are standard. Insert is 1” less than opening. 6” will be frameless and only accessible from 1 side. 9” and up will be accessible from both sides. Chrome rails. Cabinet must be entered as CUSTOM____, (adds $200 to the cabinet list) then add SPICE as a modification.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-55-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Stain & Touch-Up

ď&#x192;žAL

Prices listed are valid on standard, no upcharge colors only. Call for a quote on any finish with an upcharge. If the finish is in the LOC book a TUK is available, however, some components may not be available to ship. Natural TUKs will consist of a putty stick and a pre-catalyst that will be sent out in a marker. Keep in mind that touch up of special finishes may not resemble the original color due to the multi-step processes involved. Stain shipped by carriers other than a company truck will include a substantial hazardous materials handling fee that will be added to the freight charge. Call the Shipping Dept. for a quote. Refer to the Information section of this catalog for more details on shipping hazardous material. GALLON

Gallon 1 Gallon of stain

QUART

Quart 1 Quart of stain

MARKER

Marker Touch Up Marker

TUK

TUK Touch Up Kit Add to order if needed

PUTTY STICK

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Putty Stick

AL=Accessory Loose

-56-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Storage Solutions CPB Base

Center Partitions AI

Single 3/4” partition added to cabinet to divide the inside opening equally. Partitions are sometimes required for pull-out shelf installation. If requested to be installed off-center, cabinet may become custom.

CPW Wall CPT Tall CR

Can Rack

AI

5” deep can rack attaches to pantry door and has 6 adjustable shelves. Rack is sized to fit opening; 5” less than door opening in width & 1” less in height. Minimum cabinet width is 18” due to chrome rail availability. Not available in same opening as a POS. Natural Beech.

CLOSET ROD

Closet Rod

AI

Chrome closet rod. 48” maximum length.

GBH

Grocery Bag Holder

AI

Unit is made of stainless steel and impact resistant plastic; 6 5/8” W x 3 5/8” D x 15 5/8” T. For door mount applications the unit will be mounted to a 9” X 20” piece of 1/2” thick interior edgebanded plywood. Holds up to 30 normal size plastic grocery bags. Can be mounted to door, adjustable shelf or side of cabinet; placement must be specified. On double door cabinets specify left or right door placement. PANTRY

Wooden Pantry Pull Out Unit Added to Cabinet AI Use as a modification to a cabinet to add a pantry unit. Enter as CUSTOM____, Add PANTRY as a modification. See Tall Cabinet section for standard Pull Out Pantry Unit.

P&PC

Pot & Pan Caddy

AI

Unit is constructed of two independently operating pullout units. Floor mounted on heavy duty full extension ball bearing slides.Heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames;UV coated birch veneer plywood platforms. Minimum opening width & height of 21” and 24” depth. Recommended for use in a B24BD or B27.

PRC

Plate Rack

POPMS

Plate Rack Added to Cabinet

M

Refer to Wall section for standard PRC cabinets. Plate Rack Dividers added to interior of cabinet.1 ½” between dowels and 14” standard height. Available in any cabinet. Interior of cabinet will be the same wood and finish as the cabinet exterior. Enter as CUSTOM____, Add PRC as a modification. Pop Up Mixer Shelf (Rev-A-Shelf)

AI

Available in base depth, full door, 15”-24” wide cabinets. The width of the pop-up shelf is 4 1/2” less than cabinet width. Requires 22 ½” tall opening height and 18” clearance.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-57-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

POTRD

Pull Out Tray Divider

AI

Made with heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames mounted to a birch veneer base platform. Unit is floor mounted on heavy duty, full extension ball bearing slides; not self closing. Door mount is not available. Available in B12”-15” and BFD12”-15” cabinets. 10” minimum opening width, 15” minimum opening height & 24” minimum depth.

POWB

Pull Out Wire Basket

AI

Wire basket is 11” or 14” wide x 14 ¼” tall x 18 ¾” deep. Door Mount not available. 11” fits in a 15” cabinet. 14” fits in an 18” cabinet. 21” Minimum Cabinet Depth.

Pull Out Wooden Hamper

POWH

AI

Beech plywood box with air holes in bottom, mounted on ball bearing full extension guides. Hamper is built to utilize the space in cabinet for which it is ordered. 18” maximum height. Door mount available, order RBDM as a modification. 21” Minimum Cabinet Depth.

WICKER15

WICKER18

TRD

Wicker Baskets

AI

Wicker Baskets woven over solid beech wood frames and slide on wooden runners. Baskets and runners are pre-finished natural and cannot be stained. Fits B15-B18 cabinets only; no modifications allowed on these cabinets. Wicker15 is 11 5/16”W and Wicker18 is 14 5/16” W, both sizes are 7 7/8”H x 21 1/4”D.

Wire Tray Dividers

AI

Wire dividers come in two sizes: 12 ¼ x 19 ¾ or 18 ¼ x 19 ¾ . Largest possible will be used. When ordered, the adjustable shelf will be deleted to make room for the trays.

TRDW

Wood Tray Dividers

AI

Wood dividers are custom cut to height x 15 ½” deep. Maximum height is 29 ½” tall. When ordered, the adjustable shelf will be deleted to make room for the trays.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-58-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Table Legs & Bunn Feet

AL

7 standard styles available , shown below, in two standard widths 3 ½” x 3 ½” or 4” x 4”, and heights 34 ½” or 42”. Constructed of solid wood. No modifications allowed. Dimensioned breakouts are approximate and may vary. Work Table uses a modified Table Leg E.

TABLELEG__336

3 1 /2 x 3 1 /2 x 3 4 1 /2

TABLELEG__436

4 x 4 x 3 4 1 /2

TABLELEG__342

3 1 /2 x 3 1 /2 x 4 2

TABLELEG__442

4 x 4 x 42

22½" 30" 34½" 42"

34½" 42"

Style F

SPLIT LEG

Split Table Leg

Style G

M

Used as a modification to split any of the table legs shown above. Not available on customer supplied product. TURNED POST1

Turned Post Custom furniture legs, spindles, bunn feet, etc. 4”x4” or smaller custom turned pieces. Available in all wood species. Send a drawing of the style that you want. (50” max. length) Size is rounded to the nearest foot for pricing only.

TURNED POST

Turned Post Set-Up Charge This charge will be applied to all custom posts. (1 per design)

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-59-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Table Legs & Bunn Feet

ď&#x192;žAL

Turned, solid wood cabinet feet shipped separate. Recommended separate toe kick on cabinet (STK). A & C require that the height of the toe kick be adjusted. Bunn foot A & C will create a non-standard height. Mounting Cleat is left at the top of the bunn foot to help fill any void left by trim molding. Bunn A

Bunn B

Bunn C

Bunn D

Bunn E

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-60-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Toe Kick Options Adjuster Legs AL

ADJLEG

Includes leg, toe kick panel clip, bolt, & white plastic cap. Adjuster range is 3 3/4” to 4 3/8”. Will be shipped loose for customer installation on site. These are used in place of toe kick. Cabinet must be ordered with separate toe kick (STK). FTK

Flush Toe Kick

M

Use to modify any cabinet with a recessed toe kick to a 4 3/4” tall flush toe. Cannot be ordered as Separate Toe Kick (STK). FTKB

Flush Toe Kick Back

M

Use as a modification to peninsula base cabinets to flush the toe kick on the back of the cabinet. HTKSS

Hidden Toe Kick Step Stool

AI

This unit is comprised of a steel 2-step stool covered with non slip rubber treads and plastic non slip feet. Available in base cabinets 21” & up; depth must remain 24”. Toe kick space will be built out to form a 17” W cavity to house the step stool. In the collapsed position unit is 3 3/4” tall, leaving only a 1/4” clearance to slide in; this will be an issue with flooring laid after cabinet installation. Handle is not included. Load capacity is 330 lbs. Unit will ship separate.

STK

Separate Toe Kick

M

Consists of ¾” thick scrap wood, mostly lean material. Order when ceiling height will not allow room to stand the tall cabinets upright. Comes installed centered under the cabinet & attached with screws. May easily removed at jobsite. Not available with Flush Toe Kick (FTK). NTK

No Toe Kick M Will reduce the overall cabinet height by 4”. Use when applying bunn feet.

RTKB

Recessed Toe Kick Back M Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet to add a recessed toe kick on the back side.

RTKF

Recessed Toe Kick Front M Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet that comes standard with a flush to kick; adds a recessed toe kick on the front.

RTKL

Recessed Toe Kick Left M Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet to add a recessed toe kick on the left side.

RTKR

Recessed Toe Kick Right M Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet to add a recessed toe kick on the right side.

TOE DEPTH

Modify Standard Toe Depth Standard toe depth is 3 1/4”.

TOE HEIGHT

Modify Toe Height

M

Standard height is 4”. Remember to include 1 ½” on flush toe kicks (FTK). Adjusting the toe height does NOT affect the overall height of the cabinet. The opening(s) will be affected. Specify in co m m e n t s section of order

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

ADA - Special Toe Heights If you need taller toe heights for handicap accessibility, we will change them to 9” tall at no extra charge. Specify any special depth, if needed. Valid on multi-cabinet orders only. Single cabinets will be charged the standard Toe Height charge.

AL=Accessory Loose

-61-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Toe Kick Platform AL

TK PLATFORM

All 3/4” construction, unfinished material. 4” Tall. If RTKL, R, or both, please specify. Width & Depth must be specified or you can provide cabinets size & we will figure correct size.

Valances

AL

VAL24 AL VAL27 AL

Standard

Radius

VAL30 AL

3” Rise, 3” Flat

VAL33 AL

1 1/2” Rise, 4 1/2” Flat

3” Radius

VAL36 AL

Tapered

VAL39 AL

Country French 3” Rise, 3” Flat

2 3/4” Rise, 6” Flat

VAL42 AL 45 degree angles

VAL45 AL VAL48 AL VAL51

Cottage

Roman 2 3/4” Rise, 1 1/2” Flat

AL

2 3/4” Rise, 6” Flat

VAL54 AL VAL57 AL VAL60 AL

2” TRIM

VAL63 AL VAL66 AL VAL69 AL

2”

VAL72 AL

6”

VAL75 AL VAL78 AL

Dimensions will vary based on Valance Style chosen

Flat

VAL81 AL VAL84 AL

SIZE: Valances come in standard sizes (H, W & L) with an additional 2” on each end that can be trimmed on location for a perfect fit. For example, a VAL36 will be 40” in length. You can modify the height of a valance to 4 1/4” by applying F04 DETAIL modification will change the edge detail from our standard cove edge detail and placement. The edge detail will match the door edge and it will be placed on the top of the valance.

VAL87 AL VAL90 AL VAL93 AL VAL96 AL

The height can be increased in 3” increments for a charge per 3” to maximum height of 12” FINISH. Valances are finished on the face, back and edges, but excludes glaze and aging techniques to the back. CUSTOM VALANCES. Custom Valances designs are available. MODIFICATIONS: FO4 DETAIL Reduce height to 4 1/4” CHVAL9 Increase height to 9” CHVAL12 Increase height to 12”

to heartland change F05 DETAIL reduced height to 4 3/4”

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-62-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Valances

AL 33” 36” 45” 48”

18”

6”

54” 60” 66” 72”

18”

6”

RPVAL33 RPVAL36 RPVAL45 RPVAL48

Raised Panel Valances Available in 33”, 36”, 45”, & 48” wide & 18” tall. The inside height of the elliptical arch is 6” tall. No applied moldings, mitered or outsourced door styles. The inside edges of the stiles & rails complement the door style. The #30000, #37500, or #70000 panel will be used on all raised panel valances; contact your Account Manager for more information. Custom sizes are available on a per case basis. RPVAL CUSTOM. You should always get a Custom Request approved prior to selling.

Wine Rack Scalloped Wine Rack

SWR M

Scalloped Wine Rack Added to Cabinet Rack is sized to accommodate a 4” diameter bottle with a minimum of 1” between bottles. One row can be attached to floor or an adjustable shelf, to get more than one row will be CUSTOMWALL. Available in any single opening wall cabinet. Interior of cabinet will be the same wood and finish as the cabinet exterior. Must charge for finished interior. Cabinet may become custom. A drawing must accompany order.

WWR M

Wine Rack Grid Added to Cabinet 4” spacing on the grid. Available in any standard single opening wall cabinet as a standard modification when entire opening is modified to a wine rack. Adding to any other cabinet will create a custom cabinet and will require prior approval. Must charge for finished interior (FI) in order to receive a finished interior. Don’t forget to order No Doors (ND). See WALLS section for std wine rack cabinets. If only want a portion of the cabinet is modified to have WWR, it must be entered as a CUSTOM____ Add WWR as a modification.

WGH M

Cabinet

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Wine Glass Holders Mounts under a wall cabinet. Number of holders depends on width of cabinet. Cabinet will receive a finished bottom at no additional charge. Add as a modification to the cabinet. AL=Accessory Loose

-63-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Wood Top Specify overall or plywood size and which edges are to have CTE on the WT Form in the FORMS section of this catalog. Wood tops will be built to plywood size unless otherwise specified. Edge routing will complement the door edge unless specified otherwise. Price includes CTE. Can be built-up, upon request, to 1 ½” thick for double the list price. Additional CTE options are available for use on our wood tops. See CTE1, CTE3, & CTE4 earlier in this section. CTE2 will be standard. There is no extra charge for substituting your CTE, just specify on your order & on the Wood Top Form. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. Maximum sized top shipped assembled with a spline or splines is 48” x 48”. Anything larger will be sent prepped for splines (subject to Spine charge) . Knotty Alder tops not recommended due to open knots. We strongly suggest using Clear Alder.

END VIEW

WT AL WT 1.5

3/4"

AL

3/4" VENEER PLYWOOD CTE

*CTE2 Shown

WTL

Wood Top Up to 48” x 96”, ¾” Veneered plywood.

3/4"

1 1/2"

Wood Top (2) 3/4” Up to 48” x 96”, Veneered plywood for 1 1/2” thick. Wood Top Long Up to 48” x 120”, ¾” Veneered plywood.

AL

Wood Top Long ( 2 ) 3 /4 ” Up to 48” x 120”, Veneered plywood.

DOG BONE

Dog-Bone Joint System

AL

Used for spline joints when the top will be assembled on-site. Shipped loose.

WTL 1.5

SHAPE TOP

AL

Spline For custom shaped wood top, such as clipped corners; a drawing must be provided. Spline Maximum ¾” plywood panel size is 48” wide x 120” long. SPLINE is used as a modification to a ¾” plywood panel over the maximum size. Specify placement. There is no guarantee that the grain will match up.

SPLINE

M DISTRESS BBT

Distressed Butcher Block Top Alder Butcher Block Top. 3” Thick. 32” maximum width & 96” maximum length. Heavily distressed and worn. Specify what edges will be exposed and need to be distressed & finished. See Distressed Wood Top photo in the LOC book for choice of 7 finishes (unfinished, Flint Hills, Auburn Hills, Prairie Rose, Natural, Smoky Hill, & Sunflower). Not recommended for food preparation.

BBT

Standard Butcher Block Top Maple Butcher Block Top; unfinished. 1 ½” thick with ¾” strips, glued up Maple Butcher Block Top. 32” maximum width. Finish with walnut oil to preserve wood. No Warranty!

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-64-

M=Modification

Accessories & Modifications REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Mirror Frames

MIRRORA

MIRRORB Outside profile matches door edge

MIRRORC

Mirror Frames will be offered in three unique designs and 9 door edge specific options. Available in all woods and finishes to provide a perfect match to the cabinetry. Entire frame with the exception of the back plane will be finished. Frames will be constructed of solid stock material and will feature a 5/16" deep x 1/2" wide rabbet in order to accommodate 1/8" or 1/4" thick glass. Pricing will be figured by calculating the lineal foot of molded material needed and adding the design fee. For example, MIRRORA at 24" x 24" is 8 lineal feet charged at $21 per foot + $100 design fee totaling $268 list. Loose rail material available for lineal foot price. Frame

Loose Rail

MIRROR A

MIR A RAIL

4 7/8" wide; 1" thick material. Mitered construction.

MIRROR B

MIR B RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Outside edge matches door edge.

MIRROR C

3 1/4" wide stiles & top rail; 4 1/4" wide bottom rail; 3/4" thick material. Butt joint construction. Front view shown

MIRROR#10

MIR 10 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #10 door edge.

MIRROR#13

MIR 13 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #13 door edge.

MIRROR#15

MIR 15 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #15 door edge.

MIRROR#35

MIR 35 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #35 door edge.

MIRROR#60

MIR 60 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #60 door edge.

MIRROR#65

MIR 65 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #65 door edge.

MIRROR#66

MIR 66 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #66 door edge.

MIRROR#67

MIR 67 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #67 door edge.

MIRROR#70

MIR 70 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #70 door edge.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

AL=Accessory Loose

-65-

M=Modification

Sales Aids REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Index: Sales Aids Brochures......................................................................................... 4 Color Blocks.................................................................................... 6 Door Store....................................................................................... 3 Faceframe & Door Samples....................................................... 8 For Ordering................................................................................... 4 Lending Library.............................................................................. 3 Library of Color Book.................................................................. 4

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

Mini Base & Wall Cabinets......................................................... 5 Miscellaneous Items..................................................................... 4 Sales Aids Notes............................................................................ 2 Sample Door & Front................................................................... 8 Sample Doors..................................................................................7 Special Samples..............................................................................7

-1-

Sales Aids REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Sales Aids Notes There are three different ways to order your sales aides: •• Place your order on our website •• Fax your order in to (316) 219-2798. Forms can be downloaded from our website. •• Email with correct documents attached Due to human error we no longer accept orders via email (without the proper documents attached) or a phone call. Please use the proper forms to order your sales aids to ensure accuracy with what you are trying to order. HELP yourself by submitting these documents. Orders filled out incorrectly or submitted on the wrong form may result in delays. If you cannot find the forms in your catalog or on our website please call Sales and Marketing and we will be happy to fax them to you! Items in this section do not apply towards display allowance. Please refer to page 14 of the Information Section or call your Sales Representative for questions pertaining to Dealer Display Programs.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-2-

Sales Aids REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Door Store Custom Cupboards offers a unique service in providing a variety of popular door style and color combinations on sample doors, ready to ship the same day. These colors and door styles are chosen based on what our dealers are ordering. Available doors can be found on our website at www.customcupboards.com. Go to “For the Pros”, “Dealers Only”, and “Door Store”.

Standard Door Store Sample Door Standard Stain, with or without glaze Nomenclature: DSD STANDARD

Packaged Finish Door Store Sample Door Packaged Finish Nomenclature: DSD

Lending Library Custom Cupboards maintains an extensive library of standard & special colors available for loan to assist you and your client in your color selection process. These doors can be checked out for a period of two weeks. Please call the Librarian for details at ext. 171 or use the form which is available to download from our website. Use the Library Door Order Form from the Form Section of the catalog & fax the Librarian with your selection. Phone: (316)529-3431; ext. 171 Fax: (316)219-2798 E-mail: library@customcupboards.com

••

The Librarian will ship the door(s) to you via UPS. You must specify Next Day, Two Day, or Ground, if not it will automatically be sent Ground. If you want your shipment to go out today, you need to have your request in no later than 1:00 p.m. CST.

••

Please note that we charge a $10 handling fee on each package, on top of your regular shipping cost.

••

Custom Cupboards covers Ground freight on library doors TO you. You will be billed for the difference if you choose to have your doors shipped quicker than Ground, such as 2nd Day or Next Day. You are responsible for the shipping fee to get the door(s) back to us.

••

Keep your package, including the packing, to use for the return of the door(s).

••

The library’s main purpose is to provide a color to you. If you need a particular door style or knotty/rustic wood, please be sure to state it on your order. The Librarian may send multiple doors for color, style, etc.

••

Your package will have a slip included that states the number of doors sent, their due date, & the amount due if the doors are not returned by the date requested.

••

Ship the door(s) back using the original box. You should ship the door(s) no later than the date noted on your information slip. If you know you’re going to need the door(s) longer, please contact the Librarian so she will not bill you for the door(s). You will not be billed for the door(s) if you contact us.

••

Final Notices will be faxed out weekly. If we have not heard from you or seen the door(s), your account will be billed $150 net per door and credit WILL NOT be issued.

••

Additional door requests will be denied as long as there are delinquent doors or unpaid balances on your library account.

••

We strongly suggest that you make a copy of the return shipping label so we can track the package. If you say you have returned the door, we will ask for proof by means of tracking information. If this information is not able to be provided you will be billed for the missing door(s).

••

If you are billed for a door, it is yours to keep as it will be automatically replaced once it has been billed. This fee is nonrefundable.

Remember, the lending library is a very resourceful tool if you use it wisely. It is very important that you follow these guidelines so it is beneficial to everyone.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-3-

Sales Aids REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Library of Color Book Library of Color Book The purpose of this photo album is to acquaint you with the vast array of colors available for your viewing through our lending library. Please see an actual door & do not order from a photograph. Nomenclature: LOC

Brochures Door Brochure

Nomenclature: BROCH DOOR25

NEW fold out brochure featuring almost every door style we offer as well as some finish, wood species, edge profile and accessories images. Comes in packages of 25.

Additional brochures, door hangers, posters, and direct mail pieces available on the Custom Cupboards Virtual Marketing Portal. Register today and begin customizing literature to fit your needs. Access the link on our website.

For Ordering Product Catalog Specify Heartland, Discovery, or Revola

Pricing Program Use our pricing program to electronically submit your order. New install & updates are available in the dealers only section of our website. Please contact Jason Harris at ext. 129 or Andrew Burkhart at ext. 111 if you need assistance with updates.

Nomenclature: CATALOG

Forms All forms can be downloaded and printed from our website

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

No charge.

-4-

Sales Aids REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Miscellaneous Items Plaque Cherry with a chestnut/burgandy glazed finish. Display on counter or wall. Nomenclature: PLAQUE LOGO

Molding Chain Consists of 20 pre-selected moldings. BBM, CAP1 & 2, CMM, CMT, CR3, 4 & 5, CTE1, DM, FBLB, ICDM, ICM, M1402, M1404, M5203, Rope, SCR3, UCM & UCM3. Nomenclature: MOLDINGCHAIN

Molding Samples 1’ unfinished sample of any of our moldings listed in the catalog. Wood species will vary. Please specify molding type in the notes of the entry. Nomenclature: MLDG SAMPLE

Edge Profile Chain Door front edge options Price: No charge Nomenclature: EDGE SAMPLE

Mini Base & Wall Cabinets •• ••

Order on an ESO Styling charges, such as wood, color, door style, etc. apply

Mini Wall 12” W x 18” T x 7” D Nomenclature: MW

Mini Base 12” W x 24” T x 15 1/4” D Nomenclature: MB

As a service to you, Custom Cupboards keeps several mini bases in stock for immediate shipment. For a list of available mini bases, please contact the Librarian at ext. 171. To order your own cabinet, submit on an ESO. All applicable fees apply (color, wood, hinge, etc.).

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-5-

Sales Aids REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Color blocks Do not order color based on color blocks. You must view a larger door sample before ordering. If you do send us a color block to match, your order will be subject to applicable stain match charges. Following the passing of any Color Block expiration date, the block will not be eligible for recertification. This procedure will ensure that only the most current blocks are used in representation to customers and potential clientele. The substantially lower cost of the Color Block in contrast to a sample door compounded with the nature in which Color Blocks are produced enable Custom Cupboards to realize our goal of supplying our sales representatives and dealers with accurate, current sales aids.

Color Block Sets by Wood Type Alder Color Blocks Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKA

Maple Color Blocks Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKM

Beech Color Blocks Set of 19 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKB

Oak Color Blocks Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKO

Cherry Color Blocks Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKC

Quarter-Sawn Oak Color Blocks Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKQS

Hickory Color Blocks Set of 21 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKH

Paint Color Blocks Set of 18 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKP

Individual Color Blocks Individual Color Block 3” x 7 1/2” - Must specify color Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCK

Color Block Sample Box Logo engraved, dovetail sample box holds 84 color blocks - 3” x 7 1/2”. Nomenclature: SAMPLE BOX

Individual Glaze Block 3” x 7 1/2” - Must specify color Nomenclature: GLAZE BB

Full Color Block Sets Full Set of Standard Color Blocks Set of 168 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: CLR BLK SET Full Set of Glaze Blocks Set of 19 - 4” x 10” Price: $152 LIST Nomenclature: GLAZE BB SET

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-6-

Sales Aids REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Sample Doors •• •• •• STOP

Check the Door Store on our website for pre-made, ready to ship doors at a discounted price! Other styles are available but not in stock. Sample doors are sized at 11 ½”W x 14 ½”L. Sample drawer fronts are sized at 6 1/4” T x 14 1/2” W Wood Products and the finishes applied to them will age over time. Due to this, samples need to be replaced every 18 months. Cherry samples must be replaced yearly. Price doesn’t change because of finish or door style.

Sample Door or Front Standard Stain Door - 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDS

Sample Door or Front Standard Stain with Glaze Door - 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDS

Door - 13” x 18 1/2” Nomenclature: SD

Door - 13” x 18 1/2” Nomenclature: SDG

Drawer Front - 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDF

Drawer Front - 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDFSG

Sample Door or Front Packaged Finish Door - 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDS

Sample Door Color Development Fee Due to the high cost associated with developing or matching special finishes, this fee will be charged whenever we attempt a color match. This fee will include the (SDS) sample.

Door - 13” x 18 1/2” Nomenclature: SD CUSTOM

Nomenclature: SDCDF

Drawer Front - 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDF CUSTOM

Special Samples Distressing Sample 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” - Points out all 10 of our standard distressing on an Alder, Fruitwood 30000-10 door.

Peg/Nail Sample 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” - Shows all of our peg and nail options on Alder Rocky Mountain door.

Nomenclature: SDD

Nomenclature: SDS PEGS

Sheen Sample Two slab fronts strapped together to show the difference between standard and flat. Done on cherry door w/ a carrington finish. Nomenclature: SDS SHEEN

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-7-

Sales Aids REVOLA CATALOG 05-14

Faceframe & Door Samples •• Face Frame is 15” x 26 3/4” •• Hinge type must be selected •• Wood Products and the finishes applied to them will age over time. Due to STOP

this, samples need to be replaced every 1 1/2 years. See expiration date. Cherry samples must be replaced yearly.

FF&D Sample Pick your finish, door style and drawer front. Nomenclature: FFD

Full Door FF&D Sample Pick your finish and door style Nomenclature: FFDFD

Standard Overlay Drawer Front = 5 ¾” x 13” Door = 13” x 18 Full Height Door = 13” x 24 1/2”

Designer Overlay Drawer Front = 6 ¼” x 14 5/8” (for 3/4” top reveal) Drawer Front = 6 ¾” x 14 5/8” (for 1/4” top reveal) Door = 14 5/8” x 19 1/4” Full Height Door = 14 5/8” x 25 3/4”(for 3/4” top reveal) Full Height Door = 14 5/8” x 26 1/4”(for 1/4” top reveal)

Sample Door & Front •• •• •• •STOP •

No frame - metal brackets screwed in from the back Drawer Front = 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Door = 14 1/2” x 19 1/2” 1/2” gap between the door & drawer front Wood Products and the finishes applied to them will age over time. Due to this, samples need to be replaced every 1-2 years. Cherry samples must be replaced yearly.

Sample Door & Front Standard Stain with or w/out glaze Nomenclature: SD&F

Sample Door & Front Packaged Finish Nomenclature: SD&F SP

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

-8-

Index: Forms Appliance Panel Form.............................................................................................................................................. 2-5 Consumer Information Form..................................................................................................................................... 6 Display Discount Form................................................................................................................................................ 7 Display Guidelines......................................................................................................................................................... 8 Expedited Service Order Form................................................................................................................................. 9 Jobsite Delivery Form................................................................................................................................................ 10 Library Door Order Form........................................................................................................................................ 11 Logo Setup Form......................................................................................................................................................... 12 Out of Square Form................................................................................................................................................... 13 Profile Color Blocks Order Form........................................................................................................................... 14 QA Form 140.............................................................................................................................................................. 15 Quality Report Form................................................................................................................................................. 16 RevolaBase Oven Cut-outs Form........................................................................................................................... 17 Revola Tall Oven Cut-outs Form.......................................................................................................................18-19 RevolaWall Microwave Cut-outs Form............................................................................................................20-21 Sales Aides Form......................................................................................................................................................... 22 Standard Sample Order Form.................................................................................................................................. 23 Starter Kit Form.......................................................................................................................................................... 24 Warranty Form............................................................................................................................................................ 25 Woodtop Order Form........................................................................................................................................ 26-29

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-1-

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-2-

¼" Backer Panel

Overlay Panel

G G

Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide.

NOTE: Doors will be double panel in width if wider than 24” and/or double panel in height if taller than 42”. You can request single panels by using SDPW or SDPH. All details above show “SPDW”.

G ¼" Panel Size =

D D ¼" Panel Size =

C C ¼" Panel Size =

E ¼" Panel Size = F ¼" Panel Size =

C C

Drawer Front Style: ________________________

Door Style: ____________________

B B ¼" Panel Size =

A ¼" Panel Size =

A A

PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING Refrigerator / Freezer Refrigerator / Freezer

$360 list per panel (includes ¼” backer panel) – maximum $720 per appliance. Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels

*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions

K K

Oct. 2010

¼" Panel Size =

Optional Grill

HH ¼" Panel Size = I I ¼" Panel Size = JJ ¼" Panel Size =

H H

Refrigerator / Freezer

DESIGNER NOTE: The overlay design allows decorative panels to cover the door trim for a more seamless appearance. To achieve this look, the most common way is to work with two panels and a spacer (generally .10”)

DEALER:____________________________ PO#:____________________________

Refrigerator / Freezer

"Spacer will be a door bumper"

.10" Spacer

DATE:___/___/___

APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #1

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-3-

¼" Backer Panel

Overlay Panel

N N 1/4" Panel Size = O O 1/4" Panel Size =

O O

Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide. KK

¼" Panel Size =

Optional Grill

Q 1/4" Panel Size = N

PP 1/4" Panel Size =

Refrigerator / Freezer

M 1/4" Panel Size = M

Drawer Front Style: ________________________

Door Style: ____________________

LL ¼" Panel Size =

PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING Refrigerator / Freezer Refrigerator / Freezer

$360 list per panel (includes ¼” backer panel) – maximum $720 per appliance. Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels

*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions

DEALER:____________________________ PO#:____________________________

Refrigerator / Freezer

"Spacer will be a door bumper"

.10" Spacer

DATE:___/___/___

APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #2

Oct. 2010

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-4Reveal Top: _______ Reveal Bttm: _______ Reveal Left: _______ Reveal Right: _______

TT Door Plant Size = U U Door Plant Size =

UU Reveal Top: _______ Reveal Bttm: _______ Reveal Left: _______ Reveal Right: _______

Reveal Top: _______ Reveal Bttm: _______ Reveal Left: _______ Reveal Right: _______

Door Style: _________________

Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide.

SS Door Plant Size =

RR Door Plant Size =

Reveal Top: _______ Reveal Bttm: _______ Reveal Left: _______ Reveal Right: _______

PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING Refrigerator / Freezer

$360 list per panel (includes ¼” backer panel) – maximum $720 per appliance. Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels

Y Y

W W Door Plant Size = X Door Plant Size = X

V Door Plant Size =

W W

V V

Reveal Top: _______ Reveal Bttm: _______ Reveal Left: _______ Reveal Right: _______

Oct. 2010

Reveal Top: _______ Reveal Bttm: _______ Reveal Left: _______ Reveal Right: _______

Optional Grill

Refrigerator / Freezer

*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions

DESIGNER NOTE: This does not cover up the door trim and is meant for visible reveals.

DEALER:____________________________ PO#:____________________________

Refrigerator / Freezer

¼" Backer Panel

Overlay Panel

DATE:___/___/___

APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #3

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-5Reveal Top: _______ Reveal Bttm: _______ Reveal Left: _______ Reveal Right: _______

Reveal Top: _______ Reveal Bttm: _______ Reveal Left: _______ Reveal Right: _______

ddDoor Plant Size = dd

Reveal Top: _______ Reveal Bttm: _______ Reveal Left: _______ Reveal Right: _______

Door Style: _________________

Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide.

aa Door Plant Size = aa bb bb Door Plant Size = cccc Door Plant Size =

cc cc

bb bb

aa aa

Reveal Top: _______ Reveal Bttm: _______ Reveal Left: _______ Reveal Right: _______

PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING Refrigerator / Freezer

$360 list per panel (includes ¼” backer panel) – maximum $720 per appliance. Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels

Y Y

Oct. 2010

Reveal Top: _______ Reveal Bttm: _______ Reveal Left: _______ Reveal Right: _______

Optional Grill

ffff

Dishwasher

Compactor

*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions

DESIGNER NOTE: This does not cover up the door trim and is meant for visible reveals.

DEALER:____________________________ PO#:____________________________

Refrigerator / Freezer

¼" Backer Panel

Overlay Panel

DATE:___/___/___

APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #4

CONSUMER INFORMATION FORM PO# ______________________ Congratulations on your decision to purchase finished cabinetry from Custom Cupboards. With over twenty-five years of experience in crafting fine cabinetry, we are certain that you will be pleased with your purchase for many years to come. All of us at Custom Cupboards want you to be a truly satisfied customer, therefore, we take this opportunity to explain the characteristics of the finish that you have selected. We stress the differences you may experience with these finishes and require this letter of agreement to ensure that you are properly educated on the inherent nature and characteristics involved with these finishes and woods. The window of acceptance on special finishes is naturally wider than our standard finished products. Adding or deleting just one step can dramatically alter the final look.

PLEASE READ AND INITIAL ALL THAT PERTAIN TO THE FINISH YOU SELECTED: I. GLAZE FINISHES: Glazed finishes are the result of a hand-applied process before the final topcoat. Due to the nature of this procedure, each individual kitchen will have its own set of characteristics i.e. no two doors or drawer fronts will have the same look. Depending upon the base color, some glazes may tend to create a haze on the surface. The glazing will have a tendency to be more dominant or “hang-up” in areas of the cabinetry with sharp edges, corners, and recesses. For example, the exact same finish on cabinetry that has intricate doors and ornate moldings will appear darker than an uncomplicated shaker style kitchen. Glaze is not applied to the backs of doors and drawer fronts. ______Initials

V. AGING (DISTRESSING): Aging (Distressing) is the creation of an artistic touch applied by skilled artisans. The various methods that are employed to achieve this aged look lend each kitchen its own uniquely individual characteristics. Due to the nature of these procedures, each kitchen, and more specifically each individual door and/or drawer front, will have their own identity i.e. no two doors or drawer fronts will have the same look. Adding or removing any of these processes from a finish will drastically alter the final appearance of that finish. Aging (Distressing) is not applied to the backs of the doors and drawer fronts. ______Initials

II. NATURAL AND LIGHT FINISHES: Custom Cupboards cabinetry features select Alder, Knotty Alder, Cherry, Rustic Cherry, Hickory, Maple, Oak, Knotty Oak, Beech, Rustic Beech, and Quarter-Sawn Oak woods and veneers. These woods vary in color. Shades of white, brown, black, red, yellow, and even green are noticeable in lighter finishes. Mineral streaks, wormholes, and nature’s imperfections will be more prevalent. Grain and texture will vary from “even” to “wild”. These are normal characteristics found in wood. ______Initials

VI. PAINTED / OPAQUE FINISHES: Custom Cupboards uses only the highest quality woods and veneers. The inherent character of wood causes it to expand and contract in an unpredictable manner, depending upon the surrounding temperature and humidity. The opaque varnish is suspended over the top of the wood and cannot expand and contract, therefore, the surface may show small hairline fractures or “cracks” on the joints and some flat surfaces. You must be prepared to accept this risk and understand that no warranty can insure against this. All other parts of our warranty will remain in effect. Our opaque finishes do not allow the wood grain to show through. Depending on the type of paint ordered your cabinets will receive one or two coats of primer, a coat of paint, and a topcoat. ______Initials

III. CRACKLE FINISHES: Crackling is a non-controllable finishing process that can range from very subtle to a very heavy and extreme cracking appearance. Custom Cupboards cannot guarantee the consistency of this process, therefore, inconsistency in the size, shape and amount of crackle is not cause for replacement. Crackle is not applied to the backs of the doors and drawer fronts. ______Initials

VII. SEMI-OPAQUE FINISHES: Our semi-opaque finishes vary from Paints and Opaque Finishes in that a certain degree of the wood’s natural beauty is designed to be visible. In most cases nail holes, joints, and minor surface defects are not puttied in order to allow the texture of the wood to show through and create an aged look. The amount of visible grain is affected by the texture of the wood and may not exactly match the sample you have viewed. ______Initials

IV. UNFINISHED CABINETRY: Custom Cupboards cannot be responsible for your own finishing or the results of others. Our finish is designed to provide protection from the drastic changes in the moisture content of the wood. These changes can cause warping of the wood, cracking and splitting, as well as moisture spots. Therefore, our warranty will apply only to workmanship and will assume no responsibility for the finish or areas related. ______Initials

I have reviewed the foregoing and have advised my customer on the finish they have selected. It is understood that the finish application is an artistic touch and find the above inherent variations in wood and finish to be acceptable. I agree not to hold Custom Cupboards responsible in the event that I find these variations to be less desirable than I expected as so explained in detail to my customer. Consumer Signature: _______________________________________________ Date: _____/_____/_____ Dealer Signature: __________________________________________________ Date: _____/_____/_____

We call your attention to these variations because you have probably seen only a small sampling of our product. These variations will create a completely different effect on an entire kitchen, bath or living area. We have always been, and will continue to be, accountable to produce products that are within our window of acceptance that meet our high standards. It is important that you realize that neither Custom Cupboards nor any dealer of our products can be held responsible for the type or degree of variation that can occur in these products. Even by returning the sample that you ordered does not guarantee an exact match of this finish. If you consider any of these variations to be unacceptable, then you may wish to choose a different finish. These characteristics and variations are not cause for replacement. Oct. 2010 RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-6-

DISPLAY DISCOUNT REQUEST FORM This form must be filled out completely for consideration of a discount. PLEASE FILL OUT ALL INFORMATION BELOW:

Work Order #____________________

PO #: ______________________

5% rebate program on orders received, after display has been delivered, for a period of 1 year. (In dealer showroom only)

15% flat discount program. A one time additional 15% discount will be taken off the invoice for the Display cabinet. (In dealer showroom only)

10% Model home program

5% Model home program / Parade of Homes

Other (explain below)

Other discount request:

___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________ Dealership Address:

Model Homes Only: Opening Date:___/___/___ Closing Date:___/___/___

Model Home Address:

_______________________

______________________

_______________________

______________________

_______________________

______________________

_______________________

______________________

________________________________________________ Dealer Signature

________________________________________________ V.P. of Sales & Marketing Signature

_____ / _____ / _____

Date

_____ / _____ / _____

Date

Discount does not apply to the freight charges. A detailed layout must be submitted for review by VP of Sales & Marketing.

Notes: ________________________________________________________ CC: VP of RVSales 1 2 /&1 2Marketing v3 Customer Service Representative Sales Representative

________________________________________________________ -7-

DISPLAY GUIDELINES: Listed below are various display/discount programs that we offer.

5% REBATE PROGRAM:

15% FLAT DISCOUNT PROGRAM:

10% MODEL HOME PROGRAM:

5% MODEL HOME / PARADE HOME PROGRAM:

*The invoice for the display will be paid back to the dealer by issuing a 5% rebate on each order processed AF TER the display order has been produced and invoiced. This 5% rebate will cover all orders within a one-year period or until the display cost has been recovered, whichever comes first. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep. and V.P. of Sales and Marketing for approval. ***This display must be located in the dealership retail showroom and manned for daily operations. Note: If approved, note in comment area of order: Display = 5%. *A one time 15% discount will be taken off the invoice for the display of cabinetry. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep and V.P. of Sales and Marketing for approval. The display must be located in the dealership retail showroom and manned for daily operations. Note: If approved, note in comment area of order: Display = 15%.

*This is an additional 10% for a model home that meets the following requirements. *Open to the public on a daily basis. *Must be open for a minimum of 3 months. *Have Custom Cupboards literature and logo visible to the public. This is an extension of your showroom so it must be manned for daily operations. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and a detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep. and V.P. of Sales and Marketing for approval. The times and dates must be submitted for the model home. A Custom Cupboards Sales Rep. will visit during normal operations of the model home.

*This is an additional 5% for a model home that meets the following requirements. *Open to the public on a daily basis. *Must be open for a minimum of 1 month or more. *Have Custom Cupboards literature and logo visible to the public. This is an extension of your showroom so it must be manned for daily operations. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and a detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep. and V.P. of Sales and Marketing for approval. The times and dates must be submitted for the Model Home/Parade Home. A Custom Cupboards Sales Rep. will visit during normal operations of the model home.

***NOTE: Custom Cupboards, Inc. reserves the right to question or adjust style and color choice of displays. Custom Cupboards, Inc. reserves the right to limit the total dollars that qualify for either display plan.

PRODUCTS INCLUDED IN DISPLAYS: HEARTLAND DISCOVERY REVOLÄ&#x20AC; RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-8-

EXPEDITED SERVICE ORDER DATE:___/___/___

SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS:

Fax to: (316) 858-5295

Dealer Code: ___ ___ ___ - ___ ___ ___ Dealership: _______________________ Ordered By: ______________________ ORIGINAL WO#__________________ PO#______________________________

r GROUND r NEXT TRUCK

r NEXT DAY r COMMON CARRIER

SHIP TO:

_____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________ _______________________________

EESO’S ARE FOR JOB COMPLETION ONLY. PLEASE INCLUDE ORIGINAL WO#S FOR BETTER SERVICE.

WOOD: ________________________________ FINISH: ________________________________ HINGE: ________________________________ UPPER DOOR-EDGE: ____________-_____ LOWER DOOR/EDGE: ___________-_____ DRAWER FRONT: _______________

LINE #

QTY

ITEM #

HINGE

INTERIOR: _____________________________ GUIDE TYPE: ___________________________ rLOGOS rFISL DOORS rFISL DRWRS

FIN. END

COMMENTS

LIST PRICE

COMMENTS: ______________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ Oct. 2010 RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-9-

JOBSITE DELIVERY FORM

WO# _________________

Customer Name: ____________________________

PO# ______________________

After Hours # (Very Important): (_______)_______-__________

Jobsite Address: _________________________________________

City: _____________________ State: _________

*****ZIP CODE:________________ MUST SUPPLY - VERY IMPORTANT*****

Map to the Jobsite: (List the major crossroads and place an “X” at the jobsite location) INTERNET MAPS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, MUST BE HAND DRAWN

Short instructions to find the jobsite: __________________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________________

Jobsite requirements: •

• •

The dealer must evaluate the delivery route to the jobsite, insure accessibility, and notify local authorities if necessary. The jobsite must meet local and state guidelines for delivery vehicles of this size. The evaluation is to include bridge weight limits of not less than 48,000 lbs. gross weight minimum, low hanging obstacles (such as overpasses, power lines / cables, & tree limbs) with a minimum height of 14 feet required. The jobsite must be able to accommodate a 53’ semi tractor-trailer with no dead ends or cul’de’sacs. If the driver deems the jobsite undeliverable, due to failure to meet any one of the above requirements, or due to current weather and/or road conditions, the job will be delivered to the dealer’s warehouse or to the dealer’s truck. However, if a jobsite delivery is attempted or if the order changes from a jobsite to a warehouse delivery after the truck has been loaded, the jobsite fee will still apply. It is mandatory that the dealer and/or sales person meet the driver at the showroom or other agreed upon convenient location and lead the driver to the jobsite.

Signature: ___________________________________________________________

I have read the above and agree to the terms of this jobsite and acknowledge that failure to meet the above criteria may result in the loss of jobsite privileges on future orders.

Please fill out the following: • Your Name: ____________________________________ •

Name of person driver is to contact: __________________

•

Phone # of above contact: ________________________ or

Date: ______/______/______

•

Can the jobsite be accessed by a 53’ semi-trailer with a combined tractor length of 70-75 feet? Y / N

•

Are there any cul’de’sacs, dead ends, low-hanging branches, or any other obstructions? Y / N

•

Will someone meet the driver at a convenient location and take him to the jobsite? Y / N

•

Will there be people at the jobsite to help unload? Y / N

_______________________

Oct. 2010 RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-10-

LIBRARY DOOR ORDER FORM DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __

DATE: ___/___/___

DEALERSHIP:_________________ DEALER PO#: _______________ SALESPERSON: ___________________ r I would like to be added to a waiting list if my request is not available

SHIP TO: ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________ SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS r GROUND r 2ND DAY STD r NEXT DAY 8 A.M. r NEXT DAY 3 P.M.

r 3 DAY (CA, AZ) r 2ND DAY 10:30 A.M. r NEXT DAY 10:30 A.M.

LIBRARY DOORS CANNOT BE SHIPPED ON COMPANY TRUCKS

ORDERS RECEIVED BY 1:00 P.M. CST WILL SHIP THE SAME DAY, IF AVAILABLE.

r ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)

r OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE

r SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR AND ONE

r SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR AND ONE FOR DOOR STYLE

WOOD: ________________________

COLOR: ________________________

DOOR STYLE/EDGE: _______________

r ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)

Email: library@customcupboards.com

(Rarely Possible)

r OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE

r SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR AND ONE

r SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR AND ONE FOR DOOR STYLE

WOOD: ________________________

COLOR: ________________________

DOOR STYLE/EDGE: _______________

r ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)

r OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE

r SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR AND ONE

FOR DOOR STYLE

Library Contact Information Phone: (316)529-3431 ext. 171 Fax: (316)219-2798

r ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH

r OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE FOR DOOR STYLE

(Rarely Possible)

r OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE FOR DOOR STYLE

r ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH

FOR DOOR STYLE

WOOD: ________________________

COLOR: ________________________

DOOR STYLE/EDGE: _______________

DOOR STYLE/EDGE: _______________ DEC 2010

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-11-

Please fax to (316)219-2798

STEP 1: ____ I agree to pay the $62 net one time set-up fee charged to prepare our logo for use with the Epilog Laser Engraver. I understand that I will receive a sample to approve before the logo is used on our first order. ______________________________

_______________________________

Dealership

Signature

STEP 2 (to be completed upon receipt of sample): ____ The logo sample I received has been approved for use in production ____ The logo sample I received requires the following modifications:

____ The logo sample I received has NOT been approved. Please explain:

______________________________

_______________________________

Dealership

Signature

PLEASE DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE â&#x20AC;&#x201C; OFFICE USE ONLY ___/___/___ Custom Cupboards received logo ___/___/___ Custom Cupboards received signed payment agreement ___/___/___ Custom Cupboards sent sample to customer for approval ___/___/___ Custom Cupboards received approval from customer

Phone: (316)529-3431 Customer Service Fax: (316)529-1738 RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

Sales & Marketing Fax: (316)219-2798 ESO Department Fax: (316)858-5295

-12-

Dealer Supplied Outsourced Product Following is a list of OUTSOURCED product that I (the Dealer) have ordered and will be sending to you (CCI) to be finished. DEALER NAME___________________________________________ PO#____________________________________________________ MANUFACTURER_________________________________________________________________________ QTY___________

ITEM#___________

DESCRIPTION_____________________________________

MANUFACTURER_________________________________________________________________________ QTY___________

ITEM#___________

DESCRIPTION_____________________________________

MANUFACTURER_________________________________________________________________________ QTY___________

ITEM#___________

DESCRIPTION_____________________________________

MANUFACTURER_________________________________________________________________________ QTY___________

ITEM#___________

DESCRIPTION_____________________________________

MANUFACTURER_________________________________________________________________________ QTY___________

ITEM#___________

DESCRIPTION_____________________________________

NOTE TO DEALER: If ordering outsourced product for multiple PO#’s and/or rooms, PLEASE use a separate form for each.

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

IF CCI WILL BE ATTACHING OUTSOURCED ITEMS AT THE FACTORY, PLEASE INCLUDE A DRAWING OF HOW TO ATTACH. -13-

Color Block Order Form 3738 South Norman, Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T 316.529.3431 F 316.219.2798 ▪ www.CustomCupboards.com

Our standard finishes are shown on 3” x 7 1/2” color blocks. A color block represents a small sampling of the finish on a single piece of wood. Due to the inherent characteristics in grain and texture of wood, slight variations in finish can be expected. The Color Block Information Form is available to help you provide a better understanding of finished wood product to your customer. This form can be found in the forms section of the website. Color blocks are not available in knotty or rustic woods.

Full Sets Full Set of 168 Standard Color Blocks (Includes Alder, Beech, Cherry, Maple, Oak, Hickory, Quarter-Sawn Oak and Paint) CLR BLK SET - $504 List Full Set of 22 Alder Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKA - $66 List

Full Set of 22 Oak Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKO - $66 List

Full Set of 19 Beech Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKB - $57 List

Full Set of 21 Hickory Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKH - $63 List

Full Set of 22 Cherry Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKC - $66 List

Full Set of 22 Quarter-Sawn Oak Standard Color Blocks COLORBLOCKQS - $66 List

Full Set of 22 Maple Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKM - $66 List

Full Set of 18 Paint Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKP - $54 List

Individual Color Blocks

Display Your Color Blocks

Standard Color Block COLOR BLOCK - $3 List Order an individual block from the standard color block set using the selection boxes below

Color Block Sample Box SAMPLE BOX - $40 List Dovetail sample box, laser engraved with Custom Cupboards logo, holds 84 color blocks

Standard Color Block w/ Glaze GLAZE BB - $7 List Order an individual block from the standard color block set and add one of four standard glazes using the selection boxes below • • • •

Midnight Frost (MFG) Van Dyke Brown (VDB) Burgundy (BURG) Pewter (PTG)

Wood: __________________________

Color: __________________________

Select glaze if applicable

MFG

VDB

BURG

PTG

Wood: __________________________

MFG

VDB

BURG

PTG

Wood: __________________________

MFG

VDB

BURG

PTG

Wood: __________________________

Color: __________________________

Select glaze if applicable

MFG

VDB

Shipping Instructions Dealer ID

BURG

Ground

PTG

MFG

2nd Day

VDB

Next Day

BURG

PTG

MFG

VDB

BURG

PTG

Ship to

Date

Dealer Name Ordered By FORMS>ColorBlockForm v2-12

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

PO# * Sales Aids cannot be shipped on company trucks without prior approval

-14-

QA Form 140

  

 

   

  



   

3738 South Norman Wichita, KS 67215 Tel: (316) 529-3431 Fax: (316) 529-1738

       

 

   



RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

         



       

 

-15-

QUALITY REPORT FORM In an effort to collect data in a searchable database, we have created this form to walk you through the pertinent information we need in order to service your request. Please make every attempt to fill out all of the required fields so our Quality Team can focus on the issue at hand, rather than searching for more information. PLEASE FILL OUT ALL INFORMATION BELOW

Work Order #___________________

Date: ____/____/____

Nature of Complaint: ______________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ ____________________ Action Needed:

Is the job installed yet? rYES

rNO

Line #â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s of Problem Items (If not all parts)

___________________________________ ___________________________________

Dealership: ___________________________________________

Contact: _______________________________

Phone #: (

Sales Rep: ______________________________

)__________--_________________

CC:VP of Sales & Marketing VP of Production Director of Quality Customer Service Representative Sales Representative Quality Analyst RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-16-

Oct. 2010

Revolā Base Oven Cut-Out Form DATE: ___/___/___

NOTES

WO#: _____________ DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __ DEALERSHIP:_________________ DEALER PO#: _______________ SALESPERSON: ___________________

r Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time r Maximum cut-out is 2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Revolā Catalog for yoke details. r See catalog for pricing and additional information

PLEASE FAX, EMAIL OR ATTACH FORM AS PDF TO YOUR ORDER IN THE PRICING PROGRAM.

BWD_

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:_____ x TOHH:_____

Rules:Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer Middle -Cutouts must be specified. -Bottom drawer front height will vary based on cutout height.

Rules: Base Oven Cabinet -Cutouts must be specified. -Top & bottom rails of yoke are equal size.

Rules: Base Warming Drawer -Cutouts must be specified. -Two equal sized drawer fronts below.

BWD_WD

FSB

BMWB_

Cabinet Height

TOHH A

TOHW B

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:_____ x TOHH:_____

TOHW:_____ x TOHH:_____ Rules: Base Microwave Built-In -Cutouts can be specified for upper opening. -Height of drawer opening varies with the cutout sizes. -Finished interior is optional.

**The edge of the yoke will match the door edge detail, which may interfere with the trim kit.** RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-17-

TOHW B Cabinet Height

TOHH A

TOHW B

Rules: Warming Drawer Cabinet with Drawers -Cutouts must be specified. -Door height will vary based on cutout height.

TOHW B

Cabinet Width

TOHW:_____ x TOHH:_____

TOHH A

Cabinet Height

TOHW B

Cabinet Height

TOHH A

TOHW B Cabinet Height

TOHH A

BOC_

Cabinet Height

BWDM

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:_____ x TOHH:_____ Rules: Base Warming Drawer -Cutouts must be specified.

Revolā Tall Oven Cut-Out Form DATE: ___/___/___

NOTES

WO#: _____________

r Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.

DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __

r Maximum cut-out is 2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Revola Catalog for yoke details.

DEALERSHIP:_________________ DEALER PO#: _______________ Cut-Outs

r See catalog for pricing and additional information

SALESPERSON: ___________________

PLEASE FAX, EMAIL OR ATTACH FORM AS PDF TO YOUR ORDER IN THE PRICING PROGRAM.

Top Oven Hole Width TOHW

OVOS__

______”

OV__

OVD__

Top Oven Hole Height TOHH ______” 2”

2”

B TOHW

A TOHH

Cabinet Height

A TOHH

Cabinet Height

Bottom Oven Hole Width BOHW

B TOHW

TOHH A

2”

______” FTO (if given) FTO 36 ½” is standard

FTO (if given) FTO 36 ½” is standard

Bottom Oven Hole Height BOHH ______”

FTO (if given) FTO 12 ¼” is standard RTK (recessed toe kick)

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

Floor to Oven FTO

B TOHW 2”

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

______”

OV2D__

OVMWD__

2”

Rules: Oven Open-Shelf - OVOS -Cutouts must be specified -Height of lower door is 30 1/8” unless FTO is given. -Open shelf area has finished interior and a 1/4” back. Rules: Tall Oven - OV -Cutouts must be specified. -Height of lower door is 30 1/8” unless FTO is given.

2”

A TOHH

A TOHH Cabinet Height

Cabinet Height

Rules: Oven with Drawer - OVD -Cutouts must be specified. -FTO is 12 1/4”, but can be increased.

TOHW B 2” 2”

C BOHH

Rules: Oven with 2 Drawers - OV2D -Cutouts must be specified. -FTO is 18 5/16”, but can be increased.

B TOHW 2”

D BOHW

FTO (if given) FTO 18 5/16” is standard

2”

FTO (if given) FTO 12 1/4” as standard RTK (recessed toe kick)

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

Rules: Oven & Micro. with Drawer - OVMWD -Cutouts must be specified. -FTO is 12 1/4”, but can be increased. -Microwave opening has a 1/4” back & Finished interior.

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:_____ BOHW:______ X BOHH:______ FTO:_______

-18-

Oct. 2010

Revolā Tall Oven Cut-Out Form RV Tall Oven Cut-Out Form DATE: ___/___/___

NOTES

WO#: _____________

r Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.

DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __

r Maximum cut-out is 2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Revola Catalog for yoke details.

DEALERSHIP:_________________ DEALER PO#: _______________

r See catalog for pricing and additional information

SALESPERSON: ___________________ Cut-Outs Top Oven Hole Width TOHW

PLEASE FAX, EMAIL OR ATTACH FORM AS PDF TO YOUR ORDER IN THE PRICING PROGRAM. OVMWWD__

OVMW2D__

OVEN & MICROWAVE WITH 2 DRAWERS - OVMW2D Rules: • Cut-outs must be specified • FTO is 18 5/16”, but can be increased • Microwave opening has a 1/4” back & finished interior • Oven opening has no back

______” Top Oven Hole Height TOHH

2”

A TOHH

______”

A TOHH

B TOHW BOHH C

______”

TOHW B

Cabinet Height

Bottom Oven Hole Width BOHW

2” 2”

C BOHH

D BOHW

2”

Bottom Oven Hole Height BOHH

2” 2”

E WDHH

FTO (if given) FTO 18 5/16” as standard

______”

2” RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

FTO 6 3/16”

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ BOHW:______ X BOHH:______ WDHW:______ X WDHH:______

TOHW:______ X TOHH:_____ BOHW:______ X BOHH:______ FTO:_______

Warming Drawer Opening Width WDHW

WDHW F

RTK (recessed toe kick)

OVEN & MICROWAVE WITH WARMING DRAWER - OVMWWD Rules: • All 3 cut-outs must be specified • Microwave opening is finished interior • FTO is 6 3/16” & cannot be modified

OVWD__

OVWBR__

______” Warming Drawer Opening Height WDHH

TOHH A Cabinet Height

Height

TOHW B 2” 2”

WDHH C

TOHW B

WDHWD 2”

RTK (recessed toe kick)

2” (or greater)

FTO 6 3/16”

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ WDHW:______ X WDHH:______

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

Rules: • Cut-outs must be specified • FTO is 6 3/16” & cannot be modified

TOHH A

Floor to Oven FTO ______”

OVEN WITH WARMING DRAWER - OVWD

2”

Cabinet

______”

2”

FTO (if given) FTO 6 3/16” as standard

OVEN WITH WIDE BOTTOM RAIL - OVWBR Rules: • Cut-outs must be specified • FTO 6 3/16”, an increase will affect the bottom rail of the yoke.

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

-19-

Oct. 2010

Revola Wall Microwave Cut-Out Form WO#: _____________

DATE: ___/___/___

NOTES

r Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.

DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __ DEALERSHIP:_________________ DEALER PO#: _______________ SALESPERSON: ___________________

r Maximum cut-out is 2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Revolā Catalog for yoke descriptions. r See catalog for pricing and additional information

PLEASE FAX, EMAIL OR ATTACH FORM AS PDF TO YOUR ORDER IN THE PRICING PROGRAM.

17 1/4" Std. or TOHH

TOHW 1 1/2 X

MWB__ __ 3X

1 1/2 X

TOHH A

Cabinet Width TOHW: _______ X TOHH: _______

Rules: Microwave Wall - Microwave shelf protrudes 7" from frame - Use of a trim kit is optional, specify TOHW & TOHH. When specifying frame cut-out include 3/4" for protruding shelf. - Microwave opening is 17 1/4" tall unless otherwise stated.

Rules: Microwave Wall Built-In - Cabinet is 21" deep. - Interior of the microwave opening is NOT FINISHED and requires the use of a trim kit, specify TOHW & TOHH. - CUTOUTS MUST BE SPECIFIED.

MWCT__ __

MWCD_ _ MWB__ __ 3X

1 1/2 X

3X 1 1/2 X

Rules: Microwave Wall Counter Top -Cabinet is 21” deep. -Use of a trim kit is optional, cut-outs must be specified. -Use TOHW & TOHH. -Entire cabinet is finished interior, 1/4” skins used to finish the interior sides.

Cabinet Height

1 1/2 X

Cabinet Height

TOHH TOHW 1 1/2 X

TOHH:X_____ TOHW: _______ TOHH: _______

A TOHH

TOHH A

Rules: Microwave Wall Built-In -Cabinet is 21” deep. -Interior of the microwave opening is NOT FINISHED and requires the use of a trim kit, specify TOHW & TOHH. -Cut-outs must be specified.

TOHW B

Cabinet Width

Finished Interior is standard

1 1/2 X

Protruding Microwave A Shelf

Rules: Microwave Wall -Microwave shelf protrudes 6” from frame. -When specifying frame cut-out height include 3/4” for protruding shelf. -Microwave opening is 17 1/4” tall unless otherwise stated. Use TOHH. -Microwave opening width is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. No yoke. -Entire cabinet is finished interior.

1 1/2 X

3X 1 1/2 X

Cabinet Height

1 1/2 X

Cabinet Height

MW__ __

18" Std. or TOHH

Cabinet Width

Cabinet Width TOHW: _______ X TOHH: _______ Rules: Microwave Wall Counter Top - Cabinet is 21" Deep - Microwave opening is 18" tall unless otherwise stated. - Use of trim kit is optional, supply TOHW & TOHH.

TOHH

TOHW TOHW 1 1/2 X

TOHW TOHW B 3X 1 1/2 X

Rules: Microwave Wall Corner Diagonal -Cutouts must be specified; use TOHW & TOHH. -Max cutout with is 25” -Entire cabinet is finished interior; use of a trim kit is optional.

TOHW: _______ X TOHH: _______ Rules: Microwave Wall Built-In - Cabinet is 21" deep. - Interior of the microwave opening is NOT FINISHED and requires the use of a trim kit, specify TOHW & TOHH. - CUTOUTS MUST BE SPECIFIED.

**The edge of the yoke will match the door edge detail, which may interfere with the trim kit.** RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-20-

Oct. 2010

Wall Microwave Cut-OutCut-Out Form Form Revola Wall Microwave DATE: ___/___/___

WO#: _____________

r Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.

DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __ DEALERSHIP:_________________ DEALER PO#: _______________ SALESPERSON: ___________________

NOTES

r Maximum cut-out is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Heartland Catalog for exceptions. r See catalog for pricing and additional information

PLEASE FAX, EMAIL OR ATTACH FORM AS PDF TO YOUR ORDER IN THE PRICING PROGRAM.

MWB__AG (D)

MWCD__AG (D)

A TOHH TOHW B

Rules: Microwave Wall Corner Diagonal -Cutouts must be specified; use TOHW & TOHH. -Max cutout with is 25” -Entire cabinet is finished interior

Cabinet Height

Rules: Microwave Wall Built-In -Cabinet is 21” deep. -Interior of the microwave opening is NOT FINISHED and requires the use of a trim kit, specify TOHW & TOHH. -Cut-outs must be specified.

Cabinet Width

TOHW:_____ X TOHH:_____

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

A TOHH B TOHW

Cabinet Width

TOHW:_____ X TOHH:_____

-21-

Oct. 2010

Sales Aid Order Form 3738 South Norman, Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T 316.529.3431 F 316.219.2798 ▪ www.CustomCupboards.com

Ordering

Sales Tools List Price

Quantity

List Price

Quantity

 Heartland Catalog

$40

_____

 Library of Color Book (LOC)

$167

_____

 Discovery Catalog

$40

_____

 Set of 9 Edge Profile Blocks

$42

_____

 Revola Catalog

$40

_____

 Set of 11 Mirror Molding Blocks

$46

_____

 Set of 4 Interior Blocks

Heartland, Discovery, Revola Ply, & Revola PB

Forms

Available Online

Pricing Program

Available Online

 Set of Sink Mat Samples

_____

2020 Catalogs

Available Online

 Drawer Box Logo Sample

_____

PDF Catalogs

Available Online

 Individual Molding Sample

_____

Beech & Birch

1’ pc unfinished

selection: ___________________________________________ ____________________________________________________

Literature & Advertising List Price

Quantity

 Door Brochure

$150

 Door Brochure

$275

100

 Door Brochure

$375

150

 Laser Engraved Plaque

$172

_____

Special Sample Doors List Price

To view, customize & order additional cabinet line brochures, direct mail, & posters, visit our Virtual Marketing Portal at https://cci.one2oneportal.com/Login

Quantity

 Distressing Sample

$115.38

_____

 Sheen Sample

$115.38

_____

 Peg/Nail Sample

$115.38

_____

Door Store For availability + finish + style, visit our door store online! www.CustomCupboards.com/ForThePros/DealersOnly/DoorStore

Standard Finishes & Doors (with/out glaze) Packaged Finishes & Mitered Doors Applied Molding Doors

Shipping Instructions Dealer ID

Ground

2nd Day

Next Day

Ship to

Date

Dealer Name Ordered By

FORMS>SalesAidFormAug2011_v2-12

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

PO# * Sales Aids cannot be shipped on company trucks without prior approval

-22-

STANDARD SAMPLE ORDER FORM 11 1/2 X 14 1/2

DATE: ___/___/___

DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __ DEALER PO#: _______________ SALESPERSON: ___________________

DADDED DOOR FEATURES (APPLIED MOLDING, PEGS, & NAILS) WILL BE AN ADDITIONAL CHARGE.

r SDS - STD COLOR

r SDSG - STD COLOR/GLAZE

r SDS CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH

SDS-SDCDF - CUSTOM MATCH

WOOD: ________________________

COLOR: ________________________

DOOR STYLE/EDGE: _______________

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:

__________________________________

________________________________________________________________

r SDS - STD COLOR

r SDSG - STD COLOR/GLAZE

r SDS CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH

SDS-SDCDF - CUSTOM MATCH

WOOD: ________________________

COLOR: ________________________

DOOR STYLE/EDGE: _______________

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:

__________________________________

________________________________________________________________

SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS r GROUND r 2ND DAY STD r 2ND DAY 10:30 AM r NEXT DAY 8 AM r NEXT DAY 10:30 AM r NEXT DAY 3 PM r 3 DAY (CA & AZ only)

SHIP TO: ___________________________ ___________________________ ___________________________

SAMPLE DOORS CANNOT BE SHIPPED ON COMPANY TRUCKS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL.

Nov 2010 RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-23-

STARTER KITS

FAX TO: (316) 219-2798

QUALIFIES FOR DISPLAY PROGRAM

WELCOME TO THE CUSTOM CUPBOARDS FAMILY! THE FOLLOWING KITS HAVE BEEN PUT TOGETHER FOR YOUR CONVENIENCE.YOU CAN ALSO ORDER ITEMS INDIVIDUALLY THROUGH OUR SALES AID ORDER FORM. IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING OUR COMPANY OR PRODUCTS, LET US KNOW.WE LOOK FORWARD TO WORKING WITH YOU.

THE BASICS - $1863.00 LIST PLUS SHIPPING __ HEARTLAND CATALOG(S)

1 PEG / NAIL DOOR SAMPLE

__ DISCOVERY CATALOG(S)

1 SHEEN DOOR SAMPLE

__ REVOLĀ CATALOG(S)

1 DISTRESSING SAMPLE

1 LIBRARY OF COLOR BOOK

1 MOLDING CHAIN

SALES AID ORDER PAD (available online)

1 EDGE PROFILE CHAIN

CONSUMER INFO PADS (available online)

1 AD SLICK

1 STANDARD SET (94) OF PCB’S

1 WINDOW APPLIQUE

(77 standard, 17 glaze)

20 STARTER DOORS (YOUR CHOICE FROM THE DSD, PLEASE CALL FOR AVAILIABLE OPTIONS)

ALL APPLICABLE CHARGES WILL APPLY TO FINISH, DOOR STYLE, HINGE, ETC.

I WANT IT ALL - $2113.00 & UP (DEPENDING ON MINI BASE OPTIONS) OUR DELUXE STARTER KIT COMES WITH EVERYTHING IN THE BASIC STARTER KIT PLUS ONE MINI BASE. CABINET LINE: rHEARTLAND

rREVOLĀ

rDISCOVERY

WOOD: ______________

DOOR STYLE/EDGE: __________--____

COLOR: ______________

DRAWER FRONT: ____________

HINGE: rFULL OVERLAY ($20) rFRAMELESS

rCONCEALED rSOFT

CLOSE HINGE

DRAWER GUIDE: rSOLO rBLUMOTION ($45) rDISCOVERY INTERIOR: rHEARTLAND(-15%) 12” W x 24” T x 15 1/4” D

rHEARTLAND PLUS (-13%) rDISCOVERY(-38.15%) rREVOLĀ **See cabinet line specifications for mini base cabinet upgrades.

DEALERSHIP:___________________

SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS: r GROUND r 2ND DAY r NEXT DAY

SHIP TO: ________________________________

SALESPERSON: _______________

________________________________

PO #: _____________ DATE: ___/___/___

________________________________ ________________________________ Oct. 2010

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-24-

WARRANTY FORM

FAX TO (316) 858-5295, QUALITY ANALYSIS

DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __ DATE: ___/___/___

ORIGINAL WO/ESO#: ____________________ ADDITIONAL ESOs: ______________________

DEALERSHIP: ______________________________

*TO PROCEED,THIS REQUEST MUST INCLUDE A WO#. SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS: r GROUND r 2ND DAY r NEXT DAY r COMMON CARRIER r NEXT TRUCK*

PO# _____________________________________

*NO JOB SITE DELIVERY

CITY/STATE: ______________________________ ORDERED BY: _____________________________

_________________________________________

SHIP TO: _____________________________ _____________________________

_________________________________________

_____________________________

_________________________________________

_____________________________

ITEMS OVER 6 MONTHS OLD MUST BE RETURNED TO THE FACTORY BEFORE WORK CAN BEGIN

WOOD: _______________ STAIN: ________________

WHY ARE YOU NOT SATISFIED? _________________________________________

LINE #

QTY

ITEM #

SIZE (W X L)

DEFECT DESCRIPTION

GLAZE/SPECIAL: _________________________

INTERIOR: _______________________ HINGE: _______________________ UPPER DOOR / EDGE: _____________--______ LOWER DOOR / EDGE: _____________--______ DRAWER FRONT: _______ GUIDE TYPE: _______________________ r r r

FISL DOORS FISL DRWRS LOGOS

OFFICE USE ONLY: WARRANTY CODE: ________

AUTHORIZED BY: _____________________________ Oct. 2010

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-25-

WOOD TOP ORDER FORM DATE: ___/___/___ r Sizes include CTE r Sizes exclude CTE r Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system

NOTES r Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time

WO#: _____________ DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __ DEALERSHIP:_________________

r Shaped top will be shipped prepped for spline only. r See catalog for pricing and additional specifications

DEALER PO#: _______________ SALESPERSON: ___________________

SPECIFY EDGE DETAIL:

PLEASE PUT AN “X” ON THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED & CIRCLE GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE

10,13,15,35,60,65,66,67,70

ANGLED

#_____

(OTHERWISE IT WILL MATCH YOUR DOOR DETAIL)

CTE CHOICE r CTE 1

_____” CTE - Y / N?

CTE - Y / N?

CTE 3

_____”

Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.

_____”

CTE 2

CTE - Y / N?

• •

_”

135º

-Y

CTE 4

/ ? N

_____”

-Y ?

N 135º

CTE - Y / N? _____”

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-26-

_____”

_”

CTE - Y / N?

TE C

CTE - Y / N?

WOOD TOP ORDER FORM DATE: ___/___/___ r Sizes include CTE r Sizes exclude CTE r Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system

NOTES r Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time

WO#: _____________ DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __ DEALERSHIP:_________________

r Shaped top will be shipped prepped for spline only. r See catalog for pricing and additional specifications

DEALER PO#: _______________ SALESPERSON: ___________________

SPECIFY EDGE DETAIL:

PLEASE PUT AN “X” ON THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED & CIRCLE GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE

10,13,15,35,60,65,66,67,70

STRAIGHT

#_____

(OTHERWISE IT WILL MATCH YOUR DOOR DETAIL)

CTE CHOICE r CTE 1

CTE - Y / N?

CTE 3

_____”

CTE 4

CTE - Y / N? _____”

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

• •

-27-

_____”

CTE 2

CTE - Y / N?

_____” Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.

WOOD TOP ORDER FORM DATE: ___/___/___ r Sizes include CTE r Sizes exclude CTE r Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system

NOTES

WO#: _____________

r Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time

DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __

r Shaped top will be shipped prepped for spline only.

DEALERSHIP:_________________

r See catalog for pricing and additional specifications

DEALER PO#: _______________ SALESPERSON: ___________________

SPECIFY EDGE DETAIL:

PLEASE PUT AN “X” ON THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED & CIRCLE GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE

10,13,15,35,60,65,66,67,70

“U” SHAPED

#_____

(OTHERWISE IT WILL MATCH YOUR DOOR DETAIL)

CTE CHOICE r CTE 1 • •

_____” CTE - Y / N?

CTE - Y / N? _____”

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-28-

CTE - Y / N?

_____”

CTE - Y / N?

_____”

CTE - Y / N?

CTE 4

_____”

CTE 3

_____”

CTE - Y / N?

CTE 2

_____”

Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.

WOOD TOP ORDER FORM DATE: ___/___/___ r Sizes include CTE r Sizes exclude CTE r Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system

NOTES

WO#: _____________

r Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time

DEALER ID: __ __ __ - __ __ __

r Shaped tops will be shipped prepped for spline only.

DEALERSHIP:_________________

r See catalog for pricing and additional specifications

DEALER PO#: _______________ SALESPERSON: ___________________

SPECIFY EDGE DETAIL:

PLEASE PUT AN “X” ON THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED & CIRCLE GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE

10,13,15,35,60,65,66,67,70

“L” SHAPED

#_____

(OTHERWISE IT WILL MATCH YOUR DOOR DETAIL)

CTE CHOICE r CTE 1

_____”

• •

CTE 3

CTE - Y / N?

Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.

_____”

CTE 2

CTE - Y / N?

_____”

CTE - Y / N?

_____” CTE - Y / N?

CTE 4

CTE - Y / N? _____”

RV 1 2 / 1 2 v 3

-29-

_____”

CTE - Y / N?